CHAPTER I SEHORSE AERODROME CONTROL PROCEDURE Seahorse Aerodrome Control Tower (SHE TWR), provides : a) aerodrome control service;

Transcription

1 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 1 CHAPTER I SEHORSE AERODROME CONTROL PROCEDURE 1.1. GENERAL Seahorse Aerodrome Control Tower (SHE TWR), provides : a) aerodrome control service; b) flight information service; and c) alerting service within its area of jurisdiction as specified in the letter of agreement between Seahorse Aerodrome Control Tower (SHE TWR), Seahorse Approach Control Office (SHE APP) and Batfish Control Center (BTF ACC) SHE TWR in conducting the responsibility specified in shall issue information, clearances and instructions to achieve a safe, orderly and expeditious flow of air traffic on and in the vicinity of Seahorse aerodrome with the object of preventing collision(s) between: a) b) c) d) e) aircraft flying within the designated area of responsibility of the control tower, including the aerodrome traffic circuits; aircraft operating on the manoeuvring area; aircraft landing and taking off; aircraft and vehicles operating on the manoeuvring area; aircraft on the manoeuvring area and obstructions on that area. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

2 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Control of traffic on the maneuvering area come under the control of SHE TWR, whereas the control of traffic in the air may be shared between SHE TWR and SHE APP. Normally departing IFR traffic will be transferred by SHE TWR to SHE APP immediately after airborne, while arriving traffic will be transferred by SHE APP to SHE TWR when properly sequenced for an approach to land Alerting service provided by SHE TWR SHE TWR is responsible for alerting the rescue and fire fighting services whenever : a) b) c) d) an aircraft accident has occurred on or in the vicinity of the Seahorse aerodrome; or information is received that the safety of an aircraft which is or will come under the jurisdiction of SHE TWR may have or has been impaired; or requested by the flight crew; or when otherwise deemed necessary or desirable Procedures concerning the alerting of the rescue and fire fighting services is as prescribed in letter of agreement (see attachment 25 on page 279). Such instructions shall specify the type of information to be provided to the rescue and fire fighting services, including type of aircraft and type of emergency and, when available, number of persons on board, and any dangerous goods carried on the aircraft Aircraft that fails to report after having been transferred to SHE TWR, or, having once reported, cease radio contact and in either case fails to land five minutes after the expected landing time, shall be reported to the SHE APP, BTF ACC, BTF FIC, or to the Rescue Coordination Centre (RCC) or Rescue Sub Centre (RSC). Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

3 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) FACILITIES, SERVICES AND PROCEDURES ATC Unit Identification : SEAHORSE TOWER (SHE TWR); Radio Frequency : MHz Airspace dimension : a) lateral limit : A circle with radius of 30 NM centered at aerodrome reference point (ARP) coordinate : 6 19'48.72'' S '28.80 E. b) vertical limit : 1) upper limit : 2,000 feet Movement area 2) lower limit : Ground or water Seahorse airport has : a) b) c) Three Runways : two parallel runways and one crossing runway at right angle to the both parallel runways; 13 Taxiways : Taxiway Alpha to Mike Four aprons (including military apron) : west apron for small aircraft, east apron, main apron (domestic and international) and military apron plus one designated isolated parking area (IPA). (see detailed information in attachment 2 on page 223) Pilot shall request and obtain pushback clearance, start engine clearance and taxi instruction. For aircraft are parked on main apron shall reports her aircraft stand number when requests such clearances (see detailed information regarding the coordinates of aircraft stand in attachment 3 on page 224 and pushback procedures in attachment 4 on page 225) Taxiing guidance signs are provided at Seahorse Airport (SHE Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

4 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 4 APT). Aircraft shall follow the sign accordingly, except when otherwise instructed by SHE TWR Taking off from taxiway intersection with the runwayinuse or main intersection may be authorized when requested by flight crew or suggested by the controller. When intersection takeoff is suggested by the controller, the flight crew shall be informed of the usable length of runway remaining from the intersection to the end of runwayinuse. It is the responsibility of the pilotincommand to ensure that takeoff run available (TORA) is suitable for this particular aircraft (detailed information regarding the distance from intersection to the end of runway is contained in attachment 5 on page 226) Visual flight rule (VFR) operation ATC service will be provided to all VFR flights operate within Seahorse control zone (SHE CTR) and Batfish control area (BTF CTA) except within VFR corridor (see VFR route in attachment 15 on page 238 and attachment 16 on page 239). Those VFR flights are then comply with ATC clearance/instruction and request amended clearance when visual meteorological condition (VMC) cannot longer be maintained Uncontrolled flight operating within SHE CTR and BTF CTA shall fly along VFR corridor as described in attachment 15 on page 238. Flight information and alerting services only are provided to VFR flights along the corridor Entry and exit procedures for SHE APT are as follows : VFR flight proceeding to SHE APT shall contact SHE TWR at or before passing : a) b) WEBER (for traffics from the west); BT NDB (for traffics from the south, southwest); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

5 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 5 c) d) TF NDB (for traffics from the north, northeast and east); ESTER ((for traffics from the, southeast); Departing VFR after takeoff shall follow the respective aerodrome traffic circuit and joint the VFR corridor as soon as possible or as instructed by SHE TWR/SHE APP Departing VFR shall contact SHE APP at or before passing : a) b) Point ALPHA (for westward traffics); Point BRAVO (for eastward traffics); Note. VFR aircraft flying within the route segment between WEBER/BT NDB and point ALPHA or ESTER/TF NDB and point BRAVO are in communication with the different ATC Unit, therefore, SHE TWR shall give traffic information for aircraft concerned instead of providing separation between outbound and inbound traffic HANDOVER PROCEDURE Before assuming responsibility of their position, the duty TWR controller shall : Acquaint themselves with weather condition expected during their period of watch by studying the current weather report for takeoff and landing (QAM) or other sources. If necessary, consult with the duty MET Observer or Forecaster Study all current NOTAM and supplement information Ensure that they are fully acquainted with the aerodrome condition including runwayinuse and serviceability state of aeronautical ground lights, VASI, ILS and other things. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

6 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Acquaint themselves with the position of aircraft, vehicles and pedestrians currently under control and with the clearance/ instruction which have been issued to them Ensure that a full appreciation of the air traffic situation is received Ascertain the time or spacing in terms of distance between successive landing aircraft Conduct checks of all TWR control equipment to ascertain their serviceability state and to take the appropriate action, if necessary. The equipment shall include : a) b) c) telephone links with Briefing Office (BO), Flight Information Center (FIC), APP, ACC, Fire Fighting Station (FFS), Operator (OPR), Military Authority (MIL) or other relevant units; all transmitter and receiver, including standby or back up unit; signal lamp, control panel and indicator; any new equipment that might be installed from time to time. d) Sign the logbook against the time of taking over responsibility, which signature shall confirm that the above procedures have been carried out START UP/PUSHBACK PROCEDURE FOR TURBINE AIRCRAFT The normal procedure is a pilot should request pushback clearance to SHE TWR not later than 3 minutes prior to starting pushback to ascertain that aircraft will not get delay When a delay is expected, SHE TWR shall advise the pilot of the earlier time of departure. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

7 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) For a widebodied or jumbo jet aircraft parked on Terminal ALPHA and BRAVO, SHE TWR shall issue a pushback time instead of clearance to start up Due to possibility of conflict in traffic, a clearance expiry time (CET) may be issued with the pushback time. A clearance shall be considered cancelled if an aircraft is unable to comply with the time so specified. Note. CET is the time at which an ATC clearance will be automatically cancelled if aircraft fails to depart at or before such specified time. The CET shall be specified by the ACC if a delayed departure would conflict with traffic not released to the APP (see figure 1 below) FT 8000 FT D E TWR : D TAKEOFF AT OR BEFORE 0610 (0610 CET) Figure 1. The clearance expry time Pushback clearance shall contain the heading direction which should be followed by flight crew before commencing taxi by ending the pushback clearance with the phraseology: [ACID] PUSHBACK APPROVED HEADING NORTH (or SOUTH). Note. The determination of heading North or South is depend on the location of exit taxiway from apron. For example, if an aircraft is parked on main apron and the runwayinuse will be 34L/34R, heading assignment should be HEADING SOUTH. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

8 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) START UP/PUSHBACK PROCEDURE FOR WIDEBODIED AIRCRAFT Aircraft fitted with auxiliary power unit (APU), the following procedures shall apply : Aircraft shall start up one engine Pushback shall commence after one engine has started up. Such engine shall be on idle power at pushback Start up of all other engine shall be made after pushback and when the aircraft is positioned on the apron taxiway line Aircraft not fitted with auxiliary power unit (APU) or when auxilliary power unit is unserviceable, the following procedures shall apply : Aircraft without APU shall be permitted to start all engines up before pushback Request by flight crew to start one engine first (due to special circumstance) and the rest after completion of pushback, shall be granted START UP/PUSHBACK PROCEDURE FOR OTHER AIRCRAFT Under normal condition aircraft shall start up all engines before commencing pushback Two aircraft may be given permission to pushback simultaneously provided that : They are positioned at least three bays apart (e.g. stand A1 and A4, B3 and B6) They are separated by at least three bays after the completion Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

9 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 9 of pushback They are facing the same direction after pushback (see figure 2 below). Figure 2. Pushback simultaneously 1.7. ENGINE RUNS UP Holding points W1, W5, E1, E5, M1 and S3 are designated area for full power engine runup come under the jurisdiction of SHE TWR Request such engine runup shall be made to SHE TWR There must be twoway communication at all time (maintaining listening watch) between aircraft and SHE TWR Aircraft doing runup may be granted to an aircraft prior to taking off, provided such runup are made from takeoff position on the runway and provided that it will not affect other traffic DETERMINATION OF RUNWAYINUSE The term of runwayinuse is applied to indicate the particular runway or landing direction as the most suitable at any Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

10 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 10 particular time. The runwayinuse selected will normally be that the most closely aligned to the surface wind direction especially when the wind speed is more than 5 knots. SHE TWR will normally nominate the longest runway when the headwind speed is less than 5 knots In the determination of the runway in use, one or more of the following factors shall be considered : a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) type of aircraft (refer to the size and weight); length of runway (refer to takeoff run or landing roll required); wind direction and speed (refer to cross wind or tailwind); traffic disposition (anticipation of overshooting or traffic confliction); better approaches (refer to efficiency); shorter taxiing distance (refer to efficiency); position of the sun in relation to the runway; and/or necessity to avoid flight over populated area or other reason my be used Operational shall be confined to the most suitable runway for the majority of aircraft/traffic. More than one runway direction shall only be used if necessary : a) due to operational characteristic of a particular aircraft; or b) to avoid necessary delay The responsibility for ensuring that sufficient length or run is available for an aircraft operation rest solely with the pilotincommand. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

11 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Should the pilotincommand advise SHE TWR that the nominated runway is unsuitable because of operational characteristic of its aircraft, permission shall be given to him to select a suitable runway It is the sole responsibility of pilotincommand to conduct operation where the cross wind component exceeds the maximum permissible for his type of aircraft If weather in the vicinity of aerodrome is such that there is cumulonimbus activity with the wind blowing down the runway on the departure path of flight, SHE TWR shall inform the pilot of the presence of the cloud and wind condition when startup clearance is requested AIRFIELD INSPECTION An inspection of the aerodrome surface and boundaries shall be made as soon as practicable : a) b) c) d) e) after day light begin; before night operation begin; after heavy rain; when reports are made by pilot of abnormal runway surface; or when reports are received from maintenance personnel that repairs on runway resurfacing have been completed CLOSURE OR RESTRICTED OPERATION OF AERODROME In case any accident/incident situation : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

12 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) On the occurrence of an aircraft accident or incident situation on the apron or manoeuvering area or on received of any hazard to the movement of aircraft on these areas, SHE TWR shall immediately take the following actions : a) b) c) d) advise SHE APP and BTF ACC; warn all aircraft intending to use the aerodrome of nature and position of the obstruction of hazard; inform the Chief of ATS unit or Airport Manager; and inform the person on duty of FFS station if any fire of which is hazardous to aircraft operation is observed or if here is likelyhood of a fire which may endanger aircraft operatio If immediate action is necessary in the light of prevailing circumstance to close the aerodrome due to unsuitable surface conditions or fire, SHE TWR shall temporarily close the aerodrome and notify immediately to : a) b) c) all aircraft affected and which are listening out on the TWR frequency using the phraseology : ALL STATIONS, RUNWAY 34L IS BLOCKED BY ONE B737 [FOR APPROXIMATELY 45 MINUTES] REQUEST YOUR INTENTION; SHE APP and BTF ACC; and Chief ATC/ATS units The decision to close the aerodrome beyond such interim period lies with the Senior Officer after consultation with the Chief of ATS AIS shall be advised, if required, to initiate NOTAM action when the decision of the Senior Officer to close the aerodrome for the period of time has been taken. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

13 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) The decision to reopen the aerodrome rests with the Senior Officer after consultation with the Chief of ATS The duty TWR shall notify all concerned once the aerodrome is reopen to aircraft operation using the phraseology : ALL STATION, RUNWAY 34L RESUME NORMAL OPERATION AIS shall be asked to issue the NOTAM in this respect Operation in weather below minima : If weather in the vicinity of aerodrome in accordance with weather report from Meteorological Office is such that need the closure of aerodrome due to below minima, SHE TWR controller after consultation with the Senior Officer, shall immediately take the following actions : a) b) c) d) warn all aircraft operating on/in the vicinity of aerodrome to take intention using the phraseology : ALL STATIONS, DUE TO WEATHER BELOW MINIMA, [SEAHORSE] AERODROME CLOSED FOR TAKEOFF AND LANDING UNTIL FURTHER ADVICE, REQUEST YOUR INTENTION; inform SHE APP and BTF ACC; inform operator and other technical services; and consult at any time with the duty of Meteorological Office on the improvement likely to occur. Note 1. The term aerodrome closed should be interpreted as the conditions at which takeoff and landing only shall not be permitted. During aerodrome closed ATS units are still responsible for providing air traffic services for aircraft operating on and in the vicinity of aerodrome including overflying aircraft. Note 2. When there is an aircraft experiencing emergency Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

14 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 14 during period of aerodrome closed, such aircraft shall be handled accordingly and shall be allowed to continue approach to land provided that SHE TWR shall not provide any clearance nor instruction but flight information only When the weather likely becomes better and the aerodrome may be able to be reopened, SHE TWR shall notify all concerned once the aerodrome is reopened to aircraft operation using the phraseology : ALL STATIONS, [SEAHORSE] AERODROME RESUME NORMAL OPERATION After declaring the reopening of the aerodrome, SHE TWR should handle the traffic accordingly. The sequence should refer to the sequence established before the closing of the aerodrome, except for the purpose of expediting traffic or to avoid unnecessary delay AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CLEARANCE/INSTRUCTION SHE TWR shall normally be responsible for the issuance of ATC clearance, instructions and/or information for all flight operating on and in the vicinity of SHE aerodrome at or below 2,000 feet SHE TWR shall request ATC clearance for departing IFR aircraft to SHE APP when such aircraft has commenced taxiing Since the SHE TWR as the visual controller, ATC clearance/ instruction shall only be issued when weather conditions are at or above the prescribed VFR minima. Flight information and alerting services only shall be provided if weather conditions are below VFR minima (visiblity less than 3 statute miles (5 km)) In weather conditions below VFR minima, landing clearance for IFR arriving aircraft shall be provided by SHE APP (as the instrument controller). The landing clearance by SHE APP shall only be issued after SHE APP receiving report from the flight Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

15 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 15 crew that the aerodrome/runway is in sight and information from SHE TWR which states that the runway is clear SHE TWR shall endeavor by any means to ensure the clearance of runway such as switchon the siren for a period of time, switchon and off the runway light until such time estimated pedestrians or vehicles have vacated the runwayinuse AERODROME LIGHTING Details of the type of airfield lighting system in use at SHE APT as specified in AIP Volume III Para SASH AD 2.9 and 2.14 (see attachment 1 on page 215) Aerodrome lights shall be displayed from 15 minutes before any ETA until 15 minutes after any ATD Aerodrome lights shall be switched on during night or the hours of darkness and in condition of reduced visibility. These include runway, taxiway, approach and obstruction lights, aerodrome location and aerodrome beacon SHE TWR controller shall inspect, from the control position, the aerodrome lighting system during night period Any of the aerodrome lighting unserviceability shall be reported to the related technical/electrical control unit for action AERODROME WEATHER OBSERVATION AND REPORT It is responsibility of the TWR controller to advise pilot under his control in the prevailing weather changes significantly from the last reported Reports by pilots of significant weather phenomena Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

16 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 16 experienced during the final approach phase shall also be relayed to all following aircraft concerned PROCEDURES FOR LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS Note. These procedures apply whenever conditions are such that all or part of the manoeuvring area cannot be visually monitored from the control tower When there is a requirement for traffic to operate on the manoeuvring area in conditions of visibility which prevent SHE TWR from applying visual separation between aircraft, and between aircraft and vehicles, the following shall apply: At the intersection of taxiways, an aircraft or vehicle on a taxiway shall not be permitted to hold closer to the other taxiway than the holding position limit defined by a clearance bar, stop bar or taxiway intersection marking SPECIAL VISUAL FLIGHT RULES SHE TWR may authorize special VFR (SVFR) flight within SHE CTR after approval has been obtained from SHE APP and provided that weather minima are equal to or better than those prescribed for SVFR SVFR authorization should normally be extended to only one aircraft in the CTR at one time, but in some circumstances may arise where a controller may be requested to authorize two or more flights simultaneously Controllers are cautioned that in such circumstances, they must ensure that : a) all operations can be conducted safely; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

17 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 17 b) c) under complete control within CTR; and attention should be paid to the development and agreement of procedures covering the recall of aircraft as and when necessary and for ensuring that SVFR flight will remain clear of the flight path or arriving and departing IFR When the ground visibility is not less than 1,600 m (1 statute mile), special VFR flights may be authorized to : enter a control zone for the purpose of landing, take off and depart from a control zone, cross a control zone or operate locally within a control zone below 10,000 feet AMSL The requirements for SVFR operation are as follows : SVFR operations may be conducted at altitude below feet MSL SVFR operations may only be conducted : a) b) c) d) e) with an ATC clearance; clear of clouds; except for helicopters, when flight visibility is at least 1 statute mile; except for helicopter, between sunrise and sunset; ground visibility is 1 statute mile (1,600 m) or greater; Suspension of VFR operations Any or all VFR operations on and in the vicinity of Seahorse aerodrome may be suspended by any of the following units, persons or authorities whenever safety requires such action : a) SHE TWR or SHE APP or BTF ACC; or Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

18 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 18 b) Other BTF ATS authority All such suspensions of VFR operations shall be accomplished through SHE TWR The following procedures shall be observed by SHE TWR whenever VFR operations are suspended : a) b) c) d) hold all VFR departures; recall all VFR local flights, except that obtain approval for SVFR operations; notify APP or ACC as appropriate of the action taken; notify all operators, or their designated representatives, of the reason for taking such action, if necessary or requested ESSENTIAL LOCAL TRAFFIC INFORMATION Information on essential local traffic shall be issued in a timely manner, either directly or through SHE APP when, in the judgement of SHE TWR, such information is necessary in the interests of safety, or when requested by aircraft Essential local traffic shall be considered to consist of : a) any aircraft, vehicle or personnel on or near the manoeuvring area; or b) traffic operating in the vicinity of the aerodrome, which may constitute a hazard to the aircraft concerned Essential local traffic shall be described so as to be easily identified. Example 1 (traffic on the ground) : [ACID] CAUTIONED ADVISED (or OBSERVE) ONE MOWER (or TRUCK) ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE BEGINNING RUNWAY 34L Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

19 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 19 Example 2 (traffic in the air) : [ACID] TRAFFIC TEN O'CLOCK [ONE] BEECHCRAFT BARON APPROACHING DOWNWIND RUNWAY 34L [YOU ARE NUMBER TWO TO LAND FOLLOW PIPER NAVAJO POSITION APPROACHING BASELEG RUNWAY 34L, REPORT RUNWAY INCURSION OR OBSTRUCTED RUNWAY In the event SHE TWR, after a takeoff clearance or a landing clearance has been issued, becomes aware of a runway incursion or the imminent occurrence thereof, or the existence of any obstruction on or in close proximity to the runway likely to impair the safety of an aircraft taking off or landing, appropriate action shall be taken as follows : a) b) c) cancel the takeoff clearance for a departing aircraft if the aircraft has not yet commenced takeoff roll using phraseology : [ACID] HOLD POSITION, CANCEL TAKE OFF I SAY AGAIN CANCEL TAKEOFF [reason]; cancel the takeoff clearance for a departing aircraft if the aircraft has commenced takeoff roll using phraseology : [ACID] STOP IMMEDIATELY [(repeat aircraft call sign) STOP IMMEDIATELY]; instruct a landing aircraft to execute a goaround or missed approach using phraseology : [ACID] GO AROUND (reason); d) in all cases inform the aircraft of the runway incursion or obstruction and its location in relation to the runway. Note. Animals and flocks of birds may constitute an obstruction with regard to runway operations. In addition, an aborted takeoff or a goaround executed after touchdown may expose the aeroplane to the risk of overrunning the runway. Moreover, a low altitude missed approach may expose the aeroplane to the risk of a tail strike. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

20 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Following any occurrence involving an obstruction on the runway or a runway incursion, pilots and controllers shall complete an air traffic incident report in accordance with the ICAO model Runway Incursion Initial Report Form (see attachment 29 on page 315) UNCERTAINTY OF POSITION ON THE MANOEUVRING AREA In the event SHE TWR becomes aware of an aircraft or vehicle that is lost or uncertain of its position on the manoeuvring area, appropriate action shall be taken immediately to safeguard operations and assist the aircraft or vehicle concerned to determine its position When there was a report from pilot or vehicle driver that he/she is in doubt as to the position of the aircraft or vehicle with respect to the manoeuvring area, SHE TWR shall immediately guide the aircraft or vehicle to vacate the landing area, taxiway, or other part of the manoeuvring area, to a safe distance as expeditiously as possible If the action of is impracticable, SHE TWR shall request SHE Airport Authority to employ the ground support equipment (GSE) vehicle ( FOLLOW ME vehicle) to guide the aircraft or vehicle to vacate the landing area, taxiway, or other part of the manoeuvring area, to a safe distance as expeditiously as possible WAKE TURBULENCE AND JET BLAST HAZARDS SHE TWR shall, when applicable, apply the wake turbulence separation minima specified in Whenever the responsibility for wake turbulence avoidance rests with the pilotincommand, SHE TWR shall, to the extent practicable, advise aircraft of the expected occurrence of hazards caused by turbulent wake. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

21 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 21 Note. Occurrence of turbulent wake hazards cannot be accurately predicted and aerodrome controllers cannot assume responsibility for the issuance of advice on such hazards at all times, nor for its accuracy In issuing clearances or instructions, SHE TWR should take into account the hazards caused by jet blast and propeller slipstream to taxiing aircraft, to aircraft taking off or landing, particularly when intersecting runways are being used, and to vehicles and personnel operating on the aerodrome. Note. Jet blast and propeller slipstream can produce localized wind velocities of sufficient strength to cause damage to other aircraft, vehicles and personnel operating within the affected area SEAHORSE TOWER PROCEDURE General Full coordination with the respective ATS units is required for all traffic operating in and outside of the airspace of the SHE TWR SHE TWR shall take into consideration the effect of wake turbulence when controlling traffic. It is especially important at SHE APT due to the mixture of aircraft type operating simultaneously Circuit pattern and height for fixed wing aircraft (aeroplane) Circuit pattern at SHE aerodrome are as follows : a) b) c) Runway 16L : normal (east of overhead station) Runway 16R : right hand (west of overhead station) Runway 34L : normal (west of overhead station) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

22 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 22 d) Runway 34R : right hand (east of overhead station) e) f) Runway 07 Runway 25 : normal (north of overhead station) : right hand (north of overhead station) (see detailed information in attachment 12 on page 234) Circuit height : a) b) c) Light aircraft and piston engine : ft. Medium/heavy aircraft and turbine/jet engine : 1,000 1,500 ft. Over flying aircraft (via overhead) : at or above 2,000 ft. Note. Since the separation between aircraft in the traffic circuit and the overflying aircraft is less than 1,000 feet, SHE TWR shall provide (essential) traffic information to the aircraft concerned Pattern characteristic : a) b) Circuit pattern at SHE APT are designed in accordance with the parallel runways operation, those are avoiding overlapping traffic patterns overhead aerodrome. An aircraft that cannot be cleared to land shall be instructed to go round again (overshoot) then join aerodrome traffic circuit climb to circuit height Entry to SHE aerodrome traffic circuit : An arriving IFR aircraft executing an instrument approach shall normally be cleared to land straightin unless visual manoeuvring (circling) to other runway is required. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

23 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) The clearance to enter SHE aerodrome traffic circuit should be issued to an aircraft whenever it is desired that the aircraft approach the landing area in accordance with current traffic circuits but traffic conditions do not yet allow a landing clearance to be issued Depending on the circumstances and traffic conditions, an aircraft may be cleared to join at any position in the traffic circuit (join downwind, direct base leg or via overhead) When aircraft in SHE aerodrome traffic circuit in such dense that additional traffic cannot be accommodated anymore, such traffic may be instructed to hold visually over ALPHA or BRAVO until the traffic conditions permit. Prior coordination shall be made with SHE APP before instructing aircraft to hold over such area Priority for landing If an aircraft enters an aerodrome traffic circuit without proper authorization, it shall be permitted to land if its actions indicate that it so desires. If circumstances warrant, aircraft which are in contact with SHE TWR may be instructed to give way so as to remove as soon as possible the hazard introduced by such unauthorized operation. In no case shall permission to land be withheld indefinitely In case of emergency it may be necessary, in the interests of safety, for an aircraft to enter a traffic circuit and affect a landing without proper authorization. SHE TWR should recognize the possibilities of emergency action and render all assistance possible Priority shall be given to : a) an aircraft which anticipates being compelled to land because of factors affecting the safe operation of the aircraft (engine failure, shortage of fuel, etc.); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

24 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 24 Note. The first priority shall only be given if the flight crew has reported emergency message preceded by the word MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY (preferably 3 times) or for aircraft that has been in sight, the controller notice that aircraft condition or configuration indicating any abnormality which needs emergency action (the existence of fire, smoke or wild manoeuver). b) hospital aircraft or aircraft carrying any sick or seriously injured persons requiring urgent medical attention; Note 1. The first priority shall only be given if the flight crew has reported urgency message preceded by the word PANPAN PANPAN PANPAN (preferably 3 times) MAY DEE CAL. Note 2. For the purpose of assisting the quick handling, the controllers are advised to contact the medical services unit of airport and to coordinate with apron movement control unit (AMC) for the location of parking for such aircraft. c) d) aircraft engaged in search and rescue operations; and other aircraft as may be determined by the appropriate authority. Note 1. For military aircraft, pursuant to the Memorandum of Understanding between the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Defense and Security, will be handled as civilian aircraft, except when there is a special letter or notification from the Ministry of Defense and Security. Note 2. For VIP flight will only be handled in accordance with the rules and procedure for VIP Flight Operation when there is a NOTAM containing the VIP flight activities, including the duration of closing of aerodrome. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

25 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 25 Note 3. The Presidential flight is usually treated as VIP flight where special handling is exercised, such as closing the aerodrome for any period of time (there may be a welcome ceremony, etc). However, even though there is a VIP flight, when there is an aircraft experiencing emergency, the latter shall have the priority over the VIP flight An aircraft landing or in the final stages of an approach to land shall normally have priority over an aircraft intending to depart from the same or an intersecting runway Arrival procedure The transfer of responsibility for control of IFR arrival from SHE APP to SHE TWR : a) weather VMC : when pilot has reported runway in sight or has ablished visual contact; b) In weather IMC : when aircraft has landed The transfer of communications of IFR arrival from SHE APP to SHE TWR : a) for aircraft executing : 1) VOR approach runway 16R : when passing BTF VOR/DME (heading to final approach); 2) NDB approach runway 34L : when passing SH NDB/LOC (heading to final approach). b) for aircraft executing visual approach : when flight crew has reported aerodrome in sight or has established visual contact Transfer of communications of VFR arrival from SHE APP to SHE TWR shall be effected at : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

26 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 26 a) b) WEBER or BT NDB when aircraft coming from the north (if via V5), west, southwest or south; or TF NDB or ESTER when aircraft coming from the north (if via V3), northeast, east or southeast IFR arrival which is instructed to make circling approach, after reaching missed approach point (MAPt) or DH/A, whichever is latter, the following procedures shall apply : When an aircraft executing instrument approach runway 16R and intent to land on (see attachment 10 on page 232): a) b) c) d) e) runway 16L : fly pass over the runwayinuse then turn right to join right downwind runway 16R climb to 2,000 feet. After reaching 2,000 feet turn right to join downwind runway 16L; runway 34L : turn right to join downwind runway 34L; runway 34R : fly pass over the runwayinuse then turn right to join right hand downwind runway 16R climb to 2,000 feet. After reaching 2,000 feet turn right to join right hand downwind runway 34R; runway 07 : fly pass over the runwayinuse then turn right to join right hand downwind runway 16R and then turn left to join downwind or base leg runway 07; runway 25 : fly pass over the runwayinuse then turn right to join right hand downwind runway 16R and then turn right to join right downwind runway When an aircraft executing instrument approach runway 34L and intent to land on (see attachment 11 on page 233) : a) runway 16R : turn left to join right hand downwind runway 16R; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

27 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 27 b) c) d) e) runway 16L : fly pass over the runwayinuse then turn left to join downwind runway 34L climb to 2,000 feet. After reaching 2,000 feet turn left to join downwind runway 16L; runway 07 : fly pass over the runwayinuse then turn left to join downwind runway 07; runway 25 : fly pass over the runwayinuse then turn right to join right hand downwind runway 25; runway 34R : fly pass over the runwayinuse then turn left to join downwind runway 34L climb to 2,000 feet. After reaching 2,000 feet turn left to join right hand downwind runway 34R Landing clearance for IFR arrival which is executing instrument approach procedure shall only be given after the pilot has reported runway or aerodrome in sight (established visual contact) Landing clearance shall not be given when the reported visibility (by Meteorological Observer) is less than the visibility prescribed in the standard instrument approach procedure being used. SHE TWR shall provide runway condition only and decision for landing is rest to the pilotincommand of aircraft (see the visibility minimum at the IAP in attachment 10 and 11 on page 232 and 233) An aircraft may be cleared to land when there is reasonable assurance that the separation prescribed in will exist when the aircraft crosses the runway threshold, provided that a clearance to land shall not be issued until a preceding landing aircraft has crossed the runway threshold. To reduce the potential for misunderstanding, the landing clearance shall include the designator of the landing runway When necessary or desirable in order to expedite traffic, a landing aircraft may be requested to : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

28 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 28 a) hold short of an intersecting runway after landing; b) land beyond the touchdown zone of the runway; c) vacate the runway at a specified exit taxiway; d) expedite vacating the runway In requesting a landing aircraft to perform a specific landing and/or rollout manoeuvre, the type of aircraft, runway length, location of exit taxiways, reported braking action on runway and taxiway (as listed in table 1 below), and prevailing meteorological conditions shall be considered. A HEAVY aircraft shall not be requested to land beyond the touchdown zone of a runway. Measured coefficient Table 1 Braking action category Estimated braking action Code 0.40 and above Good to 0.36 Medium to good to 0.30 Medium t Medium to poor and below Poor When necessary or desirable, e.g. due to low visibility conditions, a landing or a taxiing aircraft may be instructed to report when a runway has been vacated. The report shall be made when the entire aircraft is beyond the relevant runwayholding position marking If the flight crew of an IFR arrival reports that he/she is executing missed approach due to : a) weather, that is visibility is below the prescribed minima, there is no reply, other than the instuction [ACID] Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

29 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 29 CONTACT SHE APPROACH, should normally be made by SHE TWR; b) other reason and visibility is not below the prescribed minima and the traffic condition permit, such aircraft may be instructed to join the appropriate aerodrome traffic circuit using phraseology (as an example) [ACID] JOIN DOWNWIND (or RIGHT HAND DOWNWIND) RUNWAY ### REPORT DOWNWIND (or RIGHT HAND DOWNWIND) VFR arrival (either incoming from point ALPHA or BRAVO) should be instructed to join downwind (right hand downwind) at circuit altitude. In case arrival is instructed to proceed to or via overhead station, the arriving aircraft shall maintain 2,000 ft. until overhead then turn (left/right) to join the circuit (as applicable for the runwayinuse). Note. VFR arrival from ALPHA or BRAVO may be instructed to direct to base leg (righthand base leg) provided that the aircraft will not cross the beginning of the adjacent runway(s). For example VFR arival from point ALPHA shall not be instructed to direct to base leg runway 34R nor to right hand base leg runway 16L and from point BRAVO shall not be instructed to direct to base leg runway 16R nor to right hand base leg runway 34L For the purpose of providing separation, orbit, extend circuit etc., may be exercised provided that all turns shall be effected away from overhead aerodrome Arrival which cannot be instructed to join traffic circuit (due to traffic density), may be held over point ALPHA or BRAVO visually There is no mandatory direction which traffic must join the circuit. However, any deviation from the normal circuit must be coordinated with SHE APP. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

30 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) For pilot who is not familiar with the aerodrome or who is flying into the airport for the firs time, SHE TWR shall initially clear the aircraft to overhead for the pilot to positively identify the layout of airport then issue subsequent clearance Departure procedure General Departures shall normally be cleared in the order in which they are ready for takeoff, except that deviations may be made from this order of priority to facilitate the maximum number of departures with the least average delay. Factors which should be considered in relation to the departure sequence include, inter alia : a) b) c) d) e) f) types of aircraft and their relative performance; routes to be followed after takeoff; any specified minimum departure interval between takeoffs; need to apply wake turbulence separation minima; aircraft which should be afforded priority; and aircraft subject to ATFM requirements Taxi clearance Prior to issuing a taxi clearance, SHE TWR shall determine where the aircraft concerned is parked. Taxi clearances shall contain concise instructions and adequate information so as to assist the flight crew to follow the correct taxi routes, to avoid collision with other aircraft or objects and to minimize the potential for the aircraft inadvertently entering an active runway The clearance limit of taxi instruction is one of the holding Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

31 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 31 points contained in table 2 below. Table 2 Clearance limit of taxi instruction (ID) No Location (intersection between) ID RWY Remarks Runway 07 and taxiway ALPHA N1 07 North side of runway Runway 07 and taxiway ALPHA S1 07 South side of runway Runway 16R and taxiway ALPHA 4. Runway 16R and taxiway BRAVO W5 W4 16R 16R 5. Runway 16L and taxiway INDIA E5 16L 6. Runway 16L and taxiway JULIET E4 16L 7. Runway 16L and taxiway KILO E3 16L West side of runway 16L 8. Runway 16L and taxiway KILO M3 16L East side of runway 16L 9. Runway 25 and taxiway KILO S Runway 25 and taxiway INDIA (north) S2 25 South side of runway Runway 25 and taxiway INDIA (south) 12. Runway 34R and taxiway FOXTROT N2 25 North side of runway 25 E1 34R West side of runway 34R 13. Runway 34R and taxiway MIKE M1 34R East side of runway 34R 14. Runway 34R and taxiway GOLF E2 34R 15. Runway 34R and taxiway HOTEL M2 34R 16. Runway 34L and taxiway ECHO W1 34L 17. Runway 34L and taxiway DELTA W2 34L Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

32 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Runway 34L and taxiway CHARLIE 19. Runway 34L and taxiway CHARLIE T1 34L West side of runway 34L W3 34L East side of runway 34L When a taxi clearance contains a taxi limit beyond a runway, it shall contain an explicit clearance to cross or an instruction to hold short of that runway. For example : If the clearance limit for departing aircraft is holding point W5/E5 the taxi clearance : [ACID] CLEARED TO HOLDING POINT W5 VIA TAXIWAY ALPHA HOLD [REPORT] ON SHORT RUNWAY 07. If the clearance limit for taxiing aircraft from main apron is west/east apron : [ACID] CLEARED TO WEST APRON VIA TAXIWAY DELTA AND CHARLIE HOLD [REPORT] ON SHORT RUNWAY 34L A taxi route should, whenever possible, be described by use of taxiway and runway designators. Other relevant information, such as an aircraft to follow or give way to, shall also be provided to a taxiing aircraft For the purpose of expediting air traffic, aircraft may be permitted to taxi on the runwayinuse, provided no delay or risk to other aircraft will result If SHE TWR is unable to determine visually that a vacating or crossing aircraft has cleared the runway, the aircraft shall be requested to report when it has vacated the runway. The report shall be made when the entire aircraft is beyond the relevant runwayholding position Aircraft shall not be permitted to line up and hold on the approach end of a runwayinuse whenever another aircraft is affecting a landing, until the landing aircraft has passed the point of intended holding. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

33 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Helicopter taxiing operations : a) When necessary for a wheeled helicopter or vertical takeoff and landing (VTOL) aircraft to taxi on the surface, the existing provisions (for fixed wing aircraft) are applicable. Note. Ground taxiing uses less fuel than airtaxiing and minimizes air turbulence. However, under certain conditions, such as rough, soft or uneven terrain, it may become necessary to airtaxi for safety considerations. Helicopters with articulating rotors (usually designs with three or more main rotor blades) are subject to ground resonance and may, on rare occasions, suddenly lift off the ground to avoid severe damage or destruction. b) c) d) When it is requested or necessary for a helicopter to proceed at a slow speed above the surface, normally below 37 km/h (20 kt) and in ground effect, airtaxiing may be authorized. Note. Airtaxiing consumes fuel at a high burn rate, and helicopter downwash turbulence (produced in ground effect) increases significantly with larger and heavier helicopters. Instructions which require small aircraft or helicopters to taxi in close proximity to taxiing helicopters should be avoided and consideration should be given to the effect of turbulence from taxiing helicopters on arriving and departing light aircraft. A frequency change should not be issued to singlepilot helicopters hovering or airtaxiing. Whenever possible, control instructions from SHE APP should be relayed as necessary until the pilot is able to change frequency Entry to the manoeuvring area The movement of pedestrians or vehicles on the manoeuvring Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

34 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 34 area shall be subject to authorization by SHE TWR. Persons, including drivers of all vehicles, shall be required to obtain authorization from SHE TWR before entry to the manoeuvring area. Notwithstanding such an authorization, entry to a runway or runway strip or change in the operation authorized shall be subject to a further specific authorization by SHE TWR Priority on the manoeuvring area a) b) All vehicles and pedestrians shall give way to aircraft which are landing, taxiing or taking off, except that emergency vehicles proceeding to the assistance of an aircraft in distress shall be afforded priority over all other surface movement traffic. In the latter case, all movement of surface traffic should, to the extent practicable, be halted until it is determined that the progress of the emergency vehicles will not be impeded. When an aircraft is landing or taking off, vehicles shall not be permitted to hold closer to the runwayinuse than: 1) at a taxiway/runway intersection at a runwayholding position; and 2) at a location other than a taxiway/runway intersection at a distance of 50 metres from the edge of the runwayinuse Communication requirements and visual signals a) At SHE aerodromes all vehicles employed on the manoeuvring area shall be capable of maintaining twoway radio communication with SHE TWR, except when the vehicle is only occasionally used on the manoeuvring area and is : 1) accompanied by a vehicle with the required communications capability; or Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

35 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 35 2) employed in accordance with a prearranged plan established with SHE TWR. b) When communications by a system of visual signals is deemed to be adequate, or in the case of radio communication failure, the signals given hereunder shall have the meaning indicated therein: 1) For traffic on the ground (see figure 3 on page 36); Light signal from TWR Steady green Steady red Green flashes Red flashes White flashes Cleared for takeoff Stop Meaning Permission to cross landing area or to move onto taxiway Move off the landing area (taxi clear of landing area in use) or taxiway and watch out for aircraft Vacate manoeuvring area in accordance with local instructions (return to starting point on the aerodrome) 2) For aircraft in flight (see figure 4 on page 36). Light signal from aerodrome control Steady green Cleared to land Meaning Steady red Green flashes Red flashes White flashes Red pyrotechnic Give way to other aircraft and continue circling Return for landing Aerodrome unsafe do not land Land at this aerodrome and proceed to apron Notwithstanding any previous inst., do not land for the time being Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

36 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 36 STEADY GREEN STEADY RED FLASHING WHITE FLASHING GREEN FLASHING RED Figure 3. Light signal for traffic on the ground STEADY GREEN STEADY RED FLASHING GREEN FLASHING RED FLASHING WHITE RED PYROTECHNIC Figure 4. Light signal for aircraft in the air c) In emergency conditions or if the signals in b) above are not observed, the signal given hereunder shall be used for Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

37 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 37 runways or taxiways equipped with a lighting system and shall have the meaning indicated therein. Light signal Flashing runway or taxiway lights Meaning Vacate the runway and observe the tower for light signal d) When employed in accordance with a plan prearranged with the SHE TWR, constructional and maintenance personnel should not normally be required to be capable of maintaining twoway radio communication with SHE TWR Takeoff clearance Takeoff clearance may be issued to an aircraft when there is reasonable assurance that the separation in will exist when the aircraft commences takeoff When an ATC clearance is required prior to taking off, the takeoff clearance shall not be issued until the ATC clearance has been transmitted to and acknowledged by the aircraft concerned. The ATC clearance shall be forwarded to SHE TWR with the least possible delay after receipt of a request made by SHE TWR or prior to such request if practicable Subject to , the takeoff clearance shall be issued when the aircraft is ready for takeoff and at or approaching the departure runway, and the traffic situation permits. To reduce the potential for misunderstanding, the takeoff clearance shall include the designator of the departure runway Conditional phrases, such as behind landing aircraft or after departing aircraft, shall not be used for movements affecting the active runway(s), except when the aircraft or vehicles concerned are seen by SHE TWR and pilot. The aircraft or vehicle causing the condition in the clearance issued shall be the first aircraft/vehicle to pass in front of the other aircraft concerned. In all cases a conditional clearance shall be given in Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

38 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 38 the following order and consist of : a) b) c) d) identification; the condition; the clearance; and brief reiteration of the condition. for example: [ACID] BEHIND B739 ON SHORT FINAL, LINE UP BEHIND SHE TWR shall not issue the takeoff clearance when the visibility is less than : a) b) c) 1 statute mile (1,600 m) for aeroplane having one or two engines; ½ statute mile (800 meters) for aeroplane having more than two engines; ½ statute mile (800 meters) for helicopters In the interest of expediting traffic, a clearance for immediate takeoff may be issued to an aircraft before it enters the runway. On acceptance of such clearance the aircraft shall taxi out to the runway and takeoff in one continuous movement SHE TWR shall not issue the takeoff clearance in the direction (after takingoff) other than the designated aerodrome traffic circuit. It means that turn left after takingoff runway 16R and 34R or turn right after takingoff runway 16L and 34L is prohibited Determination of runwayinuse rests on SHE TWR. Before clearing IFR traffic to depart, release time statement shall be obtained from SHE APP. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

39 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Irrespective weather conditions, departure IFR will be transferred from SHE TWR to SHE APP immediately after the aircraft is airborne SHE TWR shall ensure that the departure IFR is separated from other arriving (IFR/VFR) traffic in accordance with the minima specified at the aerodrome Departure VFR traffic shall be cleared to be on VFR corridor as soon as possible Departure VFR traffic will be transferred from SHE TWR to SHE APP at point ALPHA (for westbound traffic) or point BRAVO (for eastbound traffic) or at any point/time/level agreed by SHE TWR and SHE APP. Note. Since the VFR corridor is classified as Class G within which flight information and alerting service only will be provided, an aircraft is considered separated with other aircraft within the same corridor provided that the traffic informations have been issued to aircraft concerned, notwithstanding, the arriving aircraft had been transferred to SHE TWR Separation Since SHE TWR is the visual controller, it is therefore, providing vertical or horizontal separation is unnecessary. For the purpose of providing separation between VFR flights, clear and complete traffic information shall be applied instead Aircraft in the traffic circuit shall be controlled to provide the separation minima outlined in to and except that : a) aircraft in formation are exempted from the separation minima with respect to separation from other aircraft of the same flight; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

40 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 40 Note 1. Formation flight (more than one aircraft takeoff, landing and execute manoeuvres together at the same time) is usually conducted during military exercise by military aircraft or by civil aircraft in the event of of airshow or as such (i.e. demonstration flight); Note 2. As the general rule, aircraft involved in the formation flight is considered as one aircraft where the team leader pilot acts the pilotincommand. b) aircraft operating in different areas or different runways on aerodromes suitable for simultaneous landings or takeoffs are exempted from the separation minima Sufficient separation shall be effected between aircraft in flight in the traffic circuit to allow the spacing of arriving and departing aircraft Separation of departing aircraft A departing aircraft will not normally be permitted to commence takeoff until the preceding departing aircraft has crossed the end of the runwayinuse or has started a turn or until all preceding landing aircraft are clear of the runwayinuse (has crossed the runway holding position marking) Separation of arriving aircraft A landing aircraft will not normally be permitted to cross the runway threshold on its final approach until the preceding departing aircraft has crossed the end of the runwayinuse, or has started a turn, or until all preceding landing aircraft are clear of the runwayinuse. Note 1. The above statement indicates that the landing clearance may be issued to arriving aircraft at any time provided that when the arriving aircraft crosses the threshold, the departing aicraft has crossed the end of the runwayinuse, Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

41 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 41 or has started a turn, or until all preceding landing aircraft are clear of the runwayinuse; Note 2. Even so, for the purpose of avoiding the arrving aircraft to make go around, it is recommended for SHE TWR not to issue landing clearance until the departing aircraft has rolled for takeoff; Note 3. Landing clearance for IFR flight shall only be issued when the flight crew has reported that he/she has established visual contact or runway in sight Timebased wake turbulence longitudinal separation minima SHE TWR shall not be required to apply wake turbulence separation : a) b) for arriving VFR flights landing on the same runway as a preceding landing HEAVY or MEDIUM aircraft; and between arriving IFR flights executing visual approach when the aircraft has reported the preceding aircraft in sight and has been instructed to follow and maintain own separation from that aircraft SHE TWR shall, in respect of the flights specified in a) and b), as well as when otherwise deemed necessary, issue a caution of possible wake turbulence. The pilotincommand of the aircraft concerned shall be responsible for ensuring that the spacing from a preceding aircraft of a heavier wake turbulence category is acceptable. If it is determined that additional spacing is required, the flight crew shall inform the SHE TWR, stating their requirements Separation of arriving aircraft : Except as provided for in a) and b). The following minima shall be applied to aircraft landing behind a HEAVY or a MEDIUM aircraft (see figure 5 on page 42) : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

42 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 42 MEDIUM HEAVY 2 MINUTES (a) LIGHT MEDIUM/HEAVY 3 MINUTES (b) Figure 5. Wake turbulence separation minima (a) medium behind heavy and (b) light behind medium/heavy a) MEDIUM aircraft behind HEAVY aircraft 2 minutes; b) LIGHT aircraft behind a HEAVY or MEDIUM aircraft 3 minutes Separation of departing aircraft : A minimum separation of 2 minutes shall be applied between a LIGHT or MEDIUM aircraft taking off behind a HEAVY aircraft or a LIGHT aircraft taking off behind a MEDIUM aircraft (see figure 6 below) LIGHT/MEDIUM MEDIUM/HEAVY 3 MINUTES Figure 6. Wake turbulence separation minima between departures Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

43 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Displaced landing threshold A separation minimum of 2 minutes shall be applied between a LIGHT or MEDIUM aircraft and a HEAVY aircraft and between a LIGHT aircraft and a MEDIUM aircraft when operating on a runway with a displaced landing threshold when: a) b) a departing LIGHT or MEDIUM aircraft follows a HEAVY aircraft arrival and a departing LIGHT aircraft follows a MEDIUM aircraft arrival; or an arriving LIGHT or MEDIUM aircraft follows a HEAVY aircraft departure and an arriving LIGHT aircraft follows a MEDIUM aircraft departure if the projected flight paths are expected to cross Opposite direction A separation minimum of 2 minutes shall be applied between a LIGHT or MEDIUM aircraft and a HEAVY aircraft and between a LIGHT aircraft and a MEDIUM aircraft when the heavier aircraft is making a low or missed approach and the lighter aircraft is (see figure 7 below): a) utilizing an oppositedirection runway for takeoff; or b) landing on the same runway in the opposite direction Traffic information 2 Figure 7. Twominute separation for opposite direction takeoff Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

44 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Traffic information shall be given to VFR flights concerned whenever they constitute traffic to each other. Note 1. Between departing and arriving VFR flights (reciprocal tracks), traffic information shall be given to both aircraft whatever the ETA difference. Note 2. Between departing VFR flights or arriving VFR flights (same track), traffic information shall be given to both aircraft if the ETA difference is 3 minutes or less (traffic information may not be given if the ETA difference is more than 3 minutes) Traffic information shall include : a) b) c) d) e) f) aircraft identification (ACID) or call sign; type of aircraft concerned; route of flight; current position; level; and ETA significant point(s). Example of phraseology : PK ABP (call sign) [YOUR] TRAFFIC IS ONE CESSNA 172 (type of aircraft) COMING FROM STARFISH (route) POSITION OVER TF NDB (position) MAINTAINING (or LEAVING/ PASSING) 3,000 FT (level) ESTIMATING BRAVO 0615 (ETA significant point). If there is additional traffic, just add the word : ADDITIONAL TRAFFIC ONE etc Within aerodrome traffic circuit, providing separation by Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

45 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 45 instructing aircraft to orbit, extend downwind or continue to overhead is more preferable than just providing traffic information Multirunways operation Parallel runways Since the only one runway (16R/34L) which is assigned as the instrument runway and only runway 34L which is furnished with ILS and the distance between their runway centre lines is 1088 metres, the following procedures apply : a) Departing aircraft 1) aircraft may be cleared for takeoff simultaneously from both runways provided that the paths of the aircraft after takingoff will not cross one to each other; 2) if the paths of the aircraft after takingoff will be converging or proceeding to the same point or route, they shall be separated vertically; b) Arriving aircraft 1) 2) if in visual meteorological conditions, aircraft may be cleared to land simultaneously to both runways provided that both aircraft are not coming from the same point or route; if in instrument meteorological conditions, aircraft may not be cleared to land simultaneously to both runways When the arriving aircraft has reported on final or short final of one runway, the departing aircraft using another runway may be cleared for takeoff provided that the path of the departing aircraft will not cross the missed track of the adjacent runway Crossing runways Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

46 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) The criteria for the operation of crossing runways are similar to the criteria for single runway, it means that both runways shall not be used for takeoff and/or landing simultaneously If there are two departing aircraft intend to takeoff using different runways, the second aircraft shall not be cleared for takeoff until the first aircraft has positively crossed the main intersection of runways If there are two arriving aircraft intend to land using different runways, the second aircraft shall not be cleared to land until the first landing aircraft has positively crossed the main intersection of runways If there is an arriving aircraft intends to land using any runway while the other departing aircraft intends to takeoff using another runway, the arriving aircraft shall not be cleared to land until the departing aircraft has positively crossed the main intersection of runways If there is a departing aircraft intends to takeoff using any runway while the other arriving aircraft intends to land using another runway, the departing aircraft shall not be cleared to takeoff until the landing aircraft has positively : a) b) crossed the main intersection of runways; or stopped for holding before the main intersection of runways Since there is no ILS for runway 07/25, when using multirunways simultaneously, caution shall be advised for aircraft on final runway 07 and aircraft on downwind runway 34L/right hand downwind runway 16R or aircraft on final runway 25 and aircraft on downwind runway 16L/right hand downwind runway 34R. Make sure that aircraft on downwind/right hand downwind has sufficient vertical separation with aircraft on final Pilot or ATC action on change of runway Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

47 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) It is possible that during the control of traffic, wind condition changed abruptly from the opposite direction. When it happens, SHE TWR shall revise runwayinuse and issue revised instruction to all aircraft (departure as well as arrival). For aircraft which is on takeoff position (about to takeoff) or on final approach and appears to be in difficulties if he has to pull up and go round, shall be advised to permit the pilotincommand to decide whether he will use another runway or continue approach to land with the existing tail wind condition. Example phraseology for runway change : 1. For aircraft in the traffic circuit other than on final and on takeoff position : ALL STATIONS DUE TO WIND CHANGE TO 320 DEGREES AT 20 [KNOTS], RUNWAY INUSE NOW [RUNWAY] 34L, JOIN... (or PROCEED TO... ETC.)... REPORT For aircraft on final and on takeoff position : [ACID] WIND CHANGE TO 320 DEGREES AT 20 [KNOTS] REQUEST YOUR INTENTION. a. If the aircraft intend to change the runwayinuse : [ACID] ROGER TAXI TO... VIA TAXIWAY (or RUNWAY) REPORT..., b. If the aircraft intend to coninue approach or takeoff : [ACID] ROGER WIND 320 DEGREES AT 20 [KNOTS] RUNWAY 34L CLEARED TO LAND (or FOR TAKE OFF) The pattern of arriving aircraft who intends to change the runwayinuse shall pull up and go round then follow the circling procedure (see again paragraph on page 26 and on page 27) Radio failure procedure Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

48 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) In the event of radio failure occurs, if on the ground, aircraft shall not be cleared to depart (until a repair has been completed) If radio failure occurs while in the air, landing and taxiing clearance will be given by means of the appropriate light signal Helicopter procedure Takeoff and landing area for helicopter can be seen attachment 14 on page 237) There are six places which are designated as the helicopter takeof and landing area as follow : a) b) c) d) e) f) West spot : helicopter landing area at the south of west apron; Charlie spot : the intersection between runway 16R/34L and taxiway CHARLIE; Intersection west spot : the intersection between runway 16R/34L and runway 07/25; East spot : the intersection between taxiways LIMA and KILO; Hotel spot : the intersection between runway 16L/34R and taxiway HOTEL; Intersection east spot : the intersection between runway 16L/34R and runway 07/25. (see attachment 14 on page 237) It is desirable that helicopter movement on and in the vicinity of SHE aerodrome be operated in such a manner that the sufficient separation with the fixed wing movement exist. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

49 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) To avoid possible mistaken identity, the normal or appropriate landing spots are displayed Helicopter shall normally be cleared to land on the designated alighting area, except that due to traffic or other operational reason such clearance is impracticable, it may be cleared to any part of the aerodrome nearest to the alighting and takeoff area to enable him to keep taxiing down to minimum. SHE TWR must ensure that there are sufficient clearance areas and no hazard will cause to both persons and property. For landing, the minimum clearance between rotor tips and the nearest building or other objects shall not be less than 100 feet. Note. The temporary spot should be the paved surface other than the active runway(s), such as compass swinging areas, runway/taxiway intersections or any part of inactive runway(s) Approach and departure pattern Helicopters shall not operate above 500 feet above the ground level (AGL) within radius 10 NM centered at SHE aerodrome unless authorized by SHE TWR Few minutes (5 10 minutes) before approaching point ALPHA or BRAVO or radius 30 NM of SHE aerodrome, helicopter pilot is to advise SHE TWR on the appropriate frequency. SHE TWR shall advise the pilot of the landing direction, altimeter setting, surface wind etc If the pilot fails to establish contact to SHE TWR, he/she shall hold at a point with a distance of 5 NM from Seahorse Aerodrome until radio communication resume to normal operation. If until subsequent 5 minutes he/she is still unable to establish contact to SHE TWR, he/she shall fly with minimum speed to the designated spot while watching its surrounding area to ensure that there will not be any conflicting traffic. On approaching aerodrome, hover for a while and attemp to attract the controller attention for seeking light signal. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

50 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) All approaches shall, when practicable, be made in accordance with the pattern established for SHE aerodrome (see attachment 12 on page 234) Approach from west shall be cleared using West spot, when practicable, or West intersection spot, or Charlie spot and approach from east shall be cleared using East spot, or East intersection spot, or Hotel spot All turns after takeoff shall be made in accordance with the pattern established for SHE aerodrome (see attachment 12 on page 234) Westbound takeoff shall be cleared using West spot, or West intersection spot, or Charlie spot. Eastbound takeoff shall be cleared using East spot, or East intersection spot, or Hotel spot Ground or air taxiing After landing, the helicopter is required either to ground or air taxi via the existing taxiways into its allotted parking stands (on, east or military apron) which will be indicated by a ground signaler using orange bats Before taking off, the helicopter is required either to ground or air taxi via the existing taxiways from parking stand to appropriate spot Helicopter which is parked on west apron and intends to depart eastbound shall be cleared to taxi to East spot, or East intersection spot, or Hotel spot via taxiway specified in taxi clearance from SHE TWR Helicopter which is parked on east apron and intends o depart westbound shall be cleared to taxi to West spot, or West intersection spot, or Charlie spot via taxiway specified in taxi clearance from SHE TWR. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

51 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Helicopter which is landing and intends to park its aircraft at another side of apron, shall be cleared from landing spot to parking stand via taxiways specified in taxi clearance from SHE TWR. Note 1. Ground taxiing is less fuel than air taxiing (hovering) and minimize turbulence. However, under circumstances, such as rough, soft or uneven terrain, it may become necessary to hover (air taxi) for safety consideration. Note 2. Wheeled helicopter with the weight of 6,500 kg or more (i.e SA330 Puma) shall be handled as fixed wing aircraft Radio failure procedure In the event of radio failure occurs, if on the ground, helicopter shall not be cleared to depart (until a repair has been completed) If radio failure occurs while in the air, landing and taxiing clearance will be given by means of the appropriate light signal PROCEDURES RELATED TO EMERGENCIES, COMMUNI CATION FAILURE AND CONTINGENCIES Emergency procedures When an emergency is declared by an aircraft, SHE TWR should take appropriate and relevant action as follows : a) b) c) unless clearly stated by the flight crew or otherwise known, take all necessary steps to ascertain aircraft; identification and type, the type of emergency, the intentions of the flight crew as well as the position and level of the aircraft; decide upon the most appropriate type of assistance which Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

52 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 52 can be rendered; d) e) f) g) enlist the aid of any other ATS unit or other services which may be able to provide assistance to the aircraft; provide the flight crew with any information requested as well as any additional relevant information, such as details on suitable aerodromes, minimum safe altitudes, weather information; obtain from the operator or the flight crew such of the following information as may be relevant: number of persons on board, amount of fuel remaining, possible presence of hazardous materials and the nature thereof; and notify the appropriate ATS units and authorities as specified in local instructions Changes of radio frequency should be avoided if possible and should normally be made only when or if an improved service can be provided to the aircraft concerned. Note. If SHE TWR consider that the traffics are in a such number that likely to interfere the communication process, SHE TWR may aplly the imposition silence using phraseology : ALL STATIONS STOP TRANSMITTING MAYDAY Manoeuvring instructions to an aircraft experiencing engine failure should be limited to a minimum. When appropriate, other aircraft operating in the vicinity of the aircraft in emergency should be advised of the circumstances An aircraft known or believed to be in state of emergency, including being subjected to unlawful interference or in aircraft bomb threat, shall be given priority over other aircraft Unlawful interference Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

53 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) If you are in communication with an aircraft believed to be subjected to unlawful interference, take any necessary actions as follow : a) b) c) d) e) f) g) report to the Supervisor/Senior Officer concerning the situation, then if there is positive indication that the aircraft is in such situation, notify Airport Manager, other ATS authorities, operator, designated security authority; transmit and continue to transmit, information pertinent to the safe conduct of flight, without reply from the aircraft; monitor and plot the progress of the flight; after landing, bring the aircraft to the designated isolated parking area (IPA) see Attachment 2 on page 223; inform other aircraft with the existing situation; inform and continue to keep informed, appropriate ATS units; relay appropriate message associated with unlawful interference, between the aircraft and designated authorities Bomb or other explosive threat or warning If you are in communication with an aircraft believed to be in bomb or other explosive threat or warning, take any necessary actions as follow : a) b) report to the Supervisor/Senior Officer concerning the situation, then if there is positive indication that the aircraft is in such situation, notify Airport Manager, other ATSauthorities, operator, designated security authority ; take or bring the aircraft to the designated isolated parking Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

54 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 54 area in accordance with local instructions; c) if there is no designated isolated parking area, take or bring the aircraft as far away form other aircraft or installation as possible and, if appropriate, to vacate the runway; Airground communication failure procedures As soon as it is known that twoway communication has failed, action shall be taken to ascertain whether the aircraft is able to receive transmission from the SHE TWR unit or not If it apparent that there is no response from the pilot to ATC instruction but SHE TWR is still able to read any transmission from the pilot, it indicates that the aircraft is experiencing receiver failure. In this situation SHE TWR shall take the following actions : a) b) c) clear other aircraft to avoid the route and/or altitude to be flown by aircraft experiencing radio receiver failure, as necessary; when information is received from the aircraft experiencing radio receiver failure that it has passed any altitude/level, recall other aircraft which occupies the altitude/level to return to original route; when information is received from the aircraft experiencing radio receiver failure that it has established visual contact, inform SHE APP On the contrary, if there is no pilot transmission as well as pilot response to ATC instruction, it indicates that the aircraft is experiencing transmitter failure or total radio failure. In this situation, SHE TWR shall clear other aircraft to avoid the route and/or altitude to be flown by aircraft experiencing radio failure If the aircraft fails to indicate that it is able to receive and Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

55 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 55 acknowledge transmissions, separation shall be maintained between the aircraft having the communication failure and other aircraft by providing flight information As soon as it is known that twoway communication has failed, appropriate information describing the action taken by SHE TWR, or instructions justified by any emergency situation, shall be transmitted blind for the attention of the aircraft concerned, on the frequencies available on which the aircraft is believed to be listening, including the voice frequencies of available radio navigation or approach aids. Information shall also be given concerning meteorological conditions at suitable aerodromes Pertinent information shall be given to other aircraft in the vicinity of the presumed position of the aircraft experiencing the failure If circumstances indicate that a controlled flight experiencing a communication failure might proceed to (one of) the alternate aerodrome(s) specified in the filed flight plan, the ATS unit(s) serving the alternate aerodrome(s) and any other ATS unit(s) that might be affected by a possible diversion shall be informed of the circumstances of the failure and requested to attempt to establish communication with the aircraft at a time when the aircraft could possibly be within communication range If the aircraft has not reported within thirty minutes after : a) b) c) the estimated time of arrival furnished by the pilot; the estimated time of arrival calculated by SHE TWR; or the last acknowledged expected approach time, whichever is the latest, pertinent information concerning the aircraft shall be forwarded to aircraft operators, or their designated representatives, and pilotsincommand of any aircraft concerned and normal control resumed if they so desire. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

56 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 56 It is the responsibility of the aircraft operators, or their designated representatives, and pilotsincommand of aircraft to determine whether they will resume normal operations or take other action Other inflight contingencies Strayed or unidentified aircraft Note 1. The terms strayed aircraft and unidentified aircraft in this paragraph have the following meanings: a. Strayed aircraft : An aircraft which has deviated significantly from its intended track or which reports that it is lost. b. Unidentified aircraft : An aircraft which has been reported to be operating in a given area but whose identity has not been established. Note 2. An aircraft may be considered, at the same time, as a strayed aircraft by one unit and as an unidentified aircraft by another unit. Note 3. A strayed or unidentified aircraft may be suspected as being the subject of unlawful interference As soon as SHE TWR becomes aware of a strayed aircraft, it shall take all necessary steps as outlined in a) and b) to assist the aircraft and to safeguard its flight. Note. Navigational assistance by SHE TWR is particularly important if it becomes aware of an aircraft straying, or about to stray, into an area where there is a risk of interception or other hazard to its safety. a) If the aircraft s position is not known, SHE TWR shall : 1) attempt to establish twoway communication with the Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

57 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 57 aircraft, unless such communication already exists; 2) 3) 4) use all available means to determine its position; inform other SHE APP; inform, in accordance with locally agreed procedures, appropriate military units and provide them with pertinent flight plan and other data concerning the strayed aircraft; request from SHE APP and/or military unit and from other aircraft in flight every assistance in establishing communication with the aircraft and determining its position. b) When the aircraft s position is established, SHE TWR shall : 1) 2) advise the aircraft of its position and corrective action to be taken; and provide, as necessary, SHE APP and appropriate military units with relevant information concerning the strayed aircraft and any advice given to that aircraft As soon as SHE TWR becomes aware of an unidentified aircraft in the vicinity of SHE aerodrome, it shall endeavour to establish the identity of the aircraft whenever this is necessary for the provision of air traffic services or required by the appropriate military authorities in accordance with locally agreed procedures. To this end, the air traffic services unit shall take such of the following steps as are appropriate in the circumstances: a) b) attempt to establish twoway communication with the aircraft; inquire of SHE APP about the flight and request its assistance in establishing twoway communication with Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

58 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 58 the aircraft; c) d) inquire of BTF ACC/BRIGTSTAR INFO/TIGERFORT INFO about the flight and request their assistance in establishing twoway communication with the aircraft; attempt to obtain information from other aircraft in the area SHE TWR shall, as necessary, inform the appropriate military unit as soon as the identity of the aircraft has been established Should SHE TWR consider that a strayed or unidentified aircraft may be the subject of unlawful interference, the appropriate authority designated by the State shall immediately be informed, in accordance with locally agreed procedures Interception of civil aircraft As soon as SHE TWR learns that an aircraft is being intercepted in the vicinity of SHE aerodrome, it shall take such of the following steps as are appropriate in the circumstances: a) b) c) d) e) attempt to establish twoway communication with the intercepted aircraft via any means available, including the emergency frequency MHz, unless such communication already exists; inform the pilot of the intercepted aircraft of the interception; establish contact with the intercept control unit maintaining twoway communication with the intercepting aircraft and provide it with available information concerning the aircraft; relay messages between the intercepting aircraft or the intercept control unit and the intercepted aircraft, as necessary; in close coordination with the intercept control unit take Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

59 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 59 all necessary steps to ensure the safety of the intercepted aircraft; and f) inform ATS units serving adjacent FIRs if it appears that the aircraft has strayed from such adjacent FIRs Fuel dumping General An aircraft in an emergency or other urgent situation may need to dump fuel so as to reduce to maximum landing mass in order to effect a safe landing When an aircraft operating within the vicinity of SHE aerodrome, needs to dump fuel, the flight crew shall advise SHE TWR. SHE TWR then request further instruction from SHE APP for route to be flown, level to maintain etc ATC Contingencies Radiocommunications contingencies General ATC contingencies related to communications, i.e. circumstances preventing a controller from communicating with aircraft under control, may be caused by either a failure of ground radio equipment, a failure of airborne equipment, or by the control frequency being inadvertently blocked by an aircraft transmitter. The duration of such events may be for prolonged periods and appropriate action to ensure that the safety of aircraft is not affected should therefore be taken immediately Ground radio failure In the event of complete failure of the ground radio equipment used for ATC, the controller shall : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

60 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 60 a) b) c) where aircraft are required to keep a listening watch on the emergency frequency MHz, attempt to establish radiocommunications on that frequency; without delay inform SHE APP, as applicable, of the failure; if practicable, request their assistance, in respect of aircraft which may establish communications with SHE APP, in establishing separation between and maintaining control of such aircraft Blocked frequency In the event that the control frequency is inadvertently blocked by an aircraft transmitter, the following additional steps should be taken : a) b) c) attempt to identify the aircraft concerned; if the aircraft blocking the frequency is identified, attempts should be made to establish communication with that aircraft, e.g. on the emergency frequency MHz, through the aircraft operator s company frequency if applicable, on any VHF frequency designated for airtoair use by flight crews or any other communication means or, if the aircraft is on the ground, by direct contact; if communication is established with the aircraft concerned, the flight crew shall be instructed to take immediate action to stop inadvertent transmissions on the affected control frequency Unauthorized use of SHE TWR frequency Instances of false and deceptive transmissions on SHE TWR frequencies which may impair the safety of aircraft can occasionally occur. In the event of such occurrences, SHE TWR concerned should : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

61 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 61 a) b) c) d) e) correct any false or deceptive instructions or clearances which have been transmitted; advise all aircraft on the affected frequency(ies) that false and deceptive instructions or clearances are being transmitted; instruct all aircraft on the affected frequency(ies) to verify instructions and clearances before taking action to comply; if practical, instruct aircraft to change to another frequency; and if possible, advise all aircraft affected when the false and deceptive instructions or clearances are no longer being transmitted Flight crews shall challenge or verify with SHE TWR any instruction or clearance issued to them which they suspect may be false or deceptive When the transmission of false or deceptive instructions and clearances is detected, the appropriate authority shall take all necessary action to have the transmitter located and the transmission terminated Change of radiotelephony call sign for aircraft SHE TWR may instruct an aircraft to change its type of RTF call sign, in the interests of safety, when similarity between two or more aircraft RTF call sign is such that confusion is likely to occur Any such change to the type of call sign shall be temporary and shall be applicable only within the vicinity of SHE aerodrome To avoid confusion, SHE TWR should, if appropriate, identify Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

62 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 62 the aircraft which will be instructed to change its call sign by referring to its position and/or level When SHE TWR changes the type of call sign of an aircraft, SHE TWR shall ensure that the aircraft reverts to the call sign indicated by the flight plan when the aircraft is transferred to SHE APP, except when the call sign change has been coordinated between the two ATC units concerned SHE TWR shall advise the aircraft concerned when it is to revert to the call sign indicated by the flight plan HANDLING OF ABNORMAL SITUATIONS Engine on Fire The situations which may be occured during engine on fire : a) aborted takeoff due to the absence of engine power; b) engine shutdown or damage (either single or multi); c) smoke or fire in the cockpit; d) engine cutoff by automatic fire extinguisher; e) creating cabin pressurization, loss of altitude or need to land at the nearest aerodrome; f) executing emergency landing; g) blocks the runway; h) great activities in the cockpit; i) passenger evacuation may be necessary; j) panic ness of passenger; k) land at other aerodrome. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

63 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board; b) number of persons on board; c) inform the aerodrome conditions; d) avoid instructing aircraft for orbit, go around etc.; e) offer land not into the wind; f) inform the facilities which may be available; g) clear the flight path and runway in accordance with the existing procedures; h) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); i) prepare ground support equipment or GSE (towing equipment); j) inform weather conditions; k) prepare lighting facilities (particularly runway and approach light) l) inform Brightstar and Tigerfort aerodrome; m) coordinate with Fire Fighting Station (FFS); n) if the aircraft land at Brightstar or Tigerfort, record the last position and time the aircraft is in communication with and the condition of such aircraft; o) report to operator/designated representative; p) report to Security Authority Engine unserviceable The situations which may be occured during the unserviceability Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

64 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 64 of engine : a) aborted takeoff; b) creates the pressurization problem; c) executing fuel dumping; d) executing emergency landing e) great activities in the cockpit; f) deviation from SID; g) executing steep descent; h) route deviation; i) blocks the runway; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board; b) number of persons on board; c) inform the aerodrome conditions; d) inform the facilities which may be available; e) clear the flight path and runway in accordance with the existing procedures; f) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); g) prepare the GSE or towing equipment; h) inform weather conditions; i) in form Brightstar and Tigerfort upon the situation; j) if the aircraft land at Brightstar or Tigerfort, record the last position and time the aircraft is in communication with and the condition of such aircraft. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

65 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Smoke in the cockpit The situations which may be occured : a) aborted takeoff; b) evacuation of passengers; c) blocks the runway; d) great activities in the cockpit; e) route deviation; f) the influency of communication (due to oxygen masker); g) panic ness of passenger; h) injury of passenger or flight crew The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board; b) avoid giving instruction for orbit, go around and as such; c) ask the number of persons on board; d) inform the aerodrome conditions; e) inform the facilities which may be available; f) offer the aircraft to land not into the wind; g) clear the flight path and runway in accordance with the existing procedures; h) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); i) prepare the GSE or towing equipment; j) prepare lighting system, particularly which are associated Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

66 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Bird strike with the landing activities; k) inform weather conditions; l) in form Brightstar and Tigerfort aerodrome upon the situation; m) if the aircraft land at Brightstar or Tigerfort, record the last position and time the aircraft is in communication with and the condition of such aircraft The situations which may be occured : a) canopi or glass of cockpit is broken; b) engine is inoperative; c) could create hydrolic/electrical/gear problem; d) failed to land; e) return to base; f) poor or limited visibility The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether he is able to control aircraft properly; b) give the permission to extend downwind, if requested; c) check the runway condition; d) inform the aerodrome conditions; e) inform the facilities which may be available; f) prepare the GSE or towing equipment; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

67 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 67 g) inform weather conditions; h) coordinate with the FFS and Security Units Braking system The situations which may be occured : a) flight crew need longer runway for landing; b) the possibility of overun; c) tire explosion; d) aircraft slipped or runoff the runway; e) aircraft blocks the runway; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) prepare the GSE or towing equipment; b) inform weather conditions; c) coordinate with the FFS and Security Units; d) coordinate with the operator for standbying of aircraft technician. e) check the runway condition; f) inform the aerodrome conditions; g) inform the facilities which may be available; h) clear obstacles from the runway; Gear problem The situations which may be occured : a) flight crew need the directive from the technician; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

68 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 68 b) aircraft fly pass and/or go round; c) filght crew tries to get gear down manually; d) executing fuel dumping; e) aircraft blocks the runway; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) check the runway condition; b) inform the aerodrome conditions, including the length of runway; c) inform the facilities which may be available; d) clear obstacles from the runway; e) prepare the GSE or towing equipment; f) inform weather conditions; g) coordinate with the FFS and Security Units; h) coordinate with SHE APP in case of aircraft executing fuel dumping; i) coordinate with the operator for standbying of aircraft technician Electrical problem The situations which may be occured : a) severe stress in the cockpit; b) mulfunction of aircraft instrument; c) transponder will be switched off to save energy; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

69 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 69 d) discontinuation of twoway communication; e) limited readbacks; f) the level will be up and down to maintain VMC; g) filght crew tries to get gear down manually; h) the possibility of subsequent engine failure The actions should be taken are as follow : a) inform the aerodrome conditions, including the length of runway; b) inform the facilities which may be available; c) clear obstacles from the runway; d) prepare the GSE or towing equipment; e) inform weather conditions; f) coordinate with the FFS and Security Units; g) coordinate with SHE APP in case of aircraft executing fuel dumping; h) coordinate with the operator for standbying of aircraft technician Hydrolic problem The situations which may be occured : a) difficulties in emplying control equipment, gears, brake system, flaps, etc; b) executing dumping fuel; c) high speed landing roll; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

70 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 70 d) limited aircraft manoeuver; e) limited flap setting; f) filght crew tries to get gear down manually; g) holding for system checking; h) possibility of overrun; i) aircraft blocks the runway The actions should be taken are as follow : a) give a greater separation either vertically or horizontally; b) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board ; c) ask the number of persons on board; d) try to avoid go round; e) inform the aerodrome conditions, including the length of runway; f) inform the facilities which may be available; g) clear obstacles from the runway; h) prepare the GSE or towing equipment; i) inform weather conditions; j) coordinate with the FFS and Security Units; k) coordinate with SHE APP in case of aircraft executing fuel dumping; l) coordinate with the operator for standbying of aircraft technician. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

71 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) HANDLING VIP FLIGHT At departure and destination aerodrome where the aerodrome operational is not closed, the VIP aircraft shall be given with highest priority over other civil aircraft, except when there is an emergency or ambulance/aircraft carrying seriously injured person or aircraft engage in SAR operation When necessary to close the aerodrome for VIP, EXPECTED DELAY NOTAM shall be issued that define that the closure of aerodrome as from 30 minutes before departure until 15 minutes after departure fo VIP flight For anticipating the possibility of wrong handling of VIP flight and separation implementation and enhancing situational awareness, VIP flight shall use the following call sign : a) INDONESIA ONE for the President flight; and b) INDONESIA TWO for the Vice President fligt For the purpose of regularity and efficiency, close coordination is needed between SHE TWR and other units involved in handling VIP operation Refer to the Letter of Decree of DGCA No. AU.2392/DNP.6741/ 05, the VIP flight is an aircraft within which : a) the President President of the Republic Indonesia; or b) the Vice President of the Republic Indonesia; c) the State's Guest whose ranks equal to the President or Vice President In case the President or the Vice President flies using the regular flight (which is not exclusively stated as VIP flight), such flight shall be handled as appropriate with the extracaution and Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

72 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 72 close coordination and other units involved in handling VIP operation is still necessary AIR TRAFFIC INCIDENT REPORT An air traffic incident report shall be submitted, for incidents specifically related to the provision of air traffic services involving such occurrences as aircraft proximity (AIRPROX) or other serious difficulty resulting in a hazard to aircraft, caused by, among others, faulty procedures, noncompliance with procedures, or failure of ground facilities The degree of risk involved in aircraft proximity should be determined in the incident investigation and classified as : Risk of collision : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which serious risk of collision has existed. Example of this classification such as nearmissed which is induced by ACAS RA. Another example when aircraft taking off from parallel runways and their paths are crossing one to each other and are not vertically separated, etc Safety not assured : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which the safety of the aircraft may have been compromised. Example of this classification such as during transition period from surveillance control to nonsurveillance control where separation of 5 NM must be changed into nonsurveillance separation (based on time or vertical). Another example when there is an aircraft executing emergency descent, etc No risk of collision : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which no risk of collision has existed. Example of this classification such as level bust that is an aircraft flies at level which is not conform to ATC instruction and vertically separated less than prescribed minima Risk not determined : the risk classification of an aircraft Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

73 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 73 proximity in which insufficient information was available to determine the risk involved, or inconclusive or conflicting evidence precluded such determination. Example of this classification such as unidentified or strayed aircraft entering an area of jurisdiction of an ATC Unit. Another example when the conditions of visibility which prevent the aerodrome control tower from applying visual separation between aircraft, and between aircraft and vehicles operate on the manoeuvring area. Note. Air traffic incident report form together with instructions for its completion is at attachment 30 on page 321. ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

74 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 74 CHAPTER II SEHORSE APPROACH CONTROL PROCEDURE 2.1. GENERAL Seahorse Approach Control Unit (SHE APP), provides : a) approach control service; b) flight information service; and c) alerting service SHE APP provides separation between controlled IFR and controlled VFR flights, including special VFR flight : a) arriving at or departing from Seahorse International Airport; b) arriving at or departing from Brightstar Aerodrome; c) arriving at or departing from Tigerfort Aerodrome; d) overflying through SHE CTR. from time, place or level at which arrivals are released by BTF ACC until the aircraft has established visual contact or for departures from the time the aircraft are transferred by SHE TWR to SHE APP until the control is released to BTF ACC, or for over flying aircraft during within SHE CTR FACILITIES, SERVICES AND PROCEDURES ATC Unit Identification : SEAHORSE APPROACH (SHE APP); Radio Frequency : MHz. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

75 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Airspace dimension (see attachment 9 on page 231) : a) lateral limit : a circle with radius of 40 NM centered at radar head Seahorse (coordinate : 6 13'27.12'' S '27.12'' E) b) vertical limit : 1) upper limit : 10,000 feet Navigation aids and reporting points 2) lower limit : Ground or water Navigation aids and reporting points within SHE CTR see attachment 6 on page Holding points and level : Holding points and level designated at Seahorse aerodrome are as depicted in table 3 below. Tabel 3 Holding points and level Navigation aids or Reporting Points NAV AIDS BTF VOR/DME BT NDB TF NDB SH NDB/LOC Holding level 3,000 ft. and above 3,000 ft. and above 3,000 ft. and above 3,000 ft. up to 6,000 ft. Remarks IAF for runway 16 R Holding point Holding point a. IAF for runway 34 L b. Due to inaccuracy of low powered NDB Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

76 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) ARRIVAL PROCEDURES General When it becomes evident that delays will be encountered by arriving aircraft, operators or designated representatives shall, to the extent practicable, be notified and kept currently informed of any changes in such expected delays Arriving aircraft is required to report when : Using VOR approach runway 16R : a) passing/leaving BTF VOR/DME (to final approach); b) 2 minutes after passing BTF VOR/DME (4 DME from BTF VOR/DME/leaving 3,000 feet); c) visual contact Using ILS approach runway 34L a) Leaving 3,000 feet heading outbound; b) passing/leaving SH NDB/LOC (to final approach); c) visual contact An IFR flight shall not be cleared for an initial approach below the 3,000 feet unless: a) the pilot has reported passing BTF VOR/DME (for runway 16R) or SH NDB (for runway 34L); or b) the pilot reports that the aerodrome is and can be maintained in sight; or c) the aircraft is conducting a visual approach; or Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

77 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 77 d) SHE APP has determined the aircraft s position by the use of an ATS surveillance system Approach instructions Unless it is known that BTF ACC has already cleared arriving aircraft to BTF VOR/DME or BT NDB or TF NDB as the clearance limit (as specified in letter of agreement), SHE APP shall clear the arriving aircraft to the clearance limit on initial contact by specifying the following items : a) BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC where initial approach will be conducted or arriving aircraft will be held, or BT NDB/TF NDB as feeder point when BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC has fully been occupied; b) route of flight, if any; c) assigned altitude; d) approach or holding instruction, when required; and e) other significant weather information When the runwayinuse is 16R BTF VOR/DME shall be designated as IAF (instrument approach fix) and the following procedures shall apply : a) Arriving aircraft shall be cleared to execute instrument approach (for the first aircraft) or hold over BTF VOR/DME at specified altitude (for the subsequent aircraft). Note 1. For the first aircraft, the issuance of approach clearance should not be later than 5 minutes prior to reaching BTF VOR/DME in order to permit the pilot to adjust aircraft configuration. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

78 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 78 Note 2. Arriving aircraft coming from BURSA/COMET may directly execute instrument approach provided that it has reached and maintained 3,000 feet. Note 3. Arriving aircraft coming from other than BURSA/COMET shall follow the entry procedure before executing intrument approach (for the purpose of facilitating the practical exercise, the time of entry, either parallel or offset entry is 3 minutes). Example of phraseology : 1) For the first aircraft : [ACID] DESCEND TO (or MAINTAIN) 3,000 [FEET] CLEARED FOR VOR APPROACH RUNWAY 16R REPORT PASSING 5,000 [FEET] (or PASSING/ LEAVING BTF). 2) For the subsequent aircraft : [ACID] HOLD OVER BTF [VOR] DESCEND TO 5,000, EAT : 0625, EXPECT VOR APPROACH RUNWAY 16R WIND.. QNH. REPORT REACHING 5,000 (or OVER BTF) b) If the holding aircraft are in such number that no level available for additional aircraft, such aircraft shall be cleared to hold over BT NDB (TF NDB) as feeder points. Example of phraseology : [ACID] RECLEARED, HOLD OVER BT [NDB] MAINTAIN 6,000, EAT : 0653, OCT : 0646, EXPECT VOR APPROACH RUNWAY 16R WIND.. QNH. REPORT [OVER] BT When the runwayinuse is 34L Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

79 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) SH NDB/LOC shall be designated as IAF and the following procedures shall apply : a) Arriving aircraft shall be recleared to SH NDB/LOC via BT NDB/TF NDB or ECTOR or DORIN (whichever is the shorter) to execute instrument approach (for the first aircraft) or hold over BT/TF NDB at specified altitude (for subsequent aircraft), except for aircraft from NORTHSTAR/BURSA or STARFISH/COMET, when traffic condition permit, the aircraft may be cleared to SH NDB/LOC via BTF VOR/DME. Note 1. For the first aircraft, the issuance of approach clearance should not be later than 5 minutes prior to reaching SH NDB/LOC in order to permit the pilot to adjust aircraft configuration. Note 2. Arriving aircraft coming from TF NDB/DORIN may directly execute instrument approach provided that it has reached and maintained 3,000 feet. Note 3. Arriving aircraft coming from other than TF NDB/DORIN shall follow the entry procedure before executing intrument approach (for the purpose of facilitating the practical exercise, the time of entry, either parallel or offset entry is 3 minutes). Example of phraseology : 1) For the first aircraft : [ACID] RECLEARED AFTER BT/TF [NDB] PROCEED TO SH [NDB] DESCEND TO 3,000 [AND] CLEARED FOR ILS APPROACH RUNWAY 34L REPORT PASSING 5,000 FT. (or LEAVING 3,000 HEADING OUTBOUND) 2) For the subsequent aircraft : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

80 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 80 [ACID] RECLEARED AFTER COMET PROCEED TO SH [NDB] VIA BTF [VOR/DME] DESCEND TO 5,000 [FT] AND HOLD, EAT : 0625, EXPECT ILS APPROACH RUNWAY 34L WIND.. QNH. REPORT REACHING 5,000 FT. (or OVER BTF) b) If the holding aircraft are in such number that no level available for additional aircraft, such aircraft shall be cleared to hold over BT NDB/TF NDB as feeder points. For the subsequent aircraft : Example of phraseology : [ACID] RECLEARED, HOLD OVER BT/TF MAINTAIN 6,000 EAT : 0653, OCT : 0646 EXPECT ILS APPROACH RUNWAY 34L WIND.. QNH. REPORT REACHING OVER BT/TF Instruction to contact SHE TWR will be issued by SHE APP when aircraft executing instrument approach has reported passing BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC (heading inbound to final approach). Note. Even though aircraft has been instructed to contact SHE TWR, the aircraft is still under the responsibility of SHE APP. The purpose of this provision is for enabling the pilot to establish twoway communication with and get landing clearance from SHE TWR before he/she reaches missed approach point (MAPt) or decision height/altitude (DH/A) Instrument approach clearance for subsequent arriving aircraft shall be given after SHE APP obtains information from SHE TWR that the aircraft executing instrument approach has established contact and sighted by SHE TWR Instrument approach Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

81 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Instrument approach fix (IAF) and type Instrument approach fixes (IAF) and types used in SHE aerodrome are as depicted in table 4 below). Table 4 Instrument approach fixes (IAF) and type used at Seahorse aerodrome IAF RIU Remarks BTF VOR/DME 16R 1. Nonprecision 2. Consecutive SH NDB/LOC 34L 1. Precision 2. Nonconsecutive Instrument approach procedures (IAP) If a pilot reports or it is clearly apparent to SHE APP that the pilot is not familiar with an instrument approach procedure, SHE APP shall specify the instrument approach procedures in detail covering the following item : a) the initial approach level (IAL); b) the point/time of turns or maneuvers must be started; c) the level at which turns or maneuvers must be carried out; d) final approach course/track (except if the aircraft is cleared for straightin approach); e) minimum descent altitude (MDA) or decision height (DH); f) frequencies of navigation aids and missed approach procedure (MAP), if deemed necessary. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

82 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Instrument approach procedures BTF VOR/DME runway 16R (see instrument approach chart in attachment 10 on page 232). a) Holding : 1) Fix : BTF VOR/DME 2) Tracks : outbound : 345 inbound : 165 3) Leg : 1 minute 4) Pattern : standard (right turn) 5) Rate of turn : rate one turn (3 /second) 6) Minimm altitude : 3,000 feet b) Procedure : 1) IAL : 3,000 feet 2) Pattern : Straight (direct) 3) Starting point : BTF VOR/DME c) Manoeuver : 1) Leave BTF VOR/DME on track 160 maintain 3,000 feet; 2) At a distance of 4 DME, leave 3,000 ft. to the OCH (394 ft.); 3) If no visual contact at MAPt (12 DME from BTF VOR/DME), execute MAP and contact SHE APP for further instruction. d) Missed approach : 1) Climb to 3,000 feet and turn right return to BTF VOR/DME; or 2) As instructed by ATC Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

83 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Instrument approach procedures SH NDB/LOC runway 34L (see instrument approach chart in attachment 11 on page 233). a) Holding : 1) Fix : SH NDB/LOC 2) Tracks : outbound : 220 : inbound : 040 3) Leg : 1 minute 4) Pattern : Nonstandard (left turn) 5) Rate of turn : rate one turn (3 /second) 6) Minimm altitude : 3,000 feet b) Procedure : 1) IAL : 3,000 feet 2) Pattern : Base turn 3) Starting point : SH NDB/LOC c) Manoeuver 1) Leave 3,000 ft. at SH NDB/LOC on track 184 (for aircraft category A and B) or on track 196 (for aircraft category C, D and E) and keep on track 196 /184 for one minute; 2) Turn left to intercept ILS localizer and maintain 2,000 ft. until intercept glide path; 3) On intercepting glide path, leave 2,000 ft. to the decision height (DH); 4) If no visual contact at DH/A, execute MAP and contact SHE APP for further instruction d) Missed 1) Climb to 2,000 feet proceed to BTF VOR/DME; or Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

84 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 84 approach (if traffic condition permit) Climb to 3,000 feet then turn left return to SH NDB/LOC; or Visual approach 2) As instructed by ATC Subject to the conditions in , clearance for an IFR flight to execute a visual approach may be requested by a flight crew or initiated by SHE APP. In the latter case, the concurrence of the flight crew shall be required, using the following examples of phraseology : a) [ACID] [(instructions) MAINTAIN BELOW 2,000] CLEARED [FOR] VISUAL APPROACH RUNWAY 34L REPORT AERODROME IN SIGHT; or b) [ACID] CLEARED [FOR] VISUAL APPROACH TO SEAHORSE REPORT AERODROME IN SIGHT When the flight crew of an aircraft request to execute a visual approach but the weather condition is likely impossible to approve the request, SHE APP may inform using phraseology : [ACID] WEATHER NOT AVAILABLE or VERIFY THAT YOU HAVE THE (airport) WEATHER. Note. Since SHE APP has also the responsibility to control aircraft intend to land at Brightstar and Tigerfort, visual approach may be given to those aircraft SHE APP shall exercise caution in initiating a visual approach when there is reason to believe that the flight crew concerned is not familiar with the aerodrome and its surrounding terrain. SHE APP should also take into consideration the prevailing traffic and meteorological conditions when initiating visual approaches An IFR flight may be cleared to execute a visual approach provided the pilot can maintain visual reference to the terrain and Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

85 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 85 a) the reported ceiling is at or above 3,000 feet; or b) the pilot reports at 3,000 feet or at any time during the instrument approach procedure that the meteorological conditions are such that with reasonable assurance a visual approach and landing can be completed Separation shall be provided between an aircraft cleared to execute a visual approach and other arriving and departing aircraft For successive visual approaches, separation shall be maintained by SHE APP until the pilot of a succeeding aircraft reports having the preceding aircraft in sight. The aircraft shall then be instructed to follow and maintain own separation from the preceding aircraft When both aircraft are of a heavy wake turbulence category, or the preceding aircraft is of a heavier wake turbulence category than the following, and the distance between aircraft is less than the appropriate wake turbulence minimum, SHE APP shall issue a caution of possible wake turbulence. Example of phraseology : [ACID] YOU ARE FOLLOWING A BOEING 747, 12 O'CLOCK The pilotincommand of the aircraft concerned shall be responsible for ensuring that the spacing from a preceding aircraft of a heavier wake turbulence category is acceptable. If it is determined that additional spacing is required, the flight crew shall inform SHE APP accordingly, stating their requirements Transfer of communications to SHE TWR should be effected when the flight crew has reported runway in sight or has established visual contact Approach sequence Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

86 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) The approach sequence shall be established in a manner which will facilitate arrival of the maximum number of aircraft with the least average delay Aircraft approaching aerodrome are considered to have priority for approach in which they are estimated to arrive over the holding point associated with the instrument approach. The first aircraft to arrive over the holding point should be at the lowest level with the following aircraft at successively higher level The sequence in which aircraft will approach shall be established before the aircraft reach the transfer point (planning ahead) Priority shall be given to : a) aircraft which anticipates being compelled to land because of factors affecting the safe operation of the aircraft (engine failure, shortage of fuel, etc.); Note. The first priority shall only be given if the flight crew has reported emergency message preceded by the word MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY. b) hospital aircraft or aircraft carrying any sick or seriously injured person requiring urgent medical attention; Note. The first priority shall only be given if the flight crew has reported urgency message preceded by the word PANPAN PANPAN PANPAN. c) aircraft engaged in search and rescue operations; and d) other aircraft as may be determined by the appropriate authority. Note 1. For military aircraft, pursuant to the Memorandum of Understanding between the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Defense and Security, will be handled as Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

87 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 87 civilian aircraft, except when there is a special letter or notification from the Ministry of Defense and Security. Note 2. For VIP flight will only be handled in accordance with the rules and procedure for VIP Flight Operation when there is a NOTAM containing the VIP flight activities, including the duration of closing of aerodrome. Note 3. The Presidential flight is usually treated as VIP flight where special handling is exercised, such as closing the aerodrome for any period of time (there may be a welcome ceremony, etc). However, even though there is a VIP flight, if there is an emergency aircraft, the latter shall have the priority over the VIP flight For VOR approach runway 16R, the succeeding aircraft shall be cleared for instrument approach when : a) the preceding aircraft has reported that it is able to complete its approach without encountering instrument meteorological conditions (visual contact); or b) the preceding aircraft is in communication with and sighted by SHE TWR and reasonable assurance exist that a normal landing can be accomplished For ILS approach runway 34L, the succeeding aircraft shall be cleared for instrument approach when : a) the preceding aircraft has reported that it is able to complete its approach without encountering instrument meteorological conditions (visual contact); or b) the preceding aircraft is in communication with and sighted by SHE TWR and reasonable assurance exist that a normal landing can be accomplished; or c) the preceding aircraft has reported that he/she executes Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

88 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 88 missed approach procedure In establishing the approach sequence, the need for increased longitudinal spacing between arriving aircraft due to wake turbulence shall be taken into account If the pilot of an aircraft in an approach sequence has indicated an intention to hold for weather improvement, or for other reasons, such action shall be approved. However, when other holding aircraft indicate intention to continue their approach to land, the pilot desiring to hold should be cleared BT NDB or TF NDB and be given with onward clearance time (OCT). Alternatively, the aircraft should be given a clearance to place it at the top of the approach sequence so that other holding aircraft may be permitted to land. Coordination shall be effected with BTF ACC, when required, to avoid conflict with the traffic under the jurisdiction of BTF ACC When establishing the approach sequence, an aircraft which has been authorized to absorb a specified period of notified terminal delay by cruising at a reduced speed en route, should, in so far as practicable, be credited with the time absorbed en route. Note. An aircraft which has been authorized to absorb a specified period of terminal delay by reducing its speed may arrive over holding fix (IAF) later than the previous issued EAT (for example the previous EAT was 0610 and the sequence number was 5 and the new ETA is 0630 and become number 7). In this case, the aircraft shall be constantly be assigned as number 5, it is therefore shall be allocated with an appropriate level In case there is an aircraft which sensitive to high fuel consumption at low levels, he shall be permitted to hold at relatively higher level without loosing his order in the sequence. The lower aircraft may be cleared to BT NDB/TF NDB for holding to give way the aircraft which sensitive to high fuel consumption. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

89 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) An aircraft on holding stack shall normally be cleared to descend to lower level after the lower aircraft has reported vacating it, except when severe turbulence is known to exist. Note. Since the instruction is the directives issued by air traffic control for the purpose of requiring a pilot to take a specific action, it gives the meaning that the action should be done spontaneously (ref to the Doc, 8186OPS/611 Aircraft Operations the allocated pilot reaction is between 3 6 seconds). For the purpose of avoiding communication congestion and by the above reason, the applicable rule at SHE APP, descent instruction may be issued when the occupying aircraft has been instructed to descent (without waiting for the report vacating/leaving the level) Transfer of communications of IFR flight from SHE APP to SHE TWR shall be effected at BTF VOR (heading to final approach) when the runwayinuse is 16R and at SH NDB (heading to final approach) when the runwayinuse is 34L Missed approach Missed approach for VOR approach runway 16R Missed approach procedure for VOR approach runway 16R is Climb to 3,000 feet and turn right return to BTF VOR/DME for another approach or as instructed by SHE APP, consequently the altitude 3,000 feet over BTF VOR/DME shall be reserved until the aircraft executing instrument approach has positively reported that it has established visual contact Due to the missed approaching aircraft returns to BTF VOR/DME (the original instrument approach fix) for another approach and the succeeding aircraft will be cleared for approach after the preceding aircraft has established visual contact, in this case, the first aircraft will land number one, the second aircraft will be number two, and so on. This type of approach is named consecutive approach. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

90 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Missed approach for ILS approach runway 34L Missed approach for ILS approach runway 34L is Climb straight ahead proceed to BTF VOR/DME climb to 2,000 feet for further approach clearance or as instructed by SHE APP. Because of this maneuver, the altitude 3,000 feet over SH NDB may be assigned to succeeding aircraft after the preceding aircraft has reported leaving 3,000 ft. heading outbound. Note. When missed approaching aircraft has reached BTF VOR/DME 2,000 feet, the aircraft shall be climbed to 3,000 feet or above (depend on SHE APP decision) over BTF VOR/DME then be instructed to SH NDB/LOC for another approach. A new expected approach time (EAT) shall be passed to aircraft without delay Due to the missed approaching aircraft does not return to SH NDB/LOC and climb to 2,000 feet until BTF VOR/DME and the succeeding aircraft will be cleared for approach after the preceding aircraft has established visual contact or has executed missed approach, in this case, the second aircraft can be number one, and the first aircraft will be number two or something, and so on. This type of approach is named nonconsecutive approach. In the type of nonconsecutive approach, there can be a situation where while the preceding missed approaching aircraft on climb processing over BTF VOR/DME, the succeeding aircraft executes missed approach. If so, further approach shall be disallowed until one or of both have returned to the holding point or have cleared the airspace for missed approach. Aircraft carrying missed approach procedure shall be cleared as the procedure specified in instrument approach chart. However, if traffic condition permit or for expediting traffic, aircraft using runway 34L, missed approaching aircraft may be cleared to climb to 3,000 feet and then turn left return to SH NDB/LOC. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

91 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 91 Note. For avoiding an out of manoeuvre caused by the communication congestion, for example, SHE TWR should immediately : a. instruct the aircraft to contact SHE APP when he/she gets information that the approaching aircraft executing missed approach due to weather; or b. instruct the aircraft to join (proceed to) aerodrome traffic circuit when he/she gets information that the approaching aircraft executing missed approach due to other reason, provided that the traffic condition permits Holding procedures General In the event of extended delays, aircraft should be advised of the anticipated delay as early as possible and, when practicable, be instructed or given the option to reduce speed en route in order to absorb delay When delay is expected, BTF ACC shall normally be responsible for clearing aircraft to the holding fix, and for including holding instructions, and expected approach time or onward clearance time, as applicable, in such clearances After coordination with SHE TWR, SHE APP may clear an arriving aircraft to a visual holding location to hold until further advised by SHE TWR Location at which the pilot can determine by visual reference to the surface, if he is familiar with, it may be used as visual holding point. Points ALPHA and BRAVO may also be designated as visual holding point by SHE APP, provided that priorcoordination has been effected with SHE TWR Levels at a holding fix or visual holding location shall as far as Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

92 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 92 practicable be assigned in a manner that will facilitate clearing each aircraft to approach in its proper priority. Normally, the first aircraft to arrive over a holding fix or visual holding location should be at the lowest level, with following aircraft at successively higher levels When extended holding is anticipated, turbojet aircraft should, when practicable, be permitted to hold at higher levels in order to conserve fuel, while retaining their order in the approach sequence If an aircraft is unable to comply with the published or cleared holding procedure, alternative instructions shall be issued For the purpose of maintaining a safe and orderly flow of traffic, an aircraft may be instructed to orbit at its present or at any other position, provided the required obstacle clearance is ensured Holding pattern and entry Holding Pattern Holding patterns in use within SHE CTR are as contained in the table 5 below. Table 5 Holding patterns in use within SHE CTR Holding fix Turn Leg Pattern BTF VOR/DME Right 1 minute Standard SH NDB/LOC Left 1 minute Nonstandard BT NDB Left 1 minute Nonstandard TF NDB Right 1 minute Standard Holding entry Holding entry procedures are as seen on figures 8 and 9 on Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

93 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 93 page 93 and figure 10 and 11 on page 94). a) BTF VOR/DME 0 1) From AMBER and BT NDB : parallel entry ) From BURSA, COMET and : direct entry 3) From DORIN and TF NDB : offset entry Figure 8. BTF VOR/DME holding entry b) SH NDB/LOC 1) From BT NDB : offset entry 2) From TF NDB and DORIN : direct entry Figure 9. SH NDB/LOC holding entry 3) From ECTOR : parallel entry Holding instruction Holding instruction shall be issued as early as possible, normally at the time an aircraft makes the initial contact and should not be later than 5 minutes before aircraft estimated to arrive holding fix to permit the pilot to arrange his/her flight to join holding pattern in accordance with the entry procedure without delay. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

94 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 94 c) BT NDB 1) From SW NDB and AMBER : direct entry 2) From BTF VOR/DME : parallel entry 3) From SH NDB/LOC and ECTOR : offset entry Figure 10. BT NDB holding Entry 4) From SH NDB/LOC and ECTOR : offset entry d) TF NDB 1) From BTF VOR/DME and BURSA : parallel entry 2) From COMET, CORAL and DORIN : direct entry Figure 11. TF NDB holding entry 3) From SH NDB/LOC : offset entry Instruction to aircraft for holding shall be issued in the following circumstances : a) for approach sequence; b) for separation purposes; c) when due to weather (waiting for improvement); or Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

95 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 95 d) when due to other reason (runway is blocked, etc.) Holding for weather improvement Adverse weather condition on SHE aerodrome shall be relayed to all aircraft, preferably at the earlier time For the first aircraft to arrive holding fix or enter holding pattern shall be advised using the phraseology : NO DELAY EXPECTED Subsequent aircraft entering holding pattern, shall be advised using the phraseology : DELAY NOT DETERMINED (number) AIRCRAFT HOLDING FOR WEATHER IMPROVEMENT, REQUEST YOUR INTENTION When a pilot holding above other traffic wishes to make an approach, while the lower aircrafts intend to hold for weather improvement, the aircraft desiring to hold shall be given with instruction to proceed to BT NDB or TF NDB and be given with onward clearance time (OCT) If an attempt to execute a landing is not successful, SHE APP shall provide route instruction to the aircraft. Climb instruction shall be given as appropriate The possibility of missed approach shall be considered whenever aircraft making approach in adverse weather condition. The lowest holding altitude at the convenient holding point shall normally be kept vacant for such eventuality (for accomodating aircraft that executes missed approach) Expected approach time (EAT) EAT is the time at which ATC expects that an arriving aircraft, following a delay, will leave holding point to complete its approach for a landing. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

96 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 96 Note. The actual time of leaving the holding point will depend upon the approach clearance An expected approach time shall be determined for an arriving aircraft that will be subjected to a delay of 5 minutes or more The expected approach time shall be transmitted to aircraft as soon as practicable and preferably at first contact A revised expected approach time shall be transmitted to aircraft without delay whenever it differs from that previously transmitted by 5 minutes or more EAT is issued to ; a) enable the pilotincommand to determine whether to divert without delay or to hold; b) enable the pilotincommand to position his aircraft to take advantage of a final approach/instrument approach clearance without delay; c) enable the pilotincommand to decide whether to absorb a specified period of notified terminal delay by cruising at reduced speed enroute or not; d) form a basis on which action subsequent to a radio failure will be adopted Initial approach clearance or holding instruction shall include an EAT if it is estimated that an aircraft will be required to hold at the holding fix (IAF) before it comes its final approach EAT and approach sequence shall be based on the ETA over BTF VOR/DME if the runway in use is runway 16L/16R or SH NDB/LOC if the runway in use is runway 34L/34R For the purpose of uniformity for calculating EAT, the following Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

97 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 97 items should be taken into consideration : Case 1 : When the first aircraft is able to descend directly to 3,000 feet over BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC : a) EAT for the first aircraft which is not subject to delay will be specified as : NO DELAY EXPECTED; b) EAT for the second aircraft will be ETA of the first aircraft over BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC added by the average time interval (ATI); Note 1. Average time interval (ATI) is the time duration taken by aircraft from the commencement of instrument approach until the last time the aircraft is expected to establish visual contact. Note 2. In calculating EAT for the second aircraft, time of entry of the first aircraft shall be considered; Note 3. ATI for : a. VOR approach runway 16R is 7 minutes (derived from the flying time using speed knots 4 DME = 2 minutes and 9.16 DME = 4 minutes and 30 seconds = 6 m 30 s rounded off upward = 7 minutes); and b. ILS approach runway 34L is 6 minutes (derived from the sum of outbound time of base turn + turning + inbound time to SH NDB/LOC then plus flying time from SH NDB/LOC to DA/H). c. EAT for the second aircraft will be ETA of the first aircraft added by the ATI and EAT for the subsequence aircraft will be the EAT of the preceding aircraft added by ATI (see figure 12 on page 98) Case 2 : When the first aircraft is unable to descend directly to IAL but maintain at specified level until BTF VOR/DME or SH Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

98 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 98 NDB/LOC (on reaching BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC the aircraft is able to descend to 3,000 feet) : IAF ETA 6 : 0644 EAT? 6 = (EAT 5 + ATI) : 0642 ( ) 5 : : : : = (EAT 4 + ATI) : = (EAT 3 + ATI) : = (EAT 2 + ATI) : = (ETA 1 + ATI) : : = NO DELAY : ( ) MAPt ATI = 6 Figure 12. EAT calculation for Case 1. a) EAT for the first aircraft which is not subject to delay will be specified as : NO DELAY EXPECTED; b) EAT for the second aircraft will be ETA of the first aircraft over the BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC added by the elapsed time of descent from the specified level to 3,000 feet and then added again by the ATI; c) EAT for the subsequent aircraft will be EAT of the preceding aircraft added with the ATI (see figure 13 below). IAF ETA 6 : : : : : : 0612 EAT 6 = (EAT 5 + ATI) : = (EAT 4 + ATI) : = (EAT 3 + ATI) : = (EAT 2 + ATI) : = (ETA 1 + EET + ATI) : = NO DELAY : MAPt ATI = 6 EET = 5 Figure 13. EAT calculation for Case 2. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

99 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Case 3 : When the first aircraft is unable to descend directly to IAL but maintain at specified level until the departure/enroute aircraft has reached 5 minutes out of holding area (enroute aircraft is maintaining 1,000 feet below the arriving aircraft) : a) EAT for the first aircraft will be the time of the enroute aircraft estimated to be 5 minutes out of holding area; b) EAT for the second aircraft will be EAT of the first aircraft added by the elapsed time of descent from the specified level to IAL and added again by the ATI; c) EAT for the subsequent aircraft will be EAT of the preceding added with the ATI (see figure 14 below) HOLDING AREA IAF ETA 6 : : : : : : 0612 EAT 6 = (EAT 5 + ATI) : = (EAT 4 + ATI) : = (EAT 3 + ATI) : = (EAT 2 + ATI) : = (EAT 1 + EET + ATI) : = 0618 MAPt ATI = 6 EET = 5 Figure 14. EAT calculation for Case Onward clearance time (OCT) In the event some aircraft are being held at BT NDB or TF NDB, the aircraft concerned shall, as soon as practicable, be given an expected onward clearance time. The aircraft shall also be advised if further holding at subsequent holding points is expected. Note 1. OCT is the time at which an aircraft can expect to leave the point at which it is being held (feeder point); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

100 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 100 Note 2. The actual time of leaving the holding fix will depend upon the approach clearance; OCT is issued to : a) enable the pilotincommand to determine whether to divert without delay or to hold; b) enable the pilotincommand to decide whether to absorb a specified period of notified terminal delay by cruising at reduced speed enroute or not; c) form a basis on which action subsequent to a radio failure will be adopted. Note. The example of OCT calculation : GIA 240 (aircraft number 6 in the approach sequence) is held over BT NDB maintain 6,000 ft.; Elapsed time from BT NDB to BTF VOR/DME is 9 minutes; EAT aircraft number 5 is 0625 maintaining 7,000 ft.; ATI : 6 minutes. The EAT for GIA 240 = = The onward clearance time for GIA 240 will be minutes = 0622 (see figure 15 below). In case GIA 240 experiences communication failure and he/she has received OCT, GIA 240 will leave TF NDB maintaining 6,000 at BT NDB BTF VOR/DME GIA : 0631 OCT = = 0622 EAT 5 : : : : : NO DELAY FLYING TIME BT BTF = 9 MINUTES Figure 15. OCT calculation Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

101 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) DEPARTURE PROCEDURE As far as standard instrument departure (SID) is not introduced at SHE APT, SHE APP shall specify any or all of the following items in issuing departure clearance : a) direction of takeoff and turn after takeoff; b) heading or track to be made good before taking up the cleared departure track; c) level to maintain before continuing climb to assigned level; d) time, point and/or rate at which a level change shall be made; e) any other maneuver consistent with safe operation of the aircraft Departing traffic shall be cleared in such a manner that to be on enroute as soon as possible Departing IFR aircraft : a) when runwayinuse is 16R and/or 16L, shall not be cleared via BTF VOR/DME, except when there is no arriving IFR aircraft proceeding to BTF VOR/DME for either approach or holding; and b) when runwayinuse is 34L and/or 34R, shall not be cleared via SH NDB/LOC, except when there is no arriving IFR aircraft proceeding to SH NDB/LOC for either approach or holding Departing aircraft may be expedited by suggesting a takeoff direction which is not into the wind. It is the responsibility of the pilotincommand of an aircraft to decide between making such a takeoff or waiting for takeoff in a preferred direction. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

102 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) If departures are delayed, the delayed flights shall normally be cleared in an order based on their estimated time of departure (ETD), except that deviation from this order may be made to : a) facilitate the maximum number of departures with the least average delay; and b) accommodate requests by an operator in respect of that operator s flights to the extent practicable SHE APP should, when practicable, advise aircraft operators or their designated representatives when anticipated delays are expected to exceed 30 minutes SEPARATION General All aircraft operating within SHE CTR shall be provided with either horizontal or vertical separation When no lateral and/or longitudinal separation exist, vertical separation shall be provided by the assigning the following levels : 3,000 feet, 4,000 feet and so on until 10,000 feet Lateral separation using th same navigation aid All navigation aids and designated reporting points within BTF CTA may be used for lateral separation application Lateral separation using the same navigation aid or DR shall not be used if one or both aircraft are inbound. Note. This provision is applied by considering that from the airmanship perspective, calculating outbound distance is manageable (D = GS x t). Since the ground speed is derived from wind correction against true airspeed, therefore, distance 15 Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

103 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 103 NM cannot be obtained accurately (pilot does not know yet the wind condition for the next route segment) BTF VORDME : both aircraft are established on radials diverging by at least 15 degrees and at least one aircraft is at a distance of 28 km (15 NM) or more from the facility (see figure 16 below); 15 NM Figure 16. Lateral separation using the same VOR BT/TF NDB : both aircraft are established on tracks diverging by at least 30 degrees and at least one aircraft at a distance of 28 km (15 NM) or more from the facility (see figure 17 below); NDB NM Figure 17. Lateral separation using the same NDB AMBER, BURSA, COMET, DORIN and ECTOR : both aircraft are established on tracks diverging by at least 45 degrees and Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

104 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 104 at least one aircraft is at a distance of 28 km (15 NM) or more from the point of intersection of the tracks, this point being determined either visually or by reference to a navigation aid and both aircraft are established outbound from the intersection (see figure 18 below); or FIX NM Figure 18. Lateral separation using the same dead reckoning Lateral separation using different geographical location may be applied for the following circumstances : a) BTF VOR/DME and BT NDB : 1) Radial 215 BTF VOR/DME (W12) and Radial 200 BTF VOR/DME, separation will remain exist although one of the aircraft has passed BT NDB following W12 (not need to be maintained on Radial 215 BTF VOR/DME because the tracks of the flight are diverging) see figure 19 on page 105; 2) Radial 215 BTF VOR/DME (W12) and Radial 230 BTF VOR/DME, separation will not exist if one of the aircraft has passed BT NDB following W12 (need be maintained on Radial 215 BTF VOR/DME until vertically Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

105 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 105 separated because the tracks of the flight are converging/closing each other) see figure 20 below; BTF VOR/DME BT NDB 7,000 ft WHEN AIRCRAFT REPORTS PASSING BT NDB, HE/SHE MAY CLIMB CROSSING THE LEVEL OF AIRCRAFT 8,000 ft Figure 19. Lateral separation using different navigation aid (1) BTF VOR/DME 8,000 ft BT NDB 7,000 ft NOTWITHSTANDING THE AIRCRAFT HAS REPORTED PASSING BT NDB, HE/SHE MAY NOT CLIMB CROSSING THE LEVEL OF AIRCRAFT TO BOTH AIRCRAFT ARE CLOSING ONE TO EACH OTHER Figure 20. Lateral separation using different navigation aid (2) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

106 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 106 b) Designated reporting points AMBER/BURSA/COMET (as DR) and BT NDB or TF NDB (BTF VOR/DME as the point of intersection) also may be used for lateral separation using different geographical location. Aircraft shall not be maintained at the same level within the triangle area which is defined by points of : 1) AMBER, BTF VOR/DME AND BT NDB; or 2) NIURS, BTF VOR/DME AND TF NDB; or 3) COMET, BTF VOR/DME AND TF NDB. This kind of lateral separation may be used either both aircraft are inbound or outbound or one inbound while another is outbound to/from BTF VOR/DME (see figure 21 below). BURSA COMET AMBER BTF VOR/DME TF NDB DORIN BT NDB ECTOR Figure 21. Lateral separation using different geographical location Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

107 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 107 For example : SJY 233 from NORTHSTAR is maintaining FL 150 ETA COMET 0610 BTF VOR/DME 0619; and LNI 601 from SUNFISH is maintaining FL 240 ETA TF NDB 0608 BTF VOR/DME 0615 Solution : LNI 601 DESCEND TO 6,000 [FT] CROSS TF NDB AT OR BELOW FL Separation between holdings and between holding area and enroutes Except lateral separation exist, vertical separation shall be applied between aircraft holding in flight and other enroute Separation criteria between holding area and enroutes applicable at SHE CTR are illustrated on figure 22 below. Figure 22. Criteria for holding area separation Numeral 1, 2 and 3 minutes indicate the time duration taken by enroute aircraft from the holding fix to the periphery of holding Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

108 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 108 area (including buffer area of 5 NM), may be used for providing separation between holding and enroute aircraft Example : An aircraft is holding over holding fix at 8,000 feet. An estimated time of departing aircraft (ACF 001) over the fix is 0613 while an estimated time of arriving aircraft (ACF 002) over the fix is Refer to the above criteria, the solution will be as follow (see figure 23 on below) : 1. ACF 001 shall be climbed initially to 7,000 feet and maintain until 0619 ( ) with the phraseology : ACF 001 CLIMB AND MAINTAIN 7,000 UNTIL 0619 (or ACF 001 CLIMB TO FL 220 CROSS 7,000 AT OR AFTER 0619). 2. ACF 002 is descended to circuit altitude and shall cross 7,000 feet at or before 0614 ( ) with the phraseology : ACF 002 DESCEND TO 3,000 CROSS 7,000 AT OR BEFORE 0614). 5 MIN 1 MIN 3 MIN 5 MIN ACF 001 CLIMB TO FL 190 CROSS FT AT OR AFTER ACF 002 DESCEND TO FT CROSS FT AT OR BEFORE 0614 Figure 23. Example of application of separation between holding aircraft and enroute aircraft The followings have lateral separation : Between holding areas or between holding area and ATS routes as depicted in table 6 on page 109. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

109 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 109 Table 6 Lateral separation between holding areas and between holding area and enroute aircraft Between Separated Remarks BT NDB, BTF VOR/DME and TF NDB holding areas SH NDB/LOC holding area and other holding areas SH NDB holding area and route segment : BTF VOR/DME TF/BT NDB BTF VOR/DME holding area and route segment : SH NDB/LOC BT/TF NDB BT or TF NDB holding area and route segment : BTF VOR/DME SH NDB/LOC BT NDB holding area and route segment : SH NDB/LOC ECTOR TF NDB holding area and route segment : BTF VOR/DME COMET and DORIN SH NDB/LOC 3,000 ft. and above 3,000 ft. 6,000 ft. 3,000 ft. 10,000 ft 3,000 ft. and above 3,000 ft. and above SH ndb/loc is low powered NDB Between departing aircraft using runway 16R/16L for takeoff and: a) BTF VOR/DME holding area : after departing aircraft intercepts QDM 280 BT NDB, or QDM 040 TF NDB, or passing SH NDB/LOC, BT NDB or TF NDB; b) TF NDB holding area except eastbound traffic via TF NDB after 5 minutes from TF NDB holding area; c) BT NDB holding area except south/southwest bound via BT NDB after 5 minutes from BT NDB holding area Between departing aircraft using runway 34L/34R for takeoff and: a) SH NDB/LOC holding area : after departing aircraft intercepts W11, W12, W12E or passing BTF VOR/DME, BT/TF NDB NDB; b) TF NDB holding area except eastbound traffic via TF NDB Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

110 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 110 after 5 minutes from TF NDB holding area; c) BT NDB holding area except south/southwest bound via BT NDB after 5 minutes from BT NDB holding area Between departing aircraft using runway 25 for takeoff and : a) SH NDB holding area : after departing aircraft intercepts W12 or passing BTF VOR/BT NDB; b) TF NDB holding area except eastbound traffic via TF NDB after 5 minutes from TF NDB holding area; c) BT NDB holding area : except south/southwest traffic via BT NDB after 5 minutes from BT NDB holding area or for westbound direct to intercept W11 after intercepts W11 or passing BTF VOR; d) BTF VOR holding area : after departing aircraft intercepts QDR 310 BT NDB or passing BT NDB or SH NDB/LOC or intercepting QDM 280 BT NDB or QDM 040 TF NDB Between departing aircraft using runway 07 for takeoff and : a) SH NDB holding area : after departing aircraft intercepts W 11 or passing BTF VOR/DME or BT NDB; b) TF NDB holding area except eastbound traffic via TF NDB after 5 minutes from TF NDB holding area and for southeast bound direct via W13 after DORIN; c) BT NDB holding area : except south/southwest bound via BT NDB after 5 minutes from BT NDB holding area or for westbound direct to intercept W11 after intercepts W11 or passing BTF VOR/DME; d) BTF VOR holding area : after departing aircraft intercepts QDM 280 BT NDB or QDM 040 TF NDB, or passing SH NDB/LOC or BT NDB/TF NDB. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

111 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Between : a) BTF VOR/DME holding area and QDR 310 TF NDB (TF NDB BURSA); b) BTF VOR/DME holding area and QDR 310 BT (BT NDB AMBER); c) SH NDB/LOC holding area and QDR 135 TF NDB (TF NDB DORIN); d) SH NDB/LOC holding area and W12E (BT NDB ECTOR); e) TF NDB holding area and W12 (BTF VOR COMET); f) TF NDB holding area and QDR 070 SH NDB (SH NDB DORIN); g) BT NDB holding area and QDR 200 SH NDB/LOC (SH NDB ECTOR); h) BT NDB or TF NDB holding areas and route SH NDB/LOC to BTF VOR/DME, vise versa Separation between arrivals Aircraft on holding fix or at the approach sequence shall be vertically separated 1,000 ft. and the higher aircraft shall only be cleared to descend to lower level when the lower aircraft has positively reported vacating level. Note 1. Since the instruction is the directives issued by ATC for the purpose of requiring a pilot to take a specific action, it gives the meaning that the action should be done spontaneously (at some parts of the Doc, 8186OPS/611 Aircraft Operations is stated that allocated pilot reaction is between 3 6 seconds). Note 2. For the purpose of avoiding communication congestion and by the above reason, descent instruction may be issued when the occupying aircraft has been instructed to descent Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

112 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 112 (without waiting for the report leaving the level) When arriving aircraft is cleared to BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC from BT/TF NDB and the procedure specified in is impracticable, it shall be maintained until BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC (see the example in figure 24 and 25 below). BT/TF NDB BTF VOR/DME SH NDB/LOC X HOLDING AREA 5 MINUTES Figure 24. Separation between aircraft is cleared to BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC from BT/TF NDB and aircraft holding over BT/TF NDB (a) TF/BT NDB 1 5 BTF VOR/DME SH NDB/LOC HOLDING AREA 8 MINUTES Figure 25. Separation between aircraft is cleared to BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC from BT/TF NDB and aircraft holding over BT/TF NDB (b) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

113 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Aircraft holding over BT/TF NDB shall only be cleared to proceed to BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC when aircraft holding over BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC has reported passing the level 1,000 ft. below the level of holding aircraft (see figure 26 below). BT/TF NDB BTF VOR/DME SH NDB/LOC < 5 HOLDING AREA Figure 26. Separation between aircraft is cleared to BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC from BT/TF NDB and aircraft descend over BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC Aircraft holding over BTF VOR/DME 4,000 ft. shall not be descended to 3,000 ft until the preceding aircraft has reported established visual contact (aerodrome/runway in sight and there is reasonable assurance that normal landing can be accomplished) Aircraft holding over SH NDB/LOC 4,000 ft. may be descended to 3,000 ft. after the preceding aircraft has reported leaving 3,000 feet heading outbound for approach Aircraft executing missed approach from SH NDB/LOC, shall be climbed to 2,000 ft. until BTF VOR/DME, except when there is no other aircraft holding over SH NDB/LOC at 3,000 ft., it may be climbed to higher level subject to the level of aircraft holding over SH NDB/LOC Separation between departures Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

114 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Departing aircraft following the same track Longitudinal separation When the preceding aircraft is faster than the following aircraft and both aircraft will fly on the same track, the following criteria shall be applied : a) 10 minutes when the preceding aircraft is 0 < 20 kt. faster than the following aircraft; b) 5 minutes when the preceding aircraft is 20 < 40 kt. faster than the following aircraft; c) 2 minutes when the preceding aircraft is 40 kt. or more faster than the following aircraft; Note 1. The words fly on the same track mean that the tracks will be relatively coincide, therefore, this criteria shall only be applicable for aircraft takingoff from RWY 16R direct to/via SH NDB, RWY 25 direct to/via BT NDB, RWY 34L direct to/via BTF VOR/DME and RWY 07 direct to/via TF NDB. For example : Two aircraft intend to depart to NORTSTAR/STARFISH/SUNBIRD using runway 34L for takeoff and the speed difference between them is more than 40 knots (the faster ahead) and both aircraft will fly via BTF VOR/DME, in this case, the succeeding aircraft may be cleared for takeoff 2 minutes after the preceding aircraft takingoff (2 minutes between takeoff); Note 2. When after takingoff both aircraft turning to the right or left direct to the facility other than stated in Note 1. above, this criteria shall not be applicable. For example : Two aircraft intend to depart to NORTSTAR/STARFISH/ SUNBIRD using runway 16R for takeoff and the speed difference between them is more than 40 knots (the faster ahead) and both aircraft will fly via BTF VOR/DME, in this case, the succeeding aircraft may be cleared for takeoff at such time after the preceding aircraft takingoff that 3minute longitudinal separation will be achieved when the Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

115 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 115 succeeding aircraft passes BTF VOR/DME (the simple way is the succeeding aircraft is cleared for takeoff 3 minutes after the preceding aircraft takingoff (3 minutes between takeoff)) When the following aircraft is faster than the preceding aircraft, the fiveminute longitudinal separation shall be used while vertical separation does not exist (see figure 27 below) MIN Figure 27. Fiveminute separation of departing aircraft following the same track (V 1 < V 2 ) Example : 1. ACF 001 SASH to SABD, FL 170, V = 280 kt. ETD : 0605; 2. ACF 002 SASH to SATF, FL 330, V = 420 kt. ETD : 0610, Rate of climb (R/C) : 2,000 feet/minute time of climb (tc) = (17, ,000)/2,000 = 9 minutes. 3. If ACF 001 departs earlier and ACF 002 departs later, the solution may be made as follow : a. The suitable formula : x = ((V 2 X (t c2 + 5))V 1 X t c2 )/V1 = ((420 X 14)280 X 9)/280 = 12 minutes b. AFC 002 may be cleared for takeoff 12 minutes after AFC 001 has taken off (ATD2 = ATD1 + 12) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

116 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) As an alternative, lateral separation may be applied as interim for two aircraft departing on the same track, provided that vertical separation shall be maintained when returning back the diverted aircraft to intercept the designated track Departing aircraft following the different tracks Oneminute immediately after takeoff (IATO) on tracks diverging by at least 45 degrees (see figure 28 below). 1 MINUTE 45 Figure 28. Oneminute separation between departing aircraft following tracks diverging by at least 45 degrees Note. In applying this procedure, one of the tracks shall be the straight line and the other turn left/right. This procedure is not applicable if both tracks turn to the same direction (see table 7 below and figure 29 on page 117). Table 7 Tracks diverging criteria for oneminute IATO Tracks divergence Applicable Remarks One track turn left and the other turn right One track straight ahead and the other turn left/right Both tracks turn left or right Yes Yes Not There will no confliction after takeoff Confliction may occurs after takeoff (see figure 20 on below) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

117 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 117 CONFLICTION 45 Figure 29. Confliction which may occur after takeoff When the succeeding aircraft is slower than the preceding aircraft, one minute between takeoff may be applied, regardless the preceding aircraft is straight ahead or turn to the left or right When the following aircraft is faster than the preceding aircraft, one minute between takeoff may only be applied when the preceding aircraft is turning to the left/right and the succeeding aircraft is straight ahead or turning to the opposite direction. When the preceding aircraft is straight ahead and the succeeding aircraft is turning to the left/right this method shall not be used In applying procedure specified at above, caution must be advised that the release time for the succeeding aircraft shall be made one minute after the preceding aircraft has reported that it has established intended track (see figure 30 below). ESTABLISHED INTENDED TRACK HERE Figure 30. Application of oneminute immediately after takeoff separation Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

118 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Lateral separation specified in may be applied, as follow : a) BTF VO/DME : 1) 2) 3) 4) b) BT NDB : 1) 2) c) TF NDB : 1) 2) 15 NM from BTF VOR/DME; abeam BT NDB (R155 BTF VOR); crossing QDM 040 TF NDB; crossing QDM 280 BT NDB; 15 NM from BT NDB; crossing QDR 200 SH NDB/LOC; 15 NM from TF NDB; crossing QDR 070 SH NDB/LOC Separation between departure and arrival The following separation shall be applied when takeoff clearance is based on the position of an arriving aircraft: Arriving aircraft executing BTF VOR/DME approach procedure All directions takeoff may be permitted until the arriving aircraft has reported passing/leaving BTF VOR/DME; Takeoff runways 07, 16R and 25 may be permitted until the arriving aircraft has reported at a distance of 4 DME or descend leaving 3,000 ft. (2 minutes after leaving BTF VOR/DME); No takeoff may be permitted at all when the arriving aircraft has reported at a distance of 4 DME or descend leaving 3,000 ft.; (see figure 31 on page 120). Note. For the purpose of coordination between SHE TWR and Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

119 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 119 SHE APP, to define the distance of 4 DME is using time reference 2 minutes. It means that when arriving aircraft has left BTF VOR/DME for 2 minutes, no takeoff may be permitted Arriving aircraft executing SH NDB approach procedure All directions takeoff may be permitted until the arriving aircraft has reported starting base turn leading to final approach; Takeoff runways 07, 34L and 25 may be permitted until the arriving aircraft has reported starting base turn leading to final approach; No takeoff may be permitted at all when the arriving aircraft has reported at a distance of 4 DME or descend leaving 3,000 ft.; (see figure 32 on page 120) Except when lateral separation exists, vertical separation shall be applied between aircraft holding in flight and other aircraft, whether arriving, departing or en route, whenever the other aircraft concerned are within five minutes flying time of the holding area (see again figure 23 on page 108) Arriving and/or overflying aircraft Arriving and/or overflying aircraft proceeding to Brigtstar and/or Tigerfort Aerodrome and viceversa Arriving and/or overflying aircraft intend to land at Brigtstar or Tigerfort Aerodrome shall be directed to BT NDB or TF NDB respectively, and instructed to contact Brightstar AFISU (on frequency MHz) or Tigerfort AFISU (on frequency MHz) after the pilot has reported that the aerodrome in sight For avoiding traffic conflict over BTF VOR/DME (IAF), overflying aircraft through SHE CTR from west/southwest to east/northeast and vice versa may be diverted via SH NDB/LOC instead of via BTF VOR/DME. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

120 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 120 POSN OF ARR TAKE OFF RUNWAYS REMARKS POSN OF ARR TAKE OFF RUNWAYS REMARKS ALL RUNWAYS PERMITTED ALL RUNWAYS PERMITTED 07, 16R, 25 PERMITTED 07, 34L, 25 PERMITTED 34L NOT PERMITTED 16R NOT PERMITTED ALL RUNWAYS NOT PERMITTED ALL RUNWAYS NOT PERMITTED Figure 31. Separation of departing aircraft from arriving aircraft executing BTF VOR/DME approach procedure Figure 32. Separation of departing aircraft from arriving aircraft executing SH NDB approach procedure Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

121 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Departure procedure Aircraft departing from Brigtstar or Tigerfort Aerodrome shall be handled accordingly. Released time is required for aircraft departing from one of or both aerodromes AUTHORIZATION FOR THE CONDUCT OF VFR WITHIN CTR VFR flight to operate within SHE CTR and BTF CTA shall : a) have twoway radio communication; b) obtain approval from ATC unit; c) report position as required ATC service will be provided to all VFR flights within SHE CTR/BTF CTA except within VFR corridor. Those VFR flights are then complying with ATC clearance/instruction and to request amended clearance when VMC can no longer be maintained Entry and exit procedures for VFR flight at SHE aerodrome are as follow : VFR flight proceeding to SHE APT shall be cleared to contact SHE TWR at or before BT NDB/WEBER (traffic from west) and at or before TF NDB/ESTER (traffic from east) Departing VFR will be cleared to contact SHE APP at or before point ALPHA (for westbound traffic) and at or before point BRAVO (for eastbound traffic). Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

122 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) SPECIAL VISUAL FLIGHT RULES (SVFR) VFR flight in SHE CTR shall normally be conducted in VFR condition. However, when VFR weather condition do not exist and there is a good cause for an aircraft unable to comply with IFR to operate, such aircraft may be granted special authorization to enter, fly or leave the SHE CTR when : a) traffic condition permit; b) the operation of SVFR will not delay aircraft operate or about to operate IFR; c) ceiling is not less than 700 meters (2,000 ft.); d) cloud formation is such that aircraft can be flown clear of cloud and in sight of the ground or water; e) horizontal visibility is not less than 1 mile (1,600 metres) for takeoff and 2 miles (3,200 metres) for landing PROCEDURES RELATED TO EMERGENCIES, COMMUNI CATION FAILURE AND CONTINGENCIES Emergency procedures When an emergency is declared by an aircraft, SHE APP should take appropriate and relevant action as follows : a) unless clearly stated by the flight crew or otherwise known, take all necessary steps to ascertain aircraft identification and type, the type of emergency, the intentions of the flight crew as well as the position and level of the aircraft; b) decide upon the most appropriate type of assistance Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

123 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 123 which can be rendered; c) enlist the aid of SHE TWR/BTF ACC or other services which may be able to provide assistance to the aircraft; d) provide the flight crew with any information requested as well as any additional relevant information, such as details on suitable aerodromes, minimum safe altitudes, weather information; e) obtain from the operator or the flight crew such of the following information as may be relevant: number of persons on board, amount of fuel remaining, possible presence of hazardous materials and the nature thereof; and f) notify the appropriate ATS units and authorities as specified in local instructions Changes of radio frequency should be avoided if possible and should normally be made only when or if an improved service can be provided to the aircraft concerned. Manoeuvring instructions to an aircraft experiencing engine failure should be limited to a minimum. When appropriate, other aircraft operating in the vicinity of the aircraft in emergency should be advised of the circumstances An aircraft known or believed to be in state of emergency, including being subjected to unlawful interference or in aircraft bomb threat, shall be given priority over other aircraft Unlawful interference If you are in communication with an aircraft believed to be subjected to unlawful interference, take any necessary actions as follow : a) report to the Supervisor/Senior Officer concerning the Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

124 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 124 situation, then if there is positive indication that the aircraft is in such situation, notify Seahorse Airport Manager, other ATS authorities, operator, designated security authority; b) transmit and continue to transmit, information pertinent to the safe conduct of flight, without reply from the aircraft; c) monitor and plot the progress of the flight; d) inform other aircraft with the existing situation; e) inform and continue to keep informed, appropriate ATS units; f) relay appropriate message, relating to the circumstances associated with unlawful interference, between the aircraft and designated authorities Bomb or other explosive threat or warning If you are in communication with an aircraft believed to be in bomb or other explosive threat or warning, take any necessary actions as follow : a) report to the Supervisor/Senior Officer concerning the situation, then if there is positive indication that the aircraft is in such situation, notify Seahorse Airport Manager, other ATS authorities, operator, designated security authority; b) take or bring the aircraft to the designated isolated parking area (IPA) in accordance with local instructions (see attachment 2 on page 223); Emergency descent Upon receipt of advice that an aircraft is making emergency Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

125 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 125 descent through other traffic, all possible action should be taken immediately to safeguard all aircraft concerned. When deemed necessary, SHE APP should immediately broadcast by means of the appropriate radio aids, or if not possible, request the appropriate communication stations immediately to broadcast an emergency message The possible actions should be taken into consideration such as : a) make sure that the expected flight path of aircraft experiencing emergency descent will clear of traffic; b) instruct other aircraft to keep away from the track which will be flown by emergency aircraft using the example of phraseology : ALL AIRCRAT ON WHISKEY ONE ONE BELOW 10,000 FEET AVOID WHISKEY ONE ONE 20 NM TO THE LEFT [or RIGHT] MAINTAIN PRESENT ALTITUDE DUE TO ONE B747 EXECUTING EMERGENCY DESCENT FROM FL 250 TO 3,000 FEET; c) monitor the maneouver of emergency aircraft (position, level, time, etc.) d) recall other aircraft to resume their flight after obtaining the assurance that the emergency aircraft has passed initial approach level and on final approach to land; e) coordinate with SHE TWR and other relevant units. Note. It is axiomatic that an aircraft which is experiencing emergency is unable to be instructed to climb, maintain or other unnecessary maneuver. It is therefore, the only maneuver which can be done is subject to the pilot decision Airground communication failure procedures Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

126 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) As soon as it is known that twoway communication has failed, action shall be taken to ascertain whether the aircraft is able to receive transmission from the SHE APP or not If it apparent that there is no response from the pilot to ATC instruction but SHE APP is still able to read any transmission from the pilot, it indicates that the aircraft is experiencing receiver failure. In this situation SHE APP shall take the following actions : a) clear other aircraft to avoid the route and/or altitude to be flown by aircraft experiencing radio receiver failure, as necessary; b) when information is received from the aircraft experiencing radio receiver failure that it has passed any altitude/level, recall other aircraft which occupies the altitude/level to return to original route; c) when information is received from the aircraft experiencing radio receiver failure that it has established visual contact, inform SHE TWR about the conditions, and handle other aircraft appropriately On the contrary, if there is no pilot transmission as well as pilot response to ATC instruction, it indicates that the aircraft is experiencing transmitter failure or total radio failure. In this situation, SHE APP shall clear other aircraft to avoid the route and/or altitude to be flown by aircraft experiencing radio failure If the aircraft fails to indicate that it is able to receive and acknowledge transmissions, separation shall be maintained between the aircraft having the communication failure and other aircraft, based on the assumption that the aircraft will : If in visual meteorological conditions : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

127 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 127 a) continue to fly in visual meteorological conditions; b) land at the nearest suitable aerodrome; and c) report its arrival by the most expeditious means to SHE APP If in instrument meteorological conditions a) maintain the last assigned speed and level to BTF VOR/DME or other clearance limit as specified by SHE APP (see again and ) or minimum flight altitude (MFA) if higher, for at least 20 minutes following the aircraft s failure to report its position over a compulsory reporting point and thereafter adjust level and speed in accordance with the filed flight plan; b) proceed to BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC conform to the previous instruction from SHE APP or BTF ACC, when required to ensure compliance with c) below, hold over BTF VOR/DME or SHNDB/LOC until commencement of descent; c) commence descent from BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC at, or as close as possible to, the EAT) last received and acknowledge; or, if no EAT has been received and acknowledge, at or as close as possible to, the ETA resulting from the current flight plan; d) complete a normal instrument approach procedure as specified for BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC; and e) land, if possible, within 30 minutes after the ETA or the last acknowledge EAT, whichever is the later As soon as it is known that twoway communication has failed, appropriate information describing the action taken by SHE APP, or instructions justified by any emergency situation, shall be transmitted blind for the attention of the Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

128 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 128 aircraft concerned, on the frequencies available on which the aircraft is believed to be listening, including the voice frequencies of available radio navigation or approach aids. Information shall also be given concerning meteorological conditions at suitable aerodromes Pertinent information shall be given to other aircraft in the vicinity of the presumed position of the aircraft experiencing the failure As soon as it is known that an aircraft which is operating in SHE CTR is experiencing an apparent radio communication failure, SHE APP shall forward information concerning the radio communication failure to SHE TWR, or BST INFO (Brightstar AFIS Unit) or TGF INFO (Tigerfort AFIS Unit) in whose area the destination aerodrome is located If circumstances indicate that a controlled flight experiencing a communication failure might proceed to (one of) the alternate aerodrome(s) specified in the filed flight plan, the ATS unit(s) serving the alternate aerodrome(s) and any other ATS unit(s) that might be affected by a possible diversion shall be informed of the circumstances of the failure and requested to attempt to establish communication with the aircraft at a time when the aircraft could possibly be within communication range If the aircraft has not reported within thirty minutes after : a) the ETA furnished by the pilot; b) the ETA calculated by SHE APP; or c) the last acknowledged EAT, whichever is latest, pertinent information concerning the aircraft shall be forwarded to aircraft operators, or their designated representatives, and pilotsincommand of any aircraft concerned and normal control resumed if they so Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

129 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 129 desire. It is the responsibility of the aircraft operators, or their designated representatives, and pilotincommand of aircraft to determine whether they will resume normal operations or take other action Action taken to ensure suitable separation shall cease to be based on the assumption stated in when : a) it is determined that the aircraft is following a procedure differing from that in ; or b) through the use of electronic or other aids, SHE APP determine that action differing from that required by may be taken without impairing safety; or c) positive information is received that the aircraft has landed Assistance to VFR flights Strayed VFR flights or VFR flights encountering adverse meteorological conditions Note. A strayed aircraft is an aircraft which has deviated significantly from its intended track or which reports that it is lost A VFR flight reporting that it is uncertain of its position or lost, or encountering adverse meteorological conditions, should be considered to be in a state of emergency and handled as such. SHE APP shall, under such circumstances, communicate in a clear, concise and calm manner and care shall be taken, at this stage, not to question any fault or negligence that the pilot may have committed in the preparation or conduct of the flight. Depending on the circumstances, the pilot should be requested to provide any of the following information considered pertinent so as to better provide assistance : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

130 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 130 a) aircraft flight conditions; b) position (if known) and level; c) airspeed and heading since last known position, if pertinent; d) pilot experience; e) navigation equipment carried and if any navigation aid signals are being received; f) departure and destination aerodromes; g) number of persons on board; h) endurance If communications with the aircraft are weak or distorted and reporting difficulty in maintaining or unable to maintain VMC, the pilot should be suggested to climb to minimum flight altitude of the area If the position of the aircraft has been established with a sufficient degree of probability, a track or heading, or a climb, may be suggested to bring the aircraft to a safe level The pilot should be provided with reports and information on suitable aerodromes in the vicinity where visual meteorological conditions exist When providing assistance in adverse meteorological conditions, the primary objective should be to bring the aircraft into VMC as soon as possible. Note 1. The possibility of a VFR flight becoming strayed as a result of encountering adverse meteorological conditions Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

131 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 131 must be recognized. Note 2. SHE APP should endeavour to make close coordination with Meteorological Office to ensure the existing weather conditions in the area Other inflight contingencies Strayed or unidentified aircraft Note 1. The terms strayed aircraft and unidentified aircraft in this paragraph have the following meanings: a. Strayed aircraft : An aircraft which has deviated significantly from its intended track or which reports that it is lost. b. Unidentified aircraft : An aircraft which has been reported to be operating in a given area but whose identity has not been established. Note 2. An aircraft may be considered, at the same time, as a strayed aircraft by one unit and as an unidentified aircraft by another unit. Note 3. A strayed or unidentified aircraft may be suspected as being the subject of unlawful interference As soon as SHE APP becomes aware of a strayed aircraft, it shall take all necessary steps as outlined in a) and b) to assist the aircraft and to safeguard its flight. a) If the aircraft s position is not known, SHE APP shall: 1) attempt to establish twoway communication with the aircraft, unless such communication already exists; 2) use all available means to determine its position; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

132 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 132 3) inform other SHE TWR/BTF ACC into whose area the aircraft may have strayed or may stray, taking into account all the factors which may have affected the navigation of the aircraft in the circumstances; 4) inform, in accordance with locally agreed procedures, appropriate military units and provide them with pertinent flight plan and other data concerning the strayed aircraft; 5) request from the units referred to in 3) and 4) and from other aircraft in flight every assistance in establishing communication with the aircraft and determining its position. b) When the aircraft s position is established, SHE APP shall: 1) advise the aircraft of its position and corrective action to be taken; and 2) provide, as necessary, other ATS units and appropriate military units with relevant information concerning the strayed aircraft and any advice given to that aircraft As soon as SHE APP becomes aware of an unidentified aircraft in SHE CTR, it shall endeavour to establish the identity of the aircraft whenever this is necessary for the provision of air traffic services or required by the appropriate military authorities in accordance with locally agreed procedures SHE APP shall, as necessary, inform the appropriate military unit as soon as the identity of the aircraft has been established Should SHE APP consider that a strayed or unidentified aircraft may be the subject of unlawful interference, the appropriate authority designated by the State shall Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

133 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 133 immediately be informed, in accordance with locally agreed procedures Interception of civil aircraft As soon as SHE APP learns that an aircraft is being intercepted in SHE CTR, it shall take such of the following steps as are appropriate in the circumstances : a) attempt to establish twoway communication with the intercepted aircraft via any means available, including the emergency frequency MHz, unless such communication already exists; b) inform the pilot of the intercepted aircraft of the interception; c) establish contact with the intercept control unit maintaining twoway communication with the intercepting aircraft and provide it with available information concerning the aircraft; d) relay messages between the intercepting aircraft or the intercept control unit and the intercepted aircraft, as necessary; e) in close coordination with the intercept control unit take all necessary steps to ensure the safety of the intercepted aircraft; and f) inform BTF ACC if it appears that the aircraft has strayed from BTF CTA As soon as SHE APP learns that an aircraft is being intercepted outside SHE CTR, it shall take such of the following steps as are appropriate in the circumstances : a) inform BTF ACC in which the interception is taking place, Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

134 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Fuel dumping General providing this unit with available information that will assist in identifying the aircraft and requesting it to take action in accordance with ; b) relay messages between the intercepted aircraft and the appropriate ATS unit, the intercept control unit or the intercepting aircraft An aircraft in an emergency or other urgent situation may need to dump fuel so as to reduce to maximum landing mass in order to effect a safe landing When an aircraft operating within SHE CTR needs to dump fuel, the flight crew shall advise SHE APP then SHE APP inform BTF ACC for airspace reservation. SHE APP should then coordinate with the flight crew the following : a) the route to the designated fuel dumping area; b) the minimum level to be used is 6,000; and c) the duration of the fuel dumping. d) Inform BTF ACC the last position and the expected route to be flown by aircraft Designated area for fuel dumping The ATS Authority of Batfish has designated an area fo fuel dumping with the following data : a) Lateral limit : an area within radius of 25 NM centred at a point DUMPY ( S; E) that located on radial Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

135 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) at a distance of 65 NM from BTF VOR/DME (see CTA chart on attachment 8 on page 230); b) Vertical limit : upper limit : 14,000 feet lower limit : 6,000 feet When an aircraft that needs to dump fuel has been operating within SHE CTR, it shall be cleared to dump his/her fuel at the designated area. SHE APP shall advise BTF ACC about the condition Separation Other known traffic should be separated from the aircraft dumping fuel by : a) at least 19 km (10 NM) horizontally, but not behind the aircraft dumping fuel; b) vertical separation if behind the aircraft dumping fuel within 15 minutes flying time or a distance of 93 km (50 NM) by: 1) at least 300 m (1,000 ft) if above the aircraft dumping fuel; and 2) at least 900 m (3,000 ft) if below the aircraft dumping fuel. Note. The horizontal boundaries of the area within which other traffic requires appropriate vertical separation extend for 19 km (10 NM) either side of the track flown by the aircraft which is dumping fuel, from 19 km (10 NM) ahead, to 93 km (50 NM) or 15 minutes along track behind it (including turns) see figure 33 on page 136. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

136 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Communications Ask the flight crew to contact BTF ACC for further instruction before proceeding to the designated fuel dumping area. R R = RADIUS = 10 NM R R 12,000 FT 11,000 FT 10,000 FT 9,000 FT 8,000 FT 7,000 FT 6,000 FT 15 MINUTES (50 NM) DUMPING FUEL AIRCRAFT Figure 33. Vertical and horizontal separation between aircraft executing fuel dumping and other aircraft Information to SHE TWR and noncontrolled traffic A warning message shall be broadcast on appropriate frequencies for noncontrolled traffic to remain clear of the area concerned ATC Contingencies Radiocommunications contingencies General ATC contingencies related to communications, i.e. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

137 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 137 circumstances preventing a controller from communicating with aircraft under control, may be caused by either a failure of ground radio equipment, a failure of airborne equipment, or by the control frequency being inadvertently blocked by an aircraft transmitter. The duration of such events may be for prolonged periods and appropriate action to ensure that the safety of aircraft is not affected should therefore be taken immediately Ground radio failure In the event of complete failure of the ground radio equipment used by SHE APP, the controller shall : (1) where aircraft are required to keep a listening watch on the emergency frequency MHz, attempt to establish radio communications on that frequency; (2) without delay inform SHE TWR and BTF ACC, as applicable, of the failure; (3) appraise SHE TWR and BTF ACC of the current traffic situation; (4) if practicable, request their assistance, in respect of aircraft which may establish communications with those positions or units, in establishing separation between and maintaining control of such aircraft; and (5) ask BTF ACC to hold or reroute all controlled flights outside SHE CTR until such time that the provision of normal services can be resumed Blocked frequency In the event that the control frequency is inadvertently blocked by an aircraft transmitter, the following additional steps should be taken : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

138 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 138 a) attempt to identify the aircraft concerned; b) if the aircraft blocking the frequency is identified, attempts should be made to establish communication with that aircraft, e.g. on the emergency frequency MHz, through the aircraft operator s company frequency if applicable, on any VHF frequency designated for airtoair use by flight crews or any other communication means or, if the aircraft is on the ground, by direct contact; c) if communication is established with the aircraft concerned, the flight crew shall be instructed to take immediate action to stop inadvertent transmissions on the affected control frequency Unauthorized use of SHE APP frequency Instances of false and deceptive transmissions on SHE APP frequencies which may impair the safety of aircraft can occasionally occur. In the event of such occurrences, SHE APP concerned should : a) correct any false or deceptive instructions or clearances which have been transmitted; b) advise all aircraft on the affected frequency(ies) that false and deceptive instructions or clearances are being transmitted; c) instruct all aircraft on the affected frequency(ies) to verify instructions and clearances before taking action to comply; d) if practical, instruct aircraft to change to another frequency; and e) if possible, advise all aircraft affected when the false and deceptive instructions or clearances are no longer being transmitted. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

139 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Flight crews shall challenge or verify with SHE APP any instruction or clearance issued to them which they suspect may be false or deceptive When the transmission of false or deceptive instructions and clearances is detected, the appropriate authority shall take all necessary action to have the transmitter located and the transmission terminated Other ATC contingency procedures Emergency separation During emergency situation, there will be possibility that the standard separation minima can be maintained, therefore, SHE APP may apply vertical emergency separation of 150 m (500 ft) temporarily until the applicable horizontal separation When emergency separation is applied the flight crews concerned shall be advised that emergency separation is being applied and informed of the actual minimum used. Additionally, all flight crews concerned shall be provided with essential traffic information Procedures in regard to aircraft equipped with airborne collision avoidance systems (ACAS) The procedures to be applied for the provision of air traffic services to aircraft equipped with ACAS shall be identical to those applicable to nonacas equipped aircraft. In particular, the prevention of collisions, the establishment of appropriate separation and the information which might be provided in relation to conflicting traffic and to possible avoiding action shall conform to the normal SHE APP procedures When a pilot reports an ACAS resolution advisory (RA), the controller shall not attempt to modify the aircraft flight path until the pilot reports Clear of Conflict. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

140 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Once an aircraft departs from its ATC clearance or instruction in compliance with an RA, or a pilot reports an RA, the controller ceases to be responsible for providing separation between that aircraft and any other aircraft affected as a direct consequence of the manoeuvre induced by the RA. The controller shall resume responsibility for providing separation for all the affected aircraft when : a) the controller acknowledges a report from the flight crew that the aircraft has resumed the current clearance; or b) the controller acknowledges a report from the flight crew that the aircraft is resuming the current clearance and issues an alternative clearance which is acknowledged by the flight crew (see figure 34 below). Note. Pilots are required to report RAs which require a deviation from the current ATC clearance or instruction. This report informs SHE APP that a deviation from clearance or instruction is taking place in response to an ACAS RA. COLLISION IS PREDICTED TRAFFIC TRAFFIC CLIMB CLIMB NO ATC INTERVENTION CLEAR OF CONFLICT AMENDMENT CLR/INST COLLISION POINT AMENDMENT CLR/INST NO ATC INTERVENTION COLLISION IS PREDICTED TRAFFIC TRAFFIC CLEAR OF TRAFFIC DESCEND DESCEND Figure 34. Two aircraft are induced by resolution advisory (RA) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

141 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) ACAS can have a significant effect on ATC. Therefore, the performance of ACAS in the ATC environment should be monitored Following a significant ACAS event, pilots and controllers should complete an air traffic incident report. Note. The phraseology to be used by controllers and pilots is contained in attachment 31 on page Change of radiotelephony call sign for aircraft SHE APP may instruct an aircraft to change its type of RTF call sign, in the interests of safety, when similarity between two or more aircraft RTF call sign is such that confusion is likely to occur Any such change to the type of call sign shall be temporary and shall be applicable only within SHE CTR To avoid confusion, SHE APP should, if appropriate, identify the aircraft which will be instructed to change its call sign by referring to its position and/or level When SHE APP changes the type of call sign of an aircraft, SHE APP shall ensure that the aircraft reverts to the call sign indicated by the flight plan when the aircraft is transferred to SHE TWR or BTF ACC, except when the call sign change has been coordinated between SHE APP and BTF ACC SHE APP shall advise the aircraft concerned when it is to revert to the call sign indicated by the flight plan HANDLING OF ABNORMAL SITUATIONS Engine on Fire Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

142 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) The situations which may be occured during engine on fire : a) engine shutdown or damage (either single or multi); b) smoke or fire in the cockpit; c) engine cutoff by automatic fire extinguisher; d) creating cabin pressurization, loss of altitude or need to land at the nearest aerodrome; e) executing emergency landing; or f) blocks the runway; g) great activities in the cockpit; h) passenger evacuation may be necessary; i) panic ness of passenger; j) land at other aerodrome The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board and number of persons on board; b) inform the aerodrome conditions; c) offer land not into the wind; d) inform the facilities which may be available; e) clear the flight path in accordance with the existing procedures; f) coordinate with SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

143 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 143 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; g) inform Brightstar and Tigerfort aerodrome; h) if the aircraft land at Brightstar ord Tigerfort, record the last position and time the aircraft is in communication with and the condition of such aircraft; i) report to OPR/designated representative; Engine unserviceable The situations which may be occured during the unserviceability of engine : a) aborted takeoff; b) creates the pressurization problem; c) executing fuel dumping; d) executing emergency landing e) great activities in the cockpit; f) deviation from SID; g) executing steep descent; h) route deviation; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board; b) number of persons on board; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

144 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 144 c) inform the aerodrome conditions; d) inform the facilities which may be available; e) clear the flight path in accordance with the existing procedures; f) coordinate with SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; g) inform Brightstar and Tigerfort aerodrome upon the situation; h) if the aircraft land at Brightstar or Tigerfort, record the last position and time the aircraft is in communication with and the condition of such aircraft Smoke in the cockpit The situations which may be occured : a) aborted takeoff; b) evacuation of passengers; c) blocks the runway; d) great activities in the cockpit; e) route deviation; f) the influency of communication (due to oxygen masker); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

145 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 145 g) panic ness of passenger; h) injury of passenger or flight crew The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board; b) avoid giving instruction for orbit, go around and as such; c) ask the number of persons on board; d) inform the aerodrome conditions; e) inform the facilities which may be available; f) offer the aircraft to land not into the wind; g) clear the flight path in accordance with the existing procedures; h) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); i) coordinate with SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; j) in form Brightstar and Tigerfort aerodrome upon the situation; k) if the aircraft land at Brightstar or Tigerfort, record the last position and time the aircraft is in communication with and the condition of such aircraft. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

146 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Bird strike The situations which may be occured : a) canopi or glass of cockpit is broken; b) engine is inoperative; c) could create hydrolic/electrical/gear problem; d) failed to land; e) return to base; f) poor or limited visibility The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether he is able to control aircraft properly; b) give the permission to extend downwind, if requested; c) check the runway condition; d) inform the aerodrome conditions; e) coordinate with SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; f) inform weather conditions; g) coordinate with the FFS and Security Units Braking system Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

147 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) The situations which may be occured : a) flight crew need longer runway for landing; b) the possibility of overun; c) tire explosion; d) aircraft slipped or runoff the runway; e) aircraft blocks the runway; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) inform the aerodrome conditions; b) coordinate with SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; c) coordinate with the operator for standbying of aircraft technician Gear problem The situations which may be occured : a) flight crew need the directive from the technician; b) aircraft fly pass and/or go round; c) filght crew tries to get gear down manually; d) executing fuel dumping; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

148 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 148 e) aircraft blocks the runway; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) inform the aerodrome conditions, including the length of runway; b) coordinate with SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; c) coordinate with BTF ACC in case of aircraft executing fuel dumping; d) coordinate with the operator for standbying of aircraft technician Electrical problem The situations which may be occured : a) severe stress in the cockpit; b) mulfunction of aircraft instrument; c) transponder will be switched off to save energy; d) discontinuation of twoway communication; e) limited readbacks f) the level will be up and down to maintain VMC; g) filght crew tries to get gear down manually; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

149 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 149 h) the possibility of subsequent engine failure; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) inform the aerodrome conditions, including the length of runway; b) inform the facilities which may be available; c) coordinate with SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS. d) coordinate with BTF ACC in case of aircraft executing fuel dumping; e) coordinate with the operator for standbying of aircraft technician Hydrolic problem The situations which may be occured : a) difficulties in emplying control equipment, gears, brake system, flaps, etc; b) executing dumping fuel; c) high speed landing roll; d) limited aircraft manoeuver; e) limited flap setting; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

150 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 150 f) filght crew tries to get gear down manually; g) holding for system checking; h) possibility of overrun; i) aircraft blocks the runway The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board ; b) ask the number of persons on board; c) inform the aerodrome conditions, including the length of runway; d) coordinate with SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; e) coordinate with BTF ACC in case of aircraft executing fuel dumping; f) coordinate with the operator for standbying of aircraft technician HANDLING VIP FLIGHT At departure and destination aerodrome where the aerodrome operational is not closed, the VIP aircraft shall be given with highest priority over other civil aircraft, except when there is an emergency or ambulance/aircraft carrying seriously injured Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

151 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 151 person or aircraft engage in SAR oepration When necessary to close the aerodrome for VIP, EXPECTED DELAY NOTAM shall be issued that define that the closure of aerodrome as from 30 minutes before departure until 15 minutes after departure fo VIP flight For anticipating the possibility of wrong handling of VIP flight and enhancing situational awareness, VIP flight shall use the following call sign : a) INDONESIA ONE for the President flight; and b) INDONESIA TWO for the Vice President fligt Separation between VIP flight and other traffic shall be similar to the existing criteria except for vertical is 2,000 feet For the purpose of regularity and efficiency, close coordination is needed between SHE APP and other units involved in handling VIP operation Refer to the Letter of Decree of DGCA No. AU.2392/DNP.6741/ 05, the VIP flight is an aircraft within which : a) the President President of the Republic Indonesia; or b) the Vice President of the Republic Indonesia; c) the State's Guest whose ranks equal to the President or Vice President In case the President or the Vice President flies using the regular flight (which is not exclusively stated as VIP flight), such flight shall be handled as appropriate with the extracaution and close coordination and other units involved in handling VIP operation is still necessary. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

152 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) AIR TRAFFIC INCIDENT REPORT An air traffic incident report shall be submitted, for incidents specifically related to the provision of air traffic services involving such occurrences as aircraft proximity (AIRPROX) or other serious difficulty resulting in a hazard to aircraft, caused by, among others, faulty procedures, noncompliance with procedures, or failure of ground facilities The degree of risk involved in aircraft proximity should be determined in the incident investigation and classified as : Risk of collision : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which serious risk of collision has existed. Example of this classification such as nearmissed which is induced by ACAS RA. Another example when aircraft taking off from parallel runways and their paths are crossing one to each other and are not vertically separated, etc Safety not assured : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which the safety of the aircraft may have been compromised. Example of this classification such as during transition period from surveillance control to nonsurveillance control (due to unserviceable/malfunction) where separation of 5 NM must be changed into nonsurveillance separation (based on time or vertical). Another example when there is an aircraft executing emergency descent, etc No risk of collision : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which no risk of collision has existed. Example of this classification such as level bust that is an aircraft flies at level which is not conform to ATC instruction and vertically separated less than prescribed minima. Another example when the separation between aircraft is less than minima but both aircraft fly away one to each other, etc Risk not determined : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which insufficient information was available to Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

153 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 153 determine the risk involved, or inconclusive or conflicting evidence precluded such determination. Example of this classification such as unidentified or strayed aircraft entering an area of jurisdiction of an ATC Unit. Another example when the conditions of visibility which prevent the aerodrome control tower from applying visual separation between aircraft, and between aircraft and vehicles operate on the manoeuvring area. Note. Air traffic incident report form together with instructions for its completion is at attachment 30 on page 321. ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

154 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 154 CHAPTER III BATFISH AREA CONTROL PROCEDURE 3.1. GENERAL Batfish Area Control Centre (BTF ACC), provides : a) area control service; b) flight information service; and c) alerting service to controlled flights operate within BTF CTA BTF ACC provides separation (standard as well as local) between : a) controlled flights that have been released by SHE APP until the flights cross BTF CTA boundary; b) controlled flights that have been transferred by the adjacent ACC or FIC until the flights are released to SHE APP FACILITIES, SERVICES AND PROCEDURE ATC Unit Identification : BATFISH CONTROL (BTF ACC); Radio Frequency : MHz Airspace dimension (see attachment 8 on page 230) Batfish Control Area (BTF CTA) a) lateral limit : PAPAH ( S; E), thence along an arc of the circle with radius of 200 NM centered at Radar Head Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

155 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 155 Seahorse ( S; E), QUEBEC (4 31'10.92"S '19.32"E), ROMEO ( S; '19.32"E) thence along an arc of the circle with radius of 200 NM centered at Radar Head Seahorse to PAPAH ( S; E). b) vertical limit : 1) upper limit : FL 460 2) lower limit : 6,000 ft except above SHE CTR is 10,000 ft Prohibited Area (SAP2) Battlefield Air Force Base (BTF AFB) a) lateral limit : a circle with radius of 20 NM centered at AB NDB ( N; E) b) vertical limit : 1) upper limit : UNLIMITED Designated area for fuel dumping 2) lower limit : ground/water a) lateral limit : an area within radius of 25 NM centred at a point DUMPY ( S; E) that located on radial 310 at a distance of 65 NM from BTF VOR/DME; b) vertical limit : 1) upper limit : 14,000 ft. 2) lower limit : 6,000 ft Navigation aids and reporting points : Navigation aids and fixes within BTF CTA (see table 8 on page 158). Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

156 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 156 Table 8 Navigation aids and fixes within BTF CTA Type of fix ID Freq Hour of ops Location (coordinates) Remarks VOR/DME BTF H S, For IAP runway 16R/ E clearance limit for ARR LOC SH 320 H '11.76"S, '46.44"E For IAP runway 34L NDB BT 370 H '33.36"S, '58.56"E Holding/feeder point NDB TF 380 H S, '12.48"E Holding/feeder point NDB WP 355 H S, Transfer point (CTA E west boundary) NDB SW 360 H S, Transfer point E (southwest) NDB ET 345 H S, E Transfer point (CTA east boundary) NDB AB 365 H S, Indonesian Air Force E Base ILS ISHE H '44.64'' S Precision Approach '45.96'' E Cat. I for runway 34L FIX AMBER S Reporting point (CTR '41.76"E west boundary) FIX BURSA 05 34'24.24"S Reporting point (CTR '56.28"E north boundary) FIX COMET 05 46'07.32 S Reporting point (CTR E northeast boundary) FIX DORIN 06 23'33.00 S Reporting point (CTR '11.28 E southeast boundary) FIX ECTOR 06 53'26.88 S Reporting point (CTR E south boundary) FIX PRADA S '42.24" E Reporting point enroute FIX AMINA 02 59'47.40" S '39.96" E Reporting point enroute FIX NIKEL S Reporting point (CTA '30.48 E north boundary) FIX ARDEE 04 57'22.32 S '45.48 E Reporting point enroute FIX CANEE 07 01'12.00 S '37.20 E Reporting point enroute FIX RANEE 07 18'48.24 S '06.12 E Reporting point enroute Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

157 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) FIX GOLAN S Reporting point (CTA E southeast boundary) FIX SIMON S Reporting point (CTA E south boundary) FIX MAHAR 07 36'50.04"S '33.24"E Reporting point enroute FIX SANDY 08 48'57.96 S Reporting point (CTA '41.88 E southwest boundary) 3.3. GENERAL PROCEDURES Except when traffic conditions permit authorization of cruise climb, BTF ACC shall normally authorize only one level for an aircraft beyond BTF CTA. Note. Traffic condition permit means that the aircraft executing cruise climb will not prevent controller to do the control of traffic properly because cruise climb needs relative long time to change from one level to another (using low rate of climb) Aircraft authorized to employ cruise climb techniques shall be cleared to operate between two levels or above a level. Example phraseology for cruise climb : a) [ACID] CRUISE CLIMB BETWEEN 10,000 [FEET] AND FL 190 b) [ACID] CRUISE CLIMB ABOVE FL If it is necessary to change the cruising level of an aircraft operating along an established ATS route extending partly within and partly outside BTF CTA and where the respective series of cruising levels are not identical, the change shall, whenever possible, be effected within BTF CTA When an aircraft has been cleared into NTR CTA or SGL CTA at a cruising level which is below the established minimum Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

158 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 158 cruising level for a subsequent portion of the route, BTF ACC should issue a revised clearance to the aircraft even though the pilot has not requested the necessary cruising level change An aircraft may be cleared to change cruising level at a specified time, place or rate In so far as practicable, cruising levels of aircraft flying to the same destination shall be assigned in a manner that will be correct for an approach sequence at destination (see figure 35 below). CTA A CTA B Figure 35. Correct for an approach sequence at destination An aircraft at a cruising level shall normally have priority over other aircraft requesting that cruising level. When two or more aircraft are at the same cruising level, the preceding aircraft shall normally have priority (see figure 36 on page 159) ARRIVAL PROCEDURES Clearance limit At the first contact to BTF ACC : a) all incoming aircraft with the SHE APT as aerodrome of destination shall be cleared to BTF VOR/DME as the clearance limit, except when BTF ACC obtains information Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

159 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 159 from SHE APP that the runwayinuse for landing is 34L, after coordination with SHE APP, BTF ACC may reclear the arriving aircraft to SH NDB/LOC via BT/TF NDB or hold over BT/TF NDB; ACFT : REQUEST FL 170 ATC : NEGATIVE DESCEND TO FL 190 ETC. FL 170 ACFT : REQUEST FL 170 ATC : NEGATIVE CLIMB TO FL 150 ETC. Figure 36. Aircraft at a cruising level priority has priority over other aircraft requesting that cruising level Note. For the purpose of separating traffic and/or efficiency, arriving aicraft from : 1. AMBER, BURSA, COMET and TF NDB may be cleared to SH NDB via BTF VOR/DME. 2. MAHAR/SIMON may be cleared to SH NDB via ECTOR. 3. CANEE/GOLAN may be cleared to SH NDB via DORIN. b) all incoming aircraft with Brightstar as aerodrome of destination shall be cleared to BT NDB as the clearance limit; c) all incoming aircraft with Tigerfort as aerodrome of destination shall be cleared to TF NDB as the clearance limit; Route of flight Diversionary routing (for separation) at low levels shall be Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

160 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 160 informed to SHE APP Level The level at which aircraft can be cleared to descend shall be coordinated with SHE APP (for obtaining vacant level information) Separation Note. Vacant level is assigned for holding fix and reserved for any aircraft that come first and not for particular aircraft. It is therefore, SHE APP will not give vacant level for particular aircraft but vacant level at BT NDB/TF NDB Vertical separation The vertical separation minimum shall be a nominal 300 m (1,000 feet) below FL 290 and a nominal 600 m (2,000 feet) at or above FL 290. Note. See again the description of lateral separation in on page 100 up to on page 104 and figure 16 oage 101 up to figure 21 on page Longitudinal separation In applying a time or distancebased longitudinal separation minimum between aircraft following the same track, care shall be exercised to ensure that the separation minimum will not be infringed whenever the following aircraft is maintaining a higher airspeed than the preceding aircraft. When aircraft are expected to reach minimum separation, speed control shall be applied to ensure that the required separation minimum is maintained Longitudinal separation may be established by requiring aircraft : a) to depart at a specified time (see figures 37, 38 and 39 on page 161); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

161 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) FT 8000 FT D 5 /10 E ATC : D TAKEOFF AT OR AFTER (time) Figure 37. Longitudinal separation by requiring aircraft to depart at a specified time (same track and crossing behind) FT 8000 FT E D ATC : D TAKEOFF AT OR AFTER (time) Figure 38. Longitudinal separation by requiring aircraft to depart at a specified time (reciprocal track crossing behind) 9000 FT 8000 FT D E ATC : D TAKEOFF AT OR BEFORE (time) Figure 39. Longitudinal separation by requiring aircraft to depart at a specified time (reciprocal track crossing ahead) b) to arrive over a geographical location at a specified time (see figure 40 on page 162); or Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

162 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 162 JAL 612 CPA 101 JAL 612 CROSS BTO AT OR AFTER 0623 BTO VOR 0613 Figure 40. Longitudinal separation by requiring aircraft to arrive over a geographical location at a specified time c) to hold over a geographical location until a specified time (see figure 41 below). JAL 612 OW NDB CPA 101 CPA 101 LEFT OW NDB AT 0644 JAL 612 HOLD OVER OW (NDB) UNTIL 0654 Figure 41. Longitudinal separation by requiring aircraft to hold over a geographical location until a specified time For the purpose of application of longitudinal separation, the terms same track, reciprocal tracks and crossing tracks shall have the following meanings : a) Same track : same direction tracks and intersecting tracks or portions thereof, the angular difference of which is less than 45 degrees or more than 315 degrees, and whose protected airspaces overlap (see figure 42 on page 163). b) Reciprocal tracks : opposite tracks and intersecting tracks or portions thereof, the angular difference of which is more than Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

163 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) degrees but less than 225 degrees, and whose protected airspaces overlap (see figure 43 below). < 45 > 315 Figure 42. Same track criterion > 135 < 225 Figure 43. Reciprocal tracks criterion c) Crossing tracks : intersecting tracks or portions thereof other than those specified in a) and b) above (see figure 44 on page 164). Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

164 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) TO TO 315 Figure 44. Crossing tracks criterion There three kinds of longitudinal separation : Longitudinal separation based on time (timebased separation) that may be applied based on position information and estimates derived from voice reports. The standard longitudinal separation minima applicable within BTF CTA are : a) Aircraft maintaining the same level and flying on the same track : 1) 10 minutes (see figure 45 (a) on page 165); or 2) 5 minutes, provided that the preceding aircraft is maintaining a true airspeed of 37 km (20 knot) or more faster than the succeeding aircraft; and (a) between aircraft that have departed from the same aerodrome; or (b) between enroute aircraft that have reported over the same exact significant point; or Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

165 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 165 (c) between departing and enroute aircraft after the enroute aircraft has reported over a fix that is so located in relation to the departure point as to ensure that fiveminute separation can be established at the point the departing aircraft will join the air route (see on page 45 (b) below); or 3) 3 minutes for the same track, provided that the preceding aircraft is maintaining a true airspeed of 74 km (40 knot) or more faster than the succeeding aircraft (see on page 45 (c) below). 10 NAV AID NAV AID (a) 5 3 AD/RP 20 KT FASTER AD/RP 40 KT FASTER (b) (c) Figure 45. Longitudinal separation between aircraft maintaining at the same level and flying on the same track b) Aircraft maintaining the same level and flying on the crossing tracks : 10 minutes (see figure 46 on page 166); c) Aircraft climbing or descending and flying on the same track : 1) 10 minutes while vertical separation does not exist (see figure 47 and 48 on page 166); or 2) 5 minutes while vertical separation does not exist, provided that the level change is commenced within 10 Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

166 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 166 minutes of the time the second aircraft has reported over an exact reporting point (see figure 49 and 50 on page 167). 10 NAV AID NAV AID NAV AID Figure 46. Longitudinal separation between aircraft flying at the same level and on crossing tracks FL 260 FL 250 FL MIN 10 MIN 10 MIN Figure 47. Tenminute separation between aircraft descending and on same track (crossing behind) FL 260 FL 250 FL MIN 10 MIN 10 MIN Figure 48. Tenminute separation between aircraft climbing and on same track (crossing ahead) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

167 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 167 FL MIN FL MIN 5 MIN FL MIN Figure 49. Fiveminute separation between aircraft descending and on same track (crossing ahead) FL 260 FL MIN 5 MIN 5 MIN 5 MIN FL 240 Figure 50. Fiveminute separation between aircraft climbing and on same track (crossing behind) e) Aircraft climbing or descending and flying on crossing tracks : 10 minutes while vertical separation does not exist (see figures 51 below and figure 52 on [page 168); FL 260 FL 250 FL MIN 10 MIN 10 MIN Figure 51. Tenminute separation between aircraft descending and on crossing tracks Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

168 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 168 FL 260 FL 250 FL MIN 10 MIN 10 MIN Figure 52. Tenminute separation between aircraft climbing and on crossing tracks (6) Aircraft on reciprocal tracks : vertical separation shall be provided for at least ten minutes prior to and after the time the aircraft are estimated to pass, or are estimated to have passed (see figures 53 below and 54 on page 164). Provided it has been determined that the aircraft have passed each other, this minimum need not apply. ESTIMATED TIME OF PASSING F250 F F F220 F210 Figure 53. Tenminute separation between aircraft on reciprocal tracks (crossing behind) Longitudinal separation based on distance (distancebased separation) using DME. Note. When the term on track is used in the provisions relating Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

169 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 169 to the application of longitudinal separation minima using DME, it means that the aircraft is flying either directly inbound to or directly outbound from the station (see figure 55 below) and the term simultaneous DME reading means that distance information from pilot shall be obtained at relatively same time. In fact, it is impossible for controller to ask for distance to both pilots simultaneously. It is therefore, this term is meant that controller shall ask for distance of one aircraft as soon as possible after obtaining distance from the other (see figure 56 on page 170). F250 ESTIMATED TIME OF PASSING F240 F230 F MIN 10 MIN F210 Figure 54. Tenminute separation between aircraft on reciprocal tracks (crossing ahead) Figure 55. Aircraft on track DME and not on rack DME a) Separation shall be established by maintaining not less than Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

170 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 170 specified distance(s) between aircraft positions as reported by reference to DME in conjunction with other appropriate navigation aids. Direct controllerpilot communication shall be maintained while such separation is used; FL160 FL150 FL140 Figure 56. Simultaneous reading of DME b) Separation criteria : 1) Aircraft at the same cruising level and flying on the same track : (a) 37 km (20 NM), provided: (1) each aircraft utilizes the same ontrack DME stations and separation is checked by obtaining simultaneous DME readings from the aircraft at frequent intervals to ensure that the minimum will not be infringed (see figure 57 on page 171); (b) 19 km (10 NM), provided: (1) the leading aircraft maintains a true airspeed of 37 km/h (20 kt) or more faster than the succeeding aircraft; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

171 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 171 (2) each aircraft utilizes the same ontrack DME stations and separation is checked by obtaining simultaneous DME readings from the aircraft (see figure 57 below). 2 1 S VOR/DME S = 37 KM (20 NM) IF V1 > V2 : < 20 KTS = 19 KM (10 NM) IF V1 > V2 : 20 KTS Figure 57. DMEbased separation between aircraft on the same track and same level 2) Aircraft on crossing tracks (a) The longitudinal separation prescribed 1) above shall also apply provided each aircraft reports distance from the station located at the crossing point of the tracks and that the relative angle between the tracks is less than 90 degrees (see figure 58 below). SECOND AIRCRAFT NOT TO BE INBOUND FROM THE SHADED AREA S = 37 KM (20 NM( IF V1 > V2 : < 20 KT 19 KM (10 NM) IF V1 > V2 : > 20 KT VOR/DME Figure 58. DMEbased separation between aircraft on the crossing tracks and same level Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

172 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 172 3) Aircraft climbing or descending and flying on the same track : 19 km (10 NM) while vertical separation does not exist, provided : (a) each aircraft utilizes ontrack DME stations; (b) one aircraft maintains a level while vertical separation does not exist; and (c) separation is established by obtaining simultaneous DME readings from the aircraft (see figure 59 and 60 below). 10 NM 10 NM 10 NM FL 260 FL 250 FL 240 Figure KM (10 NM) DMEbased separation between aircraft climbing on same track (crossing behind) 10 NM 10 NM 10 NM FL 260 FL 250 FL 240 Figure KM (10 NM) DMEbased separation between aircraft descending on same track (crossing ahead) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

173 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 173 Note 1. To facilitate application of the procedure where a considerable change of level is involved, a descending aircraft may be cleared to some convenient level above the lower aircraft, or a climbing aircraft to some convenient level below the higher aircraft, to permit a further check on the separation that will obtain while vertical separation does not exist. Note 2. The term convenient level in the previous paragraph is between 1,000 feet and 4,000 feet and the most convenient level is 1,000 feet (see figure 61 below) FL190 FL180 FL170 FL160 FL150 FL140 FL130 FL120 FL110 FL100 FL090 FL080 FL070 FL060 FL050 FL040 FL030 Figure 61 The convenient level 4) Aircraft on reciprocal tracks. Aircraft utilizing ontrack DME may be cleared to climb or descend to or through the levels occupied by other aircraft utilizing ontrack DME, provided that it has been positively established that the aircraft have passed each other and are at least 10 NM apart, or such other value as prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority (see figure 62 on page 174). Note. With the above statement it is clear that DMEbased separation between aircraft descending on same track, crossing ahead one to each other shall not be exercised. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

174 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) NM FL160 FL150 FL140 Figure KM (10 NM) DMEbased separation between aircraft descending on reciprocal tracks Mach number technique (MNT) a) Longitudinal separation minima with Mach number technique based on time; b) Turbojet aircraft shall adhere to the Mach number approved by BTF ACC and shall request approval before making any changes thereto. If it is essential to make an immediate temporary change in the Mach number (e.g. due to turbulence), BTF ACC shall be notified as soon as possible that such a change has been made. c) If it is not feasible, due to aircraft performance, to maintain the last assigned Mach number during enroute climbs and descents, pilots of aircraft concerned shall advise BTF ACC at the time of the climb/descent request. 1) When the Mach number technique is applied and provided that the aircraft concerned have reported over the same reporting point and follow the same track or continuously diverging tracks until some other form of separation is provided; or Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

175 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 175 2) if the aircraft have not reported over the same reporting point and it is possible to ensure, by radar or other means, that the appropriate time interval will exist at the common point from which they either follow the same track or continuously diverging tracks; d) minimum longitudinal separation between turbojet aircraft on the same track, whether in level, climbing or descending flight shall be : 1) 10 minutes; or 2) between 9 and 5 minutes inclusive, provided : the preceding aircraft is maintaining a Mach number greater than the following aircraft in accordance with the following table: (a) 9 minutes, if the preceding aircraft is Mach 0.02 faster than the following aircraft; (b) 8 minutes, if the preceding aircraft is Mach 0.03 faster than the following aircraft; (c) 7 minutes, if the preceding aircraft is Mach 0.04 faster than the following aircraft; (d) 6 minutes, if the preceding aircraft is Mach 0.05 faster than the following aircraft; (e) 5 minutes, if the preceding aircraft is Mach 0.06 faster than the following aircraft. (see figure 63 on page 176) e) Entry and exit point for MNT implementation as depicted in table 9 on page 176) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

176 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 176 EXIT POINT ETRY POINT F 10 MIN S NO SEPARATION 10 MINUES 9 MINUES 8 MINUES 7 MINUES 6 MINUES 5 MINUES THE PRECEDING ACFT MACH FASTER THAN THE FOLLOWING ACFT 0 (THE SPEED EQUAL OR GREATER) Figure 63. Longitudinal separation minima with mach number technique based on time (preceding aircraft is faster than the succeeding aircraft) Table 9 Entry and exit point for MNT Route Entry Point Exit Point W13 NORTHBOUND GOLAN NIKEL W12 NORTHBOUND SW NDB SF NDB W13 SOUHBOUND NIKEL GOLAN W16 SOUHBOUND NIKEL ET NDB Clearances to fly maintaining own separation while in visual meteorological conditions. Note 1. The provision of vertical or horizontal separation by BTF ACC is not applicable in respect of any specified portion of a flight cleared subject to maintaining own separation and remaining in visual meteorological conditions. It is for the flight so cleared to ensure, for the duration of the clearance, that it is not operated in such proximity to other flights as to create a collision hazard. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

177 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 177 Note 2. It is axiomatic that a VFR flight must remain in visual meteorological conditions at all times. Accordingly, the issuance of a clearance to a VFR flight to fly subject to maintaining own separation and remaining in visual meteorological conditions has no other object than to signify that, for the duration of the clearance, separation from other aircraft by air traffic control is not provided. Note 3. The procedures prescribed in this document do not relieve pilots of their responsibility to ensure that any clearances issued by BTF ACC are safe in this respect When so requested by an aircraft and provided it is agreed by the pilot of the other aircraft and so authorized by the appropriate ATS authority, an ATC unit may clear a controlled flight, including departing and arriving flights, operating in airspace Classes D and E in visual meteorological conditions during the hours of daylight to fly subject to maintaining own separation to one other aircraft and remaining in visual meteorological conditions. When a controlled flight is so cleared, the following shall apply : The clearance shall be for a specified portion of the flight at or below 3,050 m (10,000 ft), during climb or descent and subject to further restrictions as and when prescribed on the basis of regional air navigation agreements If there is a possibility that flight under VMC may become impracticable, an IFR flight shall be provided with alternative instructions to be complied with in the event that flight in VMC cannot be maintained for the term of the clearance The pilot of an IFR flight, on observing that conditions are deteriorating and considering that operation in VMC will become impossible, shall inform ATC before entering IMC and shall proceed in accordance with the alternative instructions given. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

178 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 178 For example of the case (see figure 64 on pae 179): ACF 001 departing SHE APT to SANF via W11 maintaining FL 075 wih TAS = 180 KT, ETA ET NDB ACF 002 overflying from SABT to SAEN via W11 is maintaining FL 115 with TAS 210, ETA ET NDB 0651 and its rate of descent is 1,000 feet/minute. It means that ACF 002 shall cross the level of ACF 001 at 10 minutes behind ACF 002. Refer to the appropriate formula, ACF 002 will be 10 minutes behind ACF 001 at If AFC 002 request descent at 0625 it is to late to descend crossing FL 075, so AFC 002 shall be descended to FL 085 and hold over ET NDB until 0659 (the time when ACF 001 has 5 minutes out of ET NDB holding area. When weather is VMC, flight crew may request descent maintaining own separation while in VMC. If so, the following steps shall be done : ACF 002 BTF ACC ACF 002 REQUEST DESCENT MAINTAINING OWN SEPARATION WHILE IN VMC BTF ACC ACF 002 STANDBY BTF ACC ACF 001, ACF 002 WILL CROSS FL 075 BEHIND YOU LESS THAN SEPARATION MINIMA, DO YOU HAVE ANY OBJECTION? ACF 001 BTF ACC NEGATIVE BTF ACC ACF 002 DESCEND TO 2,500 [FEET] MAINAINING OWN SEPARATION WHILE IN VMC, IF NOT POSSIBLE DESCEND TO FL 165 AND HOLD OVER ET [NDB] UNTIL 0659, AND ADVISE. ACF 002 (READBACK) Note 1. If there is any objection by ACF 001, ACF 002 shall be descended to FL 085 and maintain until 0659 Note 2. If during descent the weather change abruptly so that fly in VMC is impossible, the pilot shall not continue descend o 2,500 feet, but shall descend to FL 085 and maintain then Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

179 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 179 advise BTF ACC ET NDB : REQUEST DESCENT TO CIRCUIT ALTITUDE IF WX IMC DESCEND TO FL 085 AND MAINTAIN 10 MINUTES FL 125 FL 115 FL 105 FL 095 FL 085 FL 075 FL 065 Figure 64. Descent maintaining own separation while in VMC 3.5. DEPARTURE PROCEDURES Clearance limit When the subsequent portion of flight will be NTR CTA or SGL CTA, the clearance limit shall be the navigation aid serving the aerodrome of destination, provided that priorcoordination has been effected. Note 1. If priorcoordination has not been effected yet but there is assurance that before crossing BTF CTA boundary coordination will be able to be effected, the clearance limit shall be : NIKEL (for northbound traffic), SF NDB (for northeast bound traffic), ET NDB (for eastbound traffic) and GOLAN (for southeast bound traffic). Note 2. If the coordination cannot been effected until the aircraft reaches BTF CTA boundary, it shall be held within BTF CTA until amended clearance is obtained from NTR ACC or SGL ACC. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

180 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) When the subsequent portion of flight will be BTF FIR, the clearance limit shall be : a) WP NDB for westbound traffic; b) SW NDB for southwest bound traffic; and c) SANDY or SIMON for southbound traffic Route Departing aircraft shall be assigned to fly along the designated ATS route and be cleared to be on enroute as soon as possible, except otherwise determined by BTF ACC Before leaving BTF CTA, departing traffic shall be on the ATS route specified in ATC clearance. Diversionary routing (for separation) shall be informed to the adjacent ACC Assignment of cruising level In so far as practicable, cruising level of aircraft flying to the same direction shall be assigned in a manner that will be correct for an approach sequence at destination (see again figure 35 on page 153) When two or more aircraft are on the same track and at the same cruising level, the preceding aircraft shall have priority When two or more aircraft are at the same cruising level and on crossing tracks, the first aircraft estimated to arrive over the intersection point shall have priority Separation Vertical separation When no lateral or longitudinal separation exists, vertical separation shall be applied. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

181 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Lateral separation Lateral separation may be applied as interim for two aircraft departing following the same track, provided that vertical separation shall be maintained when returning back the diverted aircraft to intercept the designated track Longitudinal separation Standard longitudinal separation minima applicable within BTF CTA are : a) 10 minutes for the same track, reciprocal tracks or crossing tracks; b) 5 minutes for the same track, provided that the preceding aircraft is maintaining a true airspeed of 37 km (20 kt) or more faster than the succeeding aircraft; and c) 3 minutes for the same track, provided that the preceding aircraft is maintaining a true airspeed of 74 km (40 kt) or more faster than the succeeding aircraft PROCEDURES RELATED TO EMERGENCIES, COMMUNI CATION FAILURE AND CONTINGENCIES Emergency procedures When an emergency is declared by an aircraft, BTF ACC should take appropriate and relevant action as follows : a) unless clearly stated by the flight crew or otherwise known, take all necessary steps to ascertain aircraft; b) identification and type, the type of emergency, the intentions of the flight crew as well as the position and level of the aircraft; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

182 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 182 c) decide upon the most appropriate type of assistance which can be rendered; d) enlist the aid of any other ATS unit or other services which may be able to provide assistance to the aircraft; e) provide the flight crew with any information requested as well as any additional relevant information, such as details on suitable aerodromes, minimum safe altitudes, WX information; f) obtain from the operator or the flight crew such of the following information as may be relevant: number of persons on board, amount of fuel remaining, possible presence of hazardous materials and the nature thereof; and g) notify the appropriate ATS units and authorities as specified in local instructions Changes of radio frequency should be avoided if possible and should normally be made only when or if an improved service can be provided to the aircraft concerned. Manoeuvring instructions to an aircraft experiencing engine failure should be limited to a minimum. When appropriate, other aircraft operating in the vicinity of the aircraft in emergency should be advised of the circumstances An aircraft known or believed to be in state of emergency, including being subjected to unlawful interference or in aircraft bomb threat, shall be given priority over other aircraft Unlawful interference If you are in communication with an aircraft believed to be subjected to unlawful interference, take any necessary actions as follow : a) report to the Supervisor/Senior Officer concerning the situation, then if there is positive indication that the aircraft is Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

183 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 183 in such situation, notify Airport Manager, other ATS authorities, operator, designated security authority ; b) transmit and continue to transmit, information pertinent to the safe conduct of flight, without reply from the aircraft; c) monitor and plot the progress of the flight; d) inform other aircraft with the existing situation; e) inform and continue to keep informed, appropriate ATS units; f) relay appropriate message, relating to the circumstances associated with unlawful interference, between the aircraft and designated authorities Bomb or other explosive threat or warning If you are in communication with an aircraft believed to be in bomb or other explosive threat or warning, take any necessary actions as follow : a) report to the Supervisor/Senior Officer concerning the situation, then if there is positive indication that the aircraft is in such situation, notify Airport Manager, other ATS authorities, operator, designated security authority ; b) take or bring the aircraft to the designated isolated parking area in accordance with local instructions; c) if there is no designated isolated parking area, take or bring the aircraft as far away form other aircraft or installation as possible and, if appropriate, to vacate the runway; Emergency descent Upon receipt of advice that an aircraft is making emergency descent through other traffic, all possible action should be taken Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

184 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 184 immediately to safeguard all aircraft concerned. When deemed necessary, SHE APP should immediately broadcast by means of the appropriate radio aids, or if not possible, request the appropriate communication stations immediately to broadcast an emergency message The possible actions should be taken into consideration such as : a) make sure that the expected flight path of aircraft experiencing emergency descent will clear of traffic; b) instruct other aircraft to keep away from the track which will be flown by emergency aircraft using the example of phraseology : ALL AIRCRAT ON WHISKEY ONE ONE BELOW FL 250 AVOID WHISKEY ONE ONE 20 NM TO THE LEFT [or RIGHT] MAINTAIN PRESENT FLIGHT LEVEL DUE TO ONE B747 EXECUTING EMERGENCY DESCENT FROM FL 250 TO 3,000 FEET; c) monitor the maneuver of emergency aircraft; d) recall other aircraft to resume their flight after obtaining the assurance that the emergency aircraft has passed initial approach level and on final approach to land; e) coordinate with SHE APP. Note. It is axiomatic that an aircraft which is experiencing emergency is unable to be instructed to climb, maintain or other unnecessary maneuver. It is therefore, the only maneuver which can be done is subject to the pilot decision Airground communication failure procedures As soon as it is known that twoway communication has failed, action shall be taken to ascertain whether the aircraft is able to receive transmission from the BTF ACC unit or not If it apparent that there is no response from the pilot to ATC Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

185 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 185 instruction but BTF ACC is still able to read any transmission from the pilot, it indicates that the aircraft is experiencing receiver failure. In this situation BTF ACC shall take the following actions : a) clear other aircraft to avoid the route and/or altitude to be flown by aircraft experiencing radio receiver failure, asnecessary; b) when information is received from the aircraft experiencing radio receiver failure that it has passed any altitude/level, recall other aircraft which occupies the altitude/level to return to original route; c) when information is received from the aircraft experiencing radio receiver failure that it has established visual contact, inform SHE APP or SHE TWR about the conditions, and handle other aircraft appropriately On the contrary, if there is no pilot transmission as well as pilot response to ATC instruction, it indicates that the aircraft is experiencing transmitter failure or total radio failure. In this situation, BTF ACC shall clear other aircraft to avoid the route and/or altitude to be flown by aircraft experiencing radio failure If the aircraft fails to indicate that it is able to receive and acknowledge transmissions, separation shall be maintained between the aircraft having the communication failure and other aircraft, based on the assumption that the aircraft will : If in visual meteorological conditions : a) continue to fly in visual meteorological conditions; b) land at the nearest suitable aerodrome; and c) report its arrival by the most expeditious means to the appropriate ATC unit If in instrument meteorological conditions : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

186 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 186 a) maintain the last assigned speed and level to BTF VOR/DME or other clearance limit as specified by SHE APP (see again and ) or minimum flight altitude (MFA) if higher, for at least 20 minutes following the aircraft s failure to report its position over a compulsory reporting point and thereafter adjust level and speed in accordance with the filed flight plan; b) proceed to BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC conform to the previous instruction from SHE APP or BTF ACC, when required to ensure compliance with c) below, hold over BTF VOR/DME or SHNDB/LOC until commencement of descent; c) commence descent from BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC at, or as close as possible to, the EAT) last received and acknowledge; or, if no EAT has been received and acknowledge, at, or as close as possible to, the ETA resulting from the current flight plan; d) complete a normal instrument approach procedure as specified for BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC; and e) land, if possible, within 30 minutes after the ETA or the last acknowledge EAT, whichever is the later. As soon as it is known that twoway communication has failed, appropriate information describing the action taken by BTF ACC, or instructions justified by any emergency situation, shall be transmitted blind for the attention of the aircraft concerned, on the frequencies available on which the aircraft is believed to be listening, including the voice frequencies of available radio navigation or approach aids. Information shall also be given concerning meteorological conditions at suitable aerodromes Pertinent information shall be given to other aircraft in the vicinity of the presumed position of the aircraft experiencing the failure As soon as it is known that an aircraft which is operating in BTF Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

187 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 187 CTA is experiencing an apparent radio communication failure, BTF ACC shall forward information concerning the radio communication failure to NTR ACC, SGL ACC or BTF FIC in whose area the destination aerodrome is located If circumstances indicate that a controlled flight experiencing a communication failure might proceed to (one of) the alternate aerodrome(s) specified in the filed flight plan, the ATS unit(s) serving the alternate aerodrome(s) and any other ATS unit(s) that might be affected by a possible diversion shall be informed of the circumstances of the failure and requested to attempt to establish communication with the aircraft at a time when the aircraft could possibly be within communication range If the aircraft has not reported within thirty minutes after : a) the ETA furnished by the pilot; b) the ETA calculated by BTF ACC; or c) the last acknowledged EAT, whichever is latest, pertinent information concerning the aircraft shall be forwarded to aircraft operators, or their designated representatives, and pilotsincommand of any aircraft concerned and normal control resumed if they so desire. It is the responsibility of the aircraft operators, or their designated representatives, and pilotsincommand of aircraft to determine whether they will resume normal operations or take other action Assistance to VFR flights Strayed VFR flights or VFR flights encountering adverse meteorological conditions Note. A strayed aircraft is an aircraft which has deviated significantly from its intended track or which reports that it is lost. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

188 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) A VFR flight reporting that it is uncertain of its position or lost, or encountering adverse meteorological conditions, should be considered to be in a state of emergency and handled as such. The controller shall, under such circumstances, communicate in a clear, concise and calm manner and care shall be taken, at this stage, not to question any fault or negligence that the pilot may have committed in the preparation or conduct of the flight. Depending on the circumstances, the pilot should be requested to provide any of the following information considered pertinent so as to better provide assistance : a) aircraft flight conditions; b) position (if known) and level; c) airspeed and heading since last known position, if pertinent; d) pilot experience; e) navigation equipment carried and if any navigation aid signals are being received; f) departure and destination aerodromes; g) number of persons on board; h) endurance If communications with the aircraft are weak or distorted and reporting difficulty in maintaining or unable to maintain VMC, the pilot should be suggested to climb to minimum flight altitude If the position of the aircraft has been established with a sufficient degree of probability, a track or heading, or a climb, may be suggested to bring the aircraft to a safe level The pilot should be provided with reports and information on suitable aerodromes in the vicinity where visual meteorological conditions exist. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

189 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) When providing assistance in adverse meteorological conditions, the primary objective should be to bring the aircraft into VMC as soon as possible. Note 1. The possibility of a VFR flight becoming strayed as a result of encountering adverse meteorological conditions must be recognized. Note 2. BTF ACC should endeavour to make close coordination with Meteorological Office to ensure the existing weather conditions in the area Other inflight contingencies Strayed or unidentified aircraft Note 1. The terms strayed aircraft and unidentified aircraft in this paragraph have the following meanings : a. Strayed aircraft : An aircraft which has deviated significantly from its intended track or which reports that it is lost. b. Unidentified aircraft : An aircraft which has been reported to be operating in a given area but whose identity has not been established. Note 2. An aircraft may be considered, at the same time, as a strayed aircraft by one unit and as an unidentified aircraft by another unit. Note 3. A strayed or unidentified aircraft may be suspected as being the subject of unlawful interference As soon as BTF ACC becomes aware of a strayed aircraft, it shall take all necessary steps as outlined in a) and b) to assist the aircraft and to safeguard its flight. Note. Navigational assistance by an air traffic services unit is Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

190 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 190 particularly important if the unit becomes aware of an aircraft straying, or about to stray, into an area where there is a risk of interception or other hazard to its safety. a) If the aircraft s position is not known, BTF ACC shall : 1) attempt to establish twoway communication with the aircraft, unless such communication already exists; 2) use all available means to determine its position; 3) inform other ATS units into whose area the aircraft may have strayed or may stray, taking into account all the factors which may have affected the navigation of the aircraft in the circumstances; 4) inform, in accordance with locally agreed procedures, appropriate military units and provide them with pertinent flight plan and other data concerning the strayed aircraft; 5) request from the units referred to in 3) and 4) and from other aircraft in flight every assistance in establishing communication with the aircraft and determining its position. b) When the aircraft s position is established, BTF ACC shall: 1) advise the aircraft of its position and corrective action to be taken; and 2) provide, as necessary, other ATS units and appropriate military units with relevant information concerning the strayed aircraft and any advice given to that aircraft As soon as BTF ACC becomes aware of an unidentified aircraft in BTF CTA, it shall endeavour to establish the identity of the aircraft whenever this is necessary for the provision of air traffic services or required by the appropriate military authorities in accordance with locally agreed procedures. To this end, the air traffic services Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

191 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 191 unit shall take such of the following steps as are appropriate in the circumstances : a) attempt to establish twoway communication with the aircraft; b) inquire of other air traffic services units within the BTF CTA about the flight and request their assistance in establishing twoway communication with the aircraft; c) inquire of BTF FIC about the flight and request their assistance in establishing twoway communication with the aircraft; d) attempt to obtain information from other aircraft in the area BTF ACC shall, as necessary, inform the appropriate military unit as soon as the identity of the aircraft has been established Should BTF ACC consider that a strayed or unidentified aircraft may be the subject of unlawful interference, the appropriate authority designated by the State shall immediately be informed, in accordance with locally agreed procedures Interception of civil aircraft As soon as BTF ACC learns that an aircraft is being intercepted in BTF CTA, it shall take such of the following steps as are appropriate in the circumstances : a) attempt to establish twoway communication with the intercepted aircraft via any means available, including the emergency frequency MHz, unless such communication already exists; b) inform the pilot of the intercepted aircraft of the interception; c) establish contact with the intercept control unit maintaining twoway communication with the intercepting aircraft and Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

192 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 192 provide it with available information concerning the aircraft; d) relay messages between the intercepting aircraft or the intercept control unit and the intercepted aircraft, as necessary; e) in close coordination with the intercept control unit take all necessary steps to ensure the safety of the intercepted aircraft; and f) inform BTF FIC, NTR ACC or SGL ACC if it appears that the aircraft has strayed from such adjacent region or area As soon as BTF ACC learns that an aircraft is being intercepted outside BTF CTA, it shall take such of the following steps as are appropriate in the circumstances : Fuel dumping General a) inform BTF FIC, NTR ACC or SGL ACC in which the interception is taking place, providing this unit with available information that will assist in identifying the aircraft and requesting it to take action in accordance with ; b) relay messages between the intercepted aircraft and the appropriate ATS unit, the intercept control unit or the intercepting aircraft An aircraft in an emergency or other urgent situation may need to dump fuel so as to reduce to maximum landing mass in order to effect a safe landing When an aircraft needs to dump fuel, the flight crew shall advise BTF ACC for airspace reservation. BTF ACC should then coordinate with the flight crew the following : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

193 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Separation a) the route to the designated fuel dumping area; b) the minimum level to be used is 6,000; and c) the duration of the fuel dumping Other known traffic should be separated from the aircraft dumping fuel by : a) at least 19 km (10 NM) horizontally, but not behind the aircraft dumping fuel; b) vertical separation if behind the aircraft dumping fuel within 15 minutes flying time or a distance of 93 km (50 NM) by: Communications 1) at least 300 m (1,000 ft) if above the aircraft dumping fuel; 2) at least 900 m (3,000 ft) if below the aircraft dumping fuel. Note. The horizontal boundaries of the area within which other traffic requires appropriate vertical separation extend for 19 km (10 NM) either side of the track flown by the aircraft which is dumping fuel, from 19 km (10 NM) ahead, to 93 km (50 NM) or 15 minutes along track behind it (including turns) see again figure 33 on page If the aircraft will maintain radio silence during the fuel dumping operation, the frequency to be monitored by the flight crew and the time when radio silence will terminate should be agreed Information to other ATS units and noncontrolled traffic A warning message shall be broadcast on appropriate frequencies for noncontrolled traffic to remain clear of the area concerned. Adjacent ATC units and control sectors should be Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

194 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 194 informed of the fuel dumping taking place and requested to broadcast on applicable frequencies an appropriate warning message for other traffic to remain clear of the area concerned ATC Contingencies Radiocommunications contingencies ATC contingencies related to communications, i.e. circumstances preventing a controller from communicating with aircraft under control, may be caused by either a failure of ground radio equipment, a failure of airborne equipment, or by the control frequency being inadvertently blocked by an aircraft transmitter. The duration of such events may be for prolonged periods and appropriate action to ensure that the safety of aircraft is not affected should therefore be taken immediately Ground radio failure In the event of complete failure of the ground radio equipment used for ATC, the controller shall : a) where aircraft are required to keep a listening watch on the emergency frequency MHz, attempt to establish radiocommunications on that frequency; b) without delay inform all adjacent control positions or ATC units, as applicable, of the failure; c) appraise such positions or units of the current traffic situation; d) if practicable, request their assistance, in respect of aircraft which may establish communications with those positions or units, in establishing separation between and maintaining control of such aircraft; and e) instruct adjacent control positions or ATC units to hold or re Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

195 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Blocked frequency route all controlled flights outside the area of responsibility of the position or ATC unit that has experienced the failure until such time that the provision of normal services can be resumed In the event that the control frequency is inadvertently blocked by an aircraft transmitter, the following additional steps should be taken : a) attempt to identify the aircraft concerned; b) if the aircraft blocking the frequency is identified, attempts should be made to establish communication with that aircraft, e.g. on the emergency frequency MHz, through the aircraft operator s company frequency if applicable, on any VHF frequency designated for airtoair use by flight crews or any other communication means or, if the aircraft is on the ground, by direct contact; c) if communication is established with the aircraft concerned, the flight crew shall be instructed to take immediate action to stop inadvertent transmissions on the affected control frequency Unauthorized use of BTF ACC frequency Instances of false and deceptive transmissions on BTF ACC frequencies which may impair the safety of aircraft can occasionally occur. In the event of such occurrences, BTF ACC concerned should : a) correct any false or deceptive instructions or clearances which have been transmitted; b) advise all aircraft on the affected frequency(ies) that false and deceptive instructions or clearances are being transmitted; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

196 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 196 c) instruct all aircraft on the affected frequency(ies) to verify instructions and clearances before taking action to comply; d) if practical, instruct aircraft to change to another frequency; and e) if possible, advise all aircraft affected when the false and deceptive instructions or clearances are no longer being transmitted Flight crews shall challenge or verify with BTF ACC any instruction or clearance issued to them which they suspect may be false or deceptive When the transmission of false or deceptive instructions and clearances is detected, the appropriate authority shall take all necessary action to have the transmitter located and the transmission terminated Other ATC contingency procedures Emergency separation If, during an emergency situation, it is not possible to ensure that the applicable horizontal separation can be maintained, emergency separation of half the applicable vertical separation minimum may be used, i.e. 150 m (500 ft) between aircraft in airspace where a vertical separation minimum of 300 m (1,000 ft) is applied, and 300 m (1,000 ft) between aircraft in airspace where a 600 m (2,000 ft) vertical separation minimum is applied When emergency separation is applied the flight crews concerned shall be advised that emergency separation is being applied and informed of the actual minimum used. Additionally, all flight crews concerned shall be provided with essential traffic information Procedures in regard to aircraft equipped with airborne collision avoidance systems (ACAS) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

197 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) The procedures to be applied for the provision of air traffic services to aircraft equipped with ACAS shall be identical to those applicable to nonacas equipped aircraft. In particular, the prevention of collisions, the establishment of appropriate separation and the information which might be provided in relation to conflicting traffic and to possible avoiding action shall conform to the normal BTF ACC procedures and shall exclude consideration of aircraft capabilities dependent on ACAS equipment When a pilot reports an ACAS resolution advisory (RA), the controller shall not attempt to modify the aircraft flight path until the pilot reports Clear of Conflict Once an aircraft departs from its ATC clearance or instruction in compliance with an RA, or a pilot reports an RA, the controller ceases to be responsible for providing separation between that aircraft and any other aircraft affected as a direct consequence of the manoeuvre induced by the RA. The controller shall resume responsibility for providing separation for all the affected aircraft when : a) the controller acknowledges a report from the flight crew that the aircraft has resumed the current clearance; or b) the controller acknowledges a report from the flight crew that the aircraft is resuming the current clearance and issues an alternative clearance which is acknowledged by the flight crew. Note. Pilots are required to report RAs which require a deviation from the current ATC clearance or instruction. This report informs the controller that a deviation from clearance or instruction is taking place in response to an ACAS RA ACAS can have a significant effect on ATC. Therefore, the performance of ACAS in the ATC environment should be monitored. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

198 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Following a significant ACAS event, pilots and controllers should complete an air traffic incident report. Note. The phraseology to be used by controllers and pilots is contained in attachment 31 on page Change of radiotelephony call sign for aircraft BTF ACC may instruct an aircraft to change its type of RTF call sign, in the interests of safety, when similarity between two or more aircraft RTF call signs are such that confusion is likely to occur Any such change to the type of call sign shall be temporary and shall be applicable only within BTF CTA To avoid confusion, BTF ACC should, if appropriate, identify the aircraft which will be instructed to change its call sign by referring to its position and/or level When BTF ACC changes the type of call sign of an aircraft, BTF ACC shall ensure that the aircraft reverts to the call sign indicated by the flight plan when the aircraft is transferred to another ATC unit, except when the call sign change has been coordinated between the two ATC units concerned BTF ACC shall advise the aircraft concerned when it is to revert to the call sign indicated by the flight plan Procedures for BTF ACC when a volcanic ash cloud is reported or forecast If a volcanic ash cloud is reported or forecast in BTF CTA, the controller should : a) relay all information available immediately to pilots whose aircraft could be affected to ensure that they are aware of the ash cloud s position and the flight levels affected; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

199 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 199 b) suggest appropriate rerouting to the flight crew to avoid an area of known or forecast ash clouds; c) if the BTF ACC has been advised by an aircraft that it has entered a volcanic ash cloud the controller should: 1) consider the aircraft to be in an emergency situation; 2) not initiate any climb clearances to turbinepowered aircraft until the aircraft has exited the ash cloud; and 3) not initiate vectoring without pilot concurrence. Note. Experience has shown that the recommended escape manoeuvre for an aircraft which has encountered an ash cloud is to reverse its course and begin a descent if terrain permits. The final responsibility for this decision, however, rests with the pilot HANDLING OF ABNORMAL SITUATIONS Engine on Fire The situations which may be occured during engine on fire : a) engine shutdown or damage (either single or multi); b) smoke or fire in the cockpit; c) engine cutoff by automatic fire extinguisher; d) creating cabin pressurization, loss of altitude or need to land at the nearest aerodrome; e) executing emergency landing; or f) blocks the runway; g) great activities in the cockpit; h) passenger evacuation may be necessary; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

200 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 200 i) panic ness of passenger; j) land at other aerodrome The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board; b) number of persons on board; c) inform the aerodrome conditions, if any; d) clear the flight path in accordance with the existing procedures; e) Coordinate with SHE APP and/or SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (particularly runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; f) inform weather conditions; g) if the aircraft land at the nearest aerodrome, record the last position and time the aircraft is in communication with and the condition of such aircraft; h) in form the nearest and the most suitable aerodrome upon the situation, when practicable; i) report to OPR/designated representative Engine unserviceable The situations which may be occured during the unserviceability Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

201 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 201 of engine : a) creates the pressurization problem; b) executing fuel dumping; c) executing emergency landing d) great activities in the cockpit; e) deviation from SID; f) executing steep descent; g) route deviation; h) blocks the runway; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board; b) number of persons on board; c) inform the aerodrome conditions, if any; d) inform the facilities which may be available; e) clear the flight path in accordance with the existing procedures; f) Coordinate with SHE APP and/or SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (particularly runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

202 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 202 g) inform weather conditions; h) in form the nearest and the most suitable aerodrome upon the situation, when practicable; i) if the aircraft land at the nearest aerodrome, record the last position and time the aircraft is in communication with and the condition of such aircraft. j) report to OPR/designated representative Smoke in the cockpit The situations which may be occured : a) evacuation of passengers; b) blocks the runway; c) great activities in the cockpit; d) route deviation; e) the influency of communication (due to oxygen masker); f) panic ness of passenger; g) injury of passenger or flight crew The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether the dangerous good on board; b) avoid giving instruction for orbit, go around and as such; c) ask the number of persons on board; d) inform the aerodrome conditions, if any; e) inform the facilities which may be available; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

203 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 203 f) clear the flight path in accordance with the existing procedures; g) Coordinate with SHE APP and/or SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (particularly runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; h) inform weather conditions; i) in form the nearest and the most suitable aerodrome upon the situation, when practicable; j) if the aircraft land at the nearest aerodrome, record the last position and time the aircraft is in communication with and the condition of such aircraft. k) report to OPR/designated representative Cabin pressurized problem The situations which may be occured : a) aircraft stops climbing; b) request high rate of descent or descend at a high rate without notification; c) descend without prenotification; d) route deviation; e) the influency of communication (due to oxygen masker); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

204 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 204 f) minor or major injury to passenger or flight crew; g) great activities in the cockpit; h) panic passenger The actions should be taken are as follow : Bird strike a) clear the aircraft which is/are flying at the same or reciprocal track at the level below the abnormal aircraft; b) essential traffic information for the aircraft surrounding the abnormal aircraft; The situations which may be occured : a) canopi or glass of cockpit is broken; b) engine is inoperative; c) could create hydrolic/electrical/gear problem; d) failed to land; e) return to base; f) poor or limited visibility; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether he is able to control aircraft properly; b) Coordinate with SHE APP and/or SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

205 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 205 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (particularly runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; c) inform weather conditions; d) report to OPR/designated representative Braking system The situations which may be occured : a) flight crew need longer runway for landing; b) the possibility of overun; c) tire explosion; d) aircraft slipped or runoff the runway; e) aircraft blocks the runway; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether he is able to control aircraft properly; b) Coordinate with SHE APP and/or SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (particularly runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

206 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Gear problem c) inform weather conditions; d) report to OPR/designated representative The situations which may be occured : a) flight crew need the directive from the technician; b) aircraft fly pass and/or go round; c) filght crew tries to get gear down manually; d) executing fuel dumping; e) aircraft blocks the runway; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether he is able to control aircraft properly; b) Coordinate with SHE APP and/or SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (particularly runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; c) inform weather conditions; d) report to OPR/designated representative. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

207 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Electrical problem The situations which may be occured : a) severe stress in the cockpit; b) mulfunction of aircraft instrument; c) transponder will be switched off to save energy; d) discontinuation of twoway communication; e) limited readbacks f) the level will be up and down to maintain VMC; g) filght crew tries to get gear down manually; h) the possibility of subsequent engine failure; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether he is able to control aircraft properly; b) Coordinate with SHE APP and/or SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (particularly runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; c) inform weather conditions; d) report to OPR/designated representative.. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

208 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Hydrolic problem The situations which may be occured : a) difficulties in emplying control equipment, gears, brake system, flaps, etc; b) executing dumping fuel; c) high speed landing roll; d) limited aircraft manoeuver; e) limited flap setting; f) filght crew tries to get gear down manually; g) holding for system checking; h) possibility of overrun; i) aircraft blocks the runway The actions should be taken are as follow : a) ask the flight crew whether he is able to control aircraft properly; b) Coordinate with SHE APP and/or SHE TWR to : 1) prepare for emergency procedure in accordance with the standard operating procedure (SOP); 2) prepare GSE (towing equipment); 3) prepare lighting facilities (particularly runway and approach light); 4) coordinate with FFS; c) inform weather conditions; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

209 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Icing problem d) report to OPR/designated representative The situations which may be occured : a) flight crew requests abrupt change of level or heading; b) speed of ascent or descent will be obstructed; c) speed increases; d) stall speed increases; The actions should be taken are as follow : a) be aware of the route to be flown by aircraft; b) inform other surrounding aircraft; c) remind the flight crew to check the antiicing equipment (pitot, stall warning device, carburettor, propeller blade, leading edge of wing, glass of cockpit) HANDLING VIP FLIGHT At departure and destination aerodrome where the aerodrome operational is not closed, the VIP aircraft shall be given with highest priority over other civil aircraft, except when there is an emergency or ambulance/aircraft carrying seriously injured person or aircraft engage in SAR oepration When necessary to close the aerodrome for VIP, EXPECTED DELAY NOTAM shall be issued that define that the closure of aerodrome as from 30 minutes before departure until 15 minutes after departure fo VIP flight For anticipating the possibility of wrong handling of VIP flight and enhancing situational awareness, VIP flight shall use the following Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

210 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 210 call sign : a) INDONESIA ONE for the President flight; and b) INDONESIA TWO for the Vice President fligt Separation between VIP flight and other traffic shall be similar to the existing criteria except for vertical is 2,000 feet For the purpose of regularity and efficiency, close coordination is needed between SHE APP and other units involved in handling VIP operation Refer to the Letter of Decree of DGCA No. AU.2392/DNP.6741/ 05, the VIP flight is an aircraft within which : a) the President President of the Republic Indonesia; or b) the Vice President of the Republic Indonesia; c) the State's Guest whose ranks equal to the President or Vice President In case the President or the Vice President flies using the regular flight (which is not exclusively stated as VIP flight), such flight shall be handled as appropriate with the extracaution and close coordination and other units involved in handling VIP operation is still necessary AIR TRAFFIC INCIDENT REPORT An air traffic incident report shall be submitted, for incidents specifically related to the provision of air traffic services involving such occurrences as aircraft proximity (AIRPROX) or other serious difficulty resulting in a hazard to aircraft, caused by, among others, faulty procedures, noncompliance with procedures, or failure of ground facilities. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

211 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) The degree of risk involved in aircraft proximity should be determined in the incident investigation and classified as : Risk of collision : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which serious risk of collision has existed. Example of this classification such as nearmissed which is induced by ACAS RA. Another example when aircraft taking off from parallel runways and their paths are crossing one to each other and are not vertically separated, etc Safety not assured : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which the safety of the aircraft may have been compromised. Example of this classification such as during transition period from surveillance control to nonsurveillance control (due to unserviceable/malfunction) where separation of 5 NM must be changed into nonsurveillance separation (based on time or vertical). Another example when there is an aircraft executing emergency descent, etc No risk of collision : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which no risk of collision has existed. Example of this classification such as level bust that is an aircraft flies at level which is not conform to ATC instruction and vertically separated less than prescribed minima. Another example when the separation between aircraft is less than minima but both aircraft fly away one to each other, etc Risk not determined : the risk classification of an aircraft proximity in which insufficient information was available to determine the risk involved, or inconclusive or conflicting evidence precluded such determination. Example of this classification such as unidentified or strayed aircraft entering an area of jurisdiction of an ATC Unit. Another example when the conditions of visibility which prevent the aerodrome control tower from applying visual separation between aircraft, and between aircraft and vehicles operate on the manoeuvring area. Note. Air traffic incident report form together with instructions Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

212 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 212 for its completion is at attachment 30 on page 321. ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

213 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 213 BIBLIOGRAPHY Directorate General of Air Communication, Aeronautical Information Publication, 7 th Edition, Jakarta : Aeronautical Information Service Head Quarter, 2003 (plus AIP Supplement until 2014). Directorate General of Air Communication, Advisory Circular Amdt. 0, Jakarta : Aeronautical Information Service Head Quarter, Ministry of Transportation, Civil Aviation Safety Regulation Part 91, Jakarta : Aeronautical Information Service Head Quarter, Ministry of Transportation, Civil Aviation Safety Regulation Part 170, Jakarta : Aeronautical Information Service Head Quarter, Federal Aviation Administration, Doc V, Air Traffic Control, Washington : US Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Aviation Regulation Aeronautical Information Manual (FARAIM), Newcastle : Aviation Supplies & Academics, Inc., International Civil Aviation Organization, Annex 2, Rule of the Air, 10 th Edition, Montreal : Secretariat General, 2005 (Last amended 15 November 2012). International Civil Aviation Organization, Annex 4, Aeronautical Chart, 10 th Edition, Montreal : Secretariat General, 2001(Last amended 14 November 2013). International Civil Aviation Organization, Annex 10, Vol. II, Aeronautical Telecommunication Service, 6 th Edition, Montreal : Secretariat General, 2001 (Last amended 22 November 2007). International Civil Aviation Organization, Annex 11, Air Traffic Services, 13 th Edition, Montreal : Secretariat General, 2001 (Last amended 14 November 2013). Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

214 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 214 International Civil Aviation Organization, Annex 14, Aerodrome, 4 th Edition, Montreal : Secretariat General, 2004 (Last amended 18 November 2010). International Civil Aviation Organization, Document 4444/501, Air Traffic Management, 15 th Edition, Montreal : Secretariat General, 2007 (Last amended 15 November 2013). International Civil Aviation Organization, Document 7910, Location Indicator, 1145 th Edition, Montreal : International Civil Aviation Organization, Document 8168 OPS/611, Aircraft Operation, 5 th Edition, Montreal : 2006 (Last amended 17 November 2011). International Civil Aviation Organization, Document 8585/147, Designator for Aircraft Operating Agencies, 162 th Edition, Montreal : Secretariat General, International Civil Aviation Organization, Document 8643/28, Aircraft Type Designator, 35 th Edition, Montreal : Secretariat General, International Civil Aviation Organization, Document 8697/02, Aeronautical Chart Manual, 2 nd Edition, Montreal : Secretariat General, 1987 (Reprinted Desember 2006). International Civil Aviation Organization, Document 9426, Air Traffic Services Planning Manual, 1 st Edition, Montreal : 1984 (Last amended 30 Desember 1992 and reprinted October 1997). ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

215 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 215 Attachment 1 AERODROME DATA SASH AD 2.1. AERODROME LOCATION INDICATOR AND NAME SASH BATFISH INTERNATIONAL / SEAHORSE SASH AD 2.2. AERODROME GEOGRAPHICAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE DATA ARP coordinates and site at AD S; E Direction and distance from (city) 10 NM (18 km) SW from the center of BATFISH Elevation/Reference temperature 83 ft /32 C MAG VAR/Annual change 0.30 E AD administration.. PT (Persero) PRADANA AVIANTARA Address BATFISH INTERNATIONAL/ Seahorse Airport 17 th Floor Flight Safety Training Dept. Bldg. P.O.Box 509 BATFISH Telephone /05 Ext Telefax Telex BSHE IA AFTN SASHPAPX pradanavia@indosat.com.id Homepage.. Type of traffic permitted IFR and VFR Remarks. Local flying restriction : Prior permission from ATS Authority is required for nonscheduled aircraft. Area in which exercise will be conducted (except touch and go landing) should avoid overhead aerodrome and climb out or approach area SASH AD 2.3. OPERATIONAL HOURS AD administration MON THU FRI Customs and immigration. H 24 Health and sanitation. H 24 AIS Briefing Office.. H 24 ATS Reporting Office (ARO) H 24 MET Briefing Office H 24 ATS.. H 24 Fuelling H 24 Handling.. H 24 Security H 24 Deicing NIL Remarks.. NIL Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

216 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 216 SASH AD 2.4. HANDLING SERVICE AND FACILITIES Cargo handling facilities 5 Cargo terminal equipped with advanced storage, stacker material and Pallet Container Handling System (PCHS). Computerized Cargo Information, Forklift 6 tons. Aircraft main deck loaders (30 tons) and trailers. Cold storage, Strong Room, Cool Room, Container Rack, Pallet rack, Pallet Scale, XRay small cargo are available Fuel/Oil/Type.. Fuel : Jet a 1 (for jet aircraft), Avtur 50/JP, Water methan 45/55 Oil : ASW 100, AS 120, ASTO 600, ASTO 750 Fuelling facilities. No limitation and H 24 Deicing facilities NIL Hangar space for visiting aircraft Available for 3 B747 and 4 B737 Repair facilities for visiting aircraft.. Available for : Major repair (overhaul) at West Apron (for large aircraft) Major repair (overhaul) at West Apron (for small aircraft) Remarks.. Oxygen and relating services : Oxygen for all cabin and aircraft system CO2, Oxygen and fire recharging facilities Disabled aircraft removal : pneumatic bag and accessory equipment of handling all widebodied aircraft up to b747 SASH AD 2.5. PASSENGER FACILITES Hotel.. 90 rooms at Terminal Bravo 2 nd floor. Approximately rooms in the city (Batfish). Restaurant Available both in public and transit area Transportation. Bus, Taxi, Car rental are available from LT. AVIS/HERTZ : LT. Car rental : H 24 Medical facilities. Available 24 hours at airport General Hospital at Seahorse (5 km) and Batfish (18 km) Bank and Post Office. Available at airport Tourist office Available at airport : LT. Remarks.. Fitness center, amusement center and music studio available at airport; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

217 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 217 SASH AD 2.6. RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING AD Category for fire fighting. Category 9 with 2 independent parallel runways. Foaming facilities available Rescue equipment. Adequate provided as recommended by ICAO Capabilities for removal of disabled aircraft.. Four 80 tons (type F) and six 40 tons (type G) and three 25 tons (type H), 10 unit tethering equipment, 5 units winch machine and 2 crane mobile Isolated Parking Area (IPA).. Available for B747 and equivalent Remarks.. All airport emergency service personnel are trained in Rescue and Fire Fighting as well as Medical First Aids SASH AD 2.7. SEASONAL AVAILABILITY CLEARING Type of clearing equipment.. Available Clearance priorities Available Remarks.. NIL SASH AD 2.8. APRONS, TAXIWAYS AND CHECK LOCATION DATA Apron surface and strength Main Apron Alpha (International) Main Apron Bravo (Domestic) West Apron (Maintenance) Surface : Rigid Strength : PCN 120 R/D/W/T East Apron (Maintenance) Military Apron Surface : Rigid Strength : PCN 80 R/D/W/T Taxiway width, surface and strength Width : 25 m (all taxiway) Surface : Rigid Strength : PCN 120 R/D/W/T West helicopter takeoff/landing area (spot) 30 m south of west apron East spot : at the intersection of taxiways KILO and LIMA Intersection west spot : at the intersection of runways 16R/34L and 07/25 Intersection east spot : at the intersection of taxiways 16L/34R and 07/25 Charlie spot : at the intersection of runway 16R/34L and taxiway CHARLIE Hotel spot : at the intersection of runway 16L/34R and taxiway HOTEL ACL location and elevation At compass swinging area (CSA) 62 FT VOR/INS Check point BTF VOR 06 09;48.96 S E Remarks.. Compass swinging area (CSA) located at 30 m north of the beginning of runway 25 Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

218 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 218 SASH AD 2.9. SURFACE MOVEMENT GUIDANCE AND CONTROL SYSTEM AND MARKING Use of aircraft ID sign, taxiway guidance lines and visual docking/parking guidance system of aircraft stands. Available Runway and taxiway marking and lighting. Available Stop bars. Red stop bar light at taxiway holding position entrances to runway are permanently on. Remarks.. Approach lighting : RWY 34L precision approach light category 1 consisting of centerline barrette, showing with flashes, one cross bar approach beacon flashing strobe light. RWY 34R. 16L. 16R, 07 and 25 are simple approach lighting system (SALS) VASI RWY 16R is TVASIS; RWY 34L is TVASIS based on 3.00 glide slope. RWY 16L, 34R, 07 and 25 are T VASIS Threshold lighting Green lights, supplemented by green wing bar and two threshold identification light SASH AD AERODROME OBSTACLE See aerodrome obstacle chart Type A (page ) SASH AD METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATIONPROVIDED Associated MET Office.. BATFISH INTL/Seahorse Hours of service MET Office outside hours H 24 Office responsible for TAF preparation period of validity.. BATFISH Type of landing forecast interval of issuance 9, 12, 24 hours TREND TYPE Briefing/Consultation provided. Available Flight documentation Language used. Chart English Charts and other information available for briefing or consultation.. NIL Supplementary equipment available for providing information. NIL ATS Units provided with information Briefing Office Additional information (limitation of service).. NIL Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

219 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 219 SASH AD RUNWAY PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS Designations RWY NR True & Mag. BRG Dimension of RWY Strength (PCN) and surface of RWY and SWY THR Coordinates THR elevation and highest elevation of TDZ of precision APP RWY 16R L L R X X 45 PCN 120 R/D/W/T RIGID PCN 80 R/D/W/T RIGID S E S E S E S E S E S E 58 FT 65 FT 56 FT 64 FT 61 FT 63 FT Slope of RWY SWY SWY dimension CWY dimension X X X X X X X X X X X X 150 Remarks : Strip dimension 4320 X X X 300 OFZ NIL Remarks See the following notes 1. Nosein parking aircraft on the apron (terminal APLHA and BRAVO) shall be pushed back before taxiing out. 2. In case there is an aircraft taxiing on or approaching taxiway CHARLIE and HOTEL, aircraft on parking stands A2/A3 or B4 must be pushed back and towed without engine on until their body are parallel to the taxiway ALPHA/INDIA. 3. Propeller engine aircraft are not allowed to be started when being pushed back. 4. Runway 07/25 only available for aircraft with the type of FK28/FK100 or smaller aircraft or aircraft with MTOW equal to or less than kg. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

220 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 220 SASH AD DECLARED DISTANCE RWY Designator TORA TODA ASDA LDA 16R L L R ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

221 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) RWY Designator 16R 34L 16L 34R SASH AD APPROACH AND RUNWAY LIGHTING 2 APPCH LIGHT Type LEN Simple app lgt Prec app lgt cat. II Simple app lgt Simple app lgt Simple app lgt Simple app lgt 3 THR LGT Color WBAR GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN 4 VASIS (MEHT) PAPI TDZ LGT LEN NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 6 RWY Centerline LGT Length Spacing Color WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE 7 RWY edge LGT LEN Spacing Color WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE 8 RWY edge light Color WBAR RED RED RED RED RED RED 9 SWY LGT LEN (M) Color NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 10 Remarks NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL SASH AD OTHER LIGHTING, SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY ABN/IBN location, characteristic and hours operation LDI location and LGT Anemometer location and LGT TWY edge and center line LGT Blue/TWY edge. Green/centerline of highs peed TWY and red at TWY holding position entrance to RWY Secondary power supply/with over time Automatic standby generator, power supply available Remarks NIL Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

222 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) SASH AD HELICOPTER LANDING AREA Coordinates TLOF of THR FATO TLOF and/or FATO elevation (M/FT) TLOF and FATO area dimension, surface, strength, marking True bearing and MAG bearing of FATO Declared distance available APP and FATO lighting Remarks SASH AD ATS AIRSPACE Designation and lateral limits Vertical limits Airspace classification ATS Unit call sign (Language(s) Transition Altitude Remarks SEAHORSE CONTROLLED AD 30 NM 2,000 FT (AD) C SEAHORSE TOWER (English) 11,000 FT NIL Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

223 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 223 Attachment 2 SEAHORSE AIRPORT MOVEMENT AREA A1 = HOLDING POINT IPA = ISOLATED PARKING AREA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

224 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 224 Attachment 3 AIRCRAFT STAND NUMBER AND COORDINATES APRON AIRCRAFT STANDS NUMBER SOUTH LATITUDE COORDINATE EAST LONGITUDE REMARKS MAIN APRON TERMINAL ALPHA A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A NOSE IN AND PUSH OUT MAIN APRON TERMINAL BRAVO B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B NOSE IN AND PUSH OUT REMARKS : 1. Apron marking (main apron) a. taxiway line, aircraft stand number and aircraft leadin line are yellow b. nose wheel position : a line at the end of leadin line for all aircraft except B747 and as such the second line from the end of leadin line is for DC9 a circle in front of leadin line is for B747 and as such color is yellow c. stop bar with aircraft stand number : indicate the point at which stops the bar is to the left of leadin line color is yellow d. security line : limit of the tail aircraft yellow 2. Parking for general aviation at west/east apron in accordance with the location of the representative or requested by the pilot 3. Civil aircraft are allowed to taxi via military apron/taxiway MIKE Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

225 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 225 Attachment 4 AIRCRAFT STAND AND TAXIWAY LINES N Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

226 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 226 Attachment 5 REMAINING DISTANCE BETWEEN INTERSECTIONS AND END OF RUNWAYS A1 = HOLDING POINT IPA = ISOLATED PARKING AREA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

227 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 227 Attachment 5 (Cont'd) REMAINING DISTANCE BETWEEN INTERSECTIONS AND END OF RUNWAYS NO. FROM TO. DISTANCE INTERSECTION END OF RWY (M) 1. MAIN INTERSECTION (EAST OR WEST) 16L/16R RWY 16R/34L AND TWY CHARLIE; OR RWY 16L/34R AND TWY HOTEL 34L/34R RWY 16R/34L AND TWY DELTA; OR RWY 16L/34R AND TWY GOLF 34L/34R RWY 16R/34L AND TWY JULIET; OR RWY 16L/34R AND TWY BRAVO 16L/16R MAIN INTERSECTION WEST MAIN INTERSECTION EAST RWY 07 AND TWY ALPHA RWY 25 AND TWY INDIA ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

228 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 228 Attachment 6 NAVIGATION AIDS POINTS WITHIN BTF CTA TYPES OF NAV AIDS IDENTIFI CATION FREQ. COORDINATES REMARKS VOR/DME BTF MHz S; '25.44" E NDB BT 370 khz 6 26'33.36" S; '58.56" E NDB TF 380 khz 6 09'48.96" S; '12.48" E LOCATOR SH 320 khz 6 23'11.76" S; '46.44" E LLZ SSHE MHz 6 15'00.30" S; '13.44" E GP MHz 6 165'40.68" S; '16.68" E MARKER OM 75 MHz 6 21'08.64" S; '06.12" E MARKER MM 75 MHz 6 18'51.84" S; '21.84" E MARKER IM 75 MHz 6 18'05.76" S; '06.72" E NDB WP 355 khz 6 09'48.96" S; '21.24" E NDB SF 335 khz 3 51'40.68" S; '03.12" E NDB ET 345 khz 6 09'48.96" S; '19.32" E NDB SW 360 khz 8 02'15.00" S; '54.36" E NDB AB 365 khz 5 14'45.60" S; '24.24" E IAF runway 16R (nonprecision) Holding/feeder point (west) Holding/feeder point (east) IAF runway 34L (precision) ILS runway 34L ILS runway 34L (2.6 ) 6967 M from the beginning runway 34L 2535 M from the beginning runway 24L 1034 M from the beginning runway 34L West boundary Northeast transfer point East boundary Southwest transfer point Within SAP2 Battlefield AFB Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

229 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 229 Attachment 7 REPORTING POINTS WITHIN BTF CTA REPORTING POINTS COORDINATE REMARKS AMBER BURSA COMET DORIN ECTOR A M I N A 06 09'48.96" S; '41.76" E 05 34'24.24" S; '56.28" E 05 46'07.32" S; '39.60" E 06 23'33.00" S; '11.28" E 06 53'26.88" S; '45.72" E 03 37'42.60" S; '39.96" E Intersection between R270 BTF VOR and QDR 299 BT NDB Intersection between R345 BTF VOR and QDR 317 TF NDB Intersection between R050 BTF VOR and QDR 011 TF NDB Intersection between R110 BTF VOR and QDR 135 TF NDB Intersection between QDR 160 BT NDB and QDR 200 SH NDB Within BTF CTA P R A D A 06 09'48.96" S; '42.24" E Within BTF CTA N I K E L 02 59'47.40" S; '30.48" E North transfer point A R D E E 04 57'22.32" S; '45.48" E Within BTF CTA C A N E E 07 01'12.00" S; '37.20" E Within BTF CTA R A N E E 07 18'48.24" S; '06.12" E Within BTF CTA G O L A N 07 12'22.32" S; '19.32" E Southeast transfer point S I M O N 09 25'48.36" S; '12.84" E South transfer point M A H A R 07 36'50.04" S; '33.24" E Within BTF CTA S A N D Y 08 48'57.96" S; '41.88" E Southwest transfer point ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

230 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 230 Attachment 8 ENROUTE CHART BATFISH CONTROL AREA (CTA) CTA NORTHST AR FL / Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

231 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 231 Attachment 9 SEAHORSE CONTROL ZONE (CTR) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

232 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 232 Attachment 10 INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE (BTF VOR 16R) ELEV. ALT IN FEET DIST IN NM VIS IN M BRG IN MAG VAR 0.30 E Sterlingdrive (IAF) MSA 25 NM BTF VOR BATFISH Big Valley S Richmond SEAHORSE S E E E TRANSITION LEVEL : FL 130 TRANSITION ALT : FT (2 942) 165 (IAF) 165 MAPt MISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE : Turn Right and climb to to proceed to BTF VOR/DME or as Instructed by ATC BTF 452 (394) THR ELEV : 58 FT NM from RWY 16R OCA (H) Distance 4 DME MAPt : 8.00 NM Cat. ACFT A B C D Speed KT Straightin 452(394) Time Min/sec 4:35 4:14 3:56 3:40 3:26 Vis for Sin R/D Ft/min Circling 505(422) 758(675) 980(897) 991(908) Timing not authorized for defining the MAPt Vis for circling JAN 23, 2015 DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION AIP, 4 TH EDITION Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

233 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 233 Attachment 11 INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE (SH NDB 34L) SEAHORSE MISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE : Climb to and proceed to BTF VOR/DME or as Instructed by ATC ILS RDH 50 THR ELEV : 65 FT NM from RWY 34L IM MM (2 935) GP : JAN 23, 2015 DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION AIP, 4 TH EDITION OM 220 (FAF) (1 935) SH TRANSITION LEVEL : FL 130 TRANSITION ALT : FT OCA (H) Distance SH NDB MAPt : 5.36 NM Cat. ACFT A B C D Speed KT Str In App. Cat. I 292(227) 305(240) (313) (259) Time Min/sec 2:41 2:28 2:18 2:09 2:01 Vis for Sin R/D Ft/min GPinop 705(640) Vis for GPInop Circling 505(422) 758(675) 980(897) 991(908) Vis for circling Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

234 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 234 Attachment 12 SEAHORSE AERODROME TRAFFIC CIRCUIT N Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

235 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 235 Attachment 13 CIRCUIT FOR CIRCLING APPROACH (FROM INSTRUMENT APPROACH RUNWAY 16R) N MAPt (MDA) 16R 16L 2000 FEET 34L 34R CIRCLING FOR RUNWAY 34L CIRCLING FOR RUNWAY 07 OR 25 CIRCLING FOR RUNWAY 16L OR 34R Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

236 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 236 Attachment 13 (Cont d) CIRCUIT FOR CIRCLING APPROACH (FROM INSTRUMENT APPROACH RUNWAY 34L) N 16R 16L 2000 FEET 34L 34R MAPt (DA/H) CIRCLING FOR RUNWAY 16R CIRCLING FOR RUNWAY 07 OR 25 CIRCLING FOR RUNWAY 16L OR 34R Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

237 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 237 Attachment 14 HELICOPER LANDING AREA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

238 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 238 Attachment 15 VFR CORRIDOR WITHIN SEAHORSE CTR Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

239 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 239 Attachment 16 VFR ROUTE WITHIN SEAHORSE CONTROL ZONE Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency V 1 VICTOR ONE A M B E R 6 09'48.96 S '41.76 E W E B E R S E ft GND/WTR 3000 FT G SHE APP MHz A L P H A " S '09.60" E SHE AD S E ft GND/WTR 2000 FT G 10 SHE TWR MHz B R A V O " S '19.08" E 11 E S T E R " S '53.04" E D O R I N S E ft GND/WTR 3000 FT G SHE APP MHz V 2 VICTOR TWO B R A V O " S '19.08" E TF NDB S E C O M E T S E ft GND/WTR FT G 10 SHE TWR MHz SHE APP MHz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

240 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 240 Attachment 16 (Cont'd) VFR ROUTE WITHIN SEAHORSE CONTROL ZONE Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency V 2A VICTOR TWO ALPHA TF NDB S E C O R A L S E FT FT G 10 SHE APP MHz V 3 VICTOR THREE B U R S A S E TF NDB S E D O R I N S E FT FT G 10 SHE APP MHz V 4 VICTOR THREE P O L A R S E BT NDB S E A L P H A " S '09.60" E FT FT G 10 SHE APP MHz SHE TWR MHz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

241 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 241 Attachment 16 (Cont'd) VFR ROUTE WITHIN SEAHORSE CONTROL ZONE Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency V 5 VICTOR FIVE B U R S A S E K O S E R 06 09'48/96" S '42.24" E W E B E R 06 19'38.64" S '03.96" E BT NDB S E FT GND/WTR FT G 10 SHE TWR MHz E C T O R S E Note : 1. WEBER is identified by a redwhite huge factory chimney 2. ALPHA is identified by Lake Seahorse (7 NM west of SHE APT) 3. BRAVO is identified by Main Railway Station of Seahorse 4. ESTER is identified by a highway junction near a large bridge 5. KOSER is identified by Fuel Depot of PERTAMINA ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

242 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 242 Attachment 17 ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency W09 WHISKEY ZERO NINE SST VOR 02 54'41.68" S '41.04" E B R A V O 08 56'51.00" S '16.80" E S I E R A 08 56'51.00" S '16.80" E NTR VOR 00 47'12.12" S '41.16" E FL FT FL 460 GND/WTR FL FT FT G 10 BTF FIC 8896 khz 6556 khz khz khz 3470 khz W10 WHISKEY ONE ZERO SST VOR 02 54'41.68" S '41.04" E Z E W U N 02 56'47.04" S '41.16" E B O O D Y 02 57'37.44" S '38.28" E A Z E Z A 02 59'01.32" S '04.56" E FL FT FL 460 GND/WTR FT G FT G BTF FIC 8896 khz 6556 khz khz khz 3470 khz N I K E L 02 59'47.40" S '30.48" E Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

243 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 243 Attachment 17 (cont d) ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency W11 WHISKEY ONE ONE WP NDB S E 89 P R A D A 06 09'48.96" S '42.24" E 71 FL FT FT A, B A M B E R S E BTF VOR S E FL FT FT A, B 10 BTF ACC MHz TF NDB S E ET NDB S E SNF VOR S E FL FT FL FT FT A, B FT A, B SGL ACC MHz W12 WHISKEY ONE TWO SPF VOR S E FL460 FL FT G 10 BTF FIC 8896 khz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

244 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 244 Attachment 17 (cont d) ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency Cont. W12 WHISKEY ONE TWO Z F I V E 09 29'13.92" S '31.56" E B E E A N 08 57'19.08" S '12.24" E SW NDB S E BT NDB S E BTF VOR S E C O M E T S E A R D E E S E FL 460 GND/WTR FL FT FL 460 GND/WTR FL FT 6000 FT G 4000 FT G 6000 FT A, B FT A, B, C FT A, B 10 BTF FIC 8896 khz khz khz 3470 khz BTF ACC MHz SHE APP MHz BTF ACC MHz BTF ACC MHz SF NDB S E SBD VOR S E 197 FL FT FT A, B NTR ACC MHz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

245 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 245 Attachment 17 (cont d) ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency W12E WHISKEY ONE TWO EAST BT NDB S E E C T O R S E M A H A R S E FL 460 GND/WTR FL FT FT A, B, C 10 SHE APP MHz BTF ACC MHz BTF ACC MHz S I M O N S E SSK VOR S E 162 FL 460 GND/WTR FT G BTF FIC 8896 khz W13 WHISKEY ONE THREE NTR VOR S E N I K E L S E A M I N A 03 37'42.60" S '39.96" E B U R S A S E FL FT FL FT FL FT FL 460 GND FT A, B FT A, B FT A, B FT A, B 10 NTR ACC MHz BTF ACC MHz SHE APP MHz BTF ACC MHz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

246 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 246 Attachment 17 (cont d) ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency Cont. W13 WHISKEY ONE THREE BTF VOR S E D O R I N S E C A N E E S E G O L A N S E SGL VOR S E FL 460 GND/WTR FL FT FL FT FT A, B, C FT A, C FT A, C 10 SHE APP MHz BTF ACC MHz BTF ACC MHz BTF ACC MHz SGL ACC MHz W14E WHISKEY ONE FOUR EAST STY VOR S E Z E E T O S E 215 FL 460 GND/WTR FT G BTF FIC 8896 khz WP NDB S E S E A B E S E FL FT FL FT FT A, B FT A, B, G BTF ACC MHz BTF ACC MHz BTF FIC 8896 khz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

247 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 247 Attachment 17 (cont d) ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency Cont. W14E WHISKEY ONE FOUR EAST SW NDB S E S A N D Y S E H A Y O O S E Z E A I T S E Z N I N E S E SSK VOR S E FL FT FL 460 GND/WTR FT A, B, G FT G FT G FT G FT B, G BTF ACC MHz BTF FIC 8896 khz BTF FIC 8896 khz SSK ACC MHz BTF FIC 8896 khz W15 WHISKEY ONE FIVE 185 FL 460 GND/WTR FT G BTF FIC 8896 khz SW NDB S E P R A D A 6 09'48.96" S '42.24" E A M I N A 3 37'42.60" S '39.96" E FL 460 GND/WTR FT A, B, G 10 BTF ACC MHz BST AFIS 8977 khz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

248 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 248 Attachment 17 (cont d) ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency Cont. W15 WHISKEY ONE FIVE N I K E L S E NTR VOR S E FL FT FT A, B 10 NTR ACC MHz W16 WHISKEY ONE SIX N I K E L S E A R D E E S E ET NDB S E SGL VOR S E FL FT FT A, B FT A, B FT A, B FT A, B BTF ACC MHz SGL ACC MHz W17 WHISKEY ONE SEVEN SW NDB S E M A H A R S E FL 460 GND/WTR FL FT FT F FT A, C 10 BTF ACC MHz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

249 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 249 Attachment 17 (cont d) ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency Cont. W17 WHISKEY ONE SEVEN R A N E E S E G O L A N S E SNF VOR S E FL FT FT A, B 10 BTF ACC MHz W18 WHISKEY ONE EIGHT S I M O N S E R A N E E S E C A N E E S E ET NDB S E SBD VOR S E FL FT FL FT FL FT FL 460 GND/WTR FT A, B FT A, B FT A, B FT A, B 10 BTF ACC MHz SGL ACC MHz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

250 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 250 Attachment 17 (cont d) ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Upper MNM FLT Direction of Remarks Route designator Lateral Track DIST Limit ALT Cruising Level Controlling Significant points Limits MAG (NM) Lower Airspace Unit Coordinates (NM) Odd Even Limit Classification Frequency W19 WHISKEY ONE NINE SPF VOR S E Z E S I X 10 08'40.92" S '58.56" E Z E V E N 9 59'45.24" S '50.52" E H A Y O O 9 46'57.72" S '45.48" E S I M O N S E FL 460 Fl 150 FL 460 GND/WTR FT A, B,G FT G FT G FT G 10 SPF ACC MHz BTF FIC 8896 khz 6556 khz khz khz 3470 khz D E E N Y 8 52'48.00" S '00.00" E B E O N E 8 41'57.12" S '20.88" E SGL VOR 8 27'37.44" S '04.56" E FT G FT A, B, G SGL ACC MHz W20 WHISKEY TWO ZERO SPF VOR S E FL 460 GND/WTR FT A, B, G 10 SPF ACC MHz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

251 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 251 Attachment 17 (cont d) ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Route designator Significant points Coordinates Track MAG DIST (NM) Upper Limit Lower Limit MNM FLT ALT Airspace Classification Lateral Limits (NM) Direction of Cruising Level Odd Even Remarks Controlling Unit Frequency Cont. W20 WHISKEY TWO ZERO F O X T O 10 38'37.32" S '01.68" E G O L F S 11 10'16.68" S '48.00" E H O T E L 11 39'42.48" S '22.56" E SSK VOR 11 51'26.28" S '55.80" E FL 460 GND/WTR FT G FT B, G 10 BTF FIC 8896 khz 6556 khz khz khz 3470 khz SSK ACC MHz W21 WHISKEY TWO ONE SSK VOR 11 51'26.28" S '55.80" E I N D I A 11 15'21.96" S '10.20" E K E E L O 9 58'03.72" S '55.20" E L E E M A 8 56'51.00" S '16.80" E SGL VOR 8 27'37.44" S '04.56" E FL FT FL 460 GND/WTR FL 460 GND/WTR FL FT FT G FT G 10 BTF FIC 8896 khz 6556 khz khz khz 3470 khz Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

252 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 252 Attachment 17 (cont d) ATS ROUTE WITHIN BATFISH FIR AND CTA Route designator Significant points Coordinates Track MAG DIST (NM) Upper Limit Lower Limit MNM FLT ALT Airspace Classification Lateral Limits (NM) Direction of Cruising Level Odd Even Remarks Controlling Unit Frequency W22 WHISKEY TWO TWO SSK VOR 11 51'26.28" S '55.80" E Z E L E V 11 03'01.44" S '39.60" E FT B, G SSK ACC MHz B E E Z E 10 07'50.52" S '03.48" E D E E N Y 8 52'48.00" S '00.00" E FL 460 GND/WTR FT G 10 BTF FIC 8896 khz 6556 khz khz khz 3470 khz T A N G O 8 26'53.52" S '57.96" E ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

253 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 253 Attachment 18 LOCATION INDICATOR ENCODE DECODE NAME OF AIRPORT LOCATION INDICATOR LOCATION INDICATOR NAME OF AIRPORT BATTLEFIELD AFB SAAF SAAF BATTLEFIELD AFB BRIGHTSTAR SABT SABD SUNBIRD EASTTOWN SAEN SABT BRIGHTSTAR NORTHSTAR SANS SAEN WASTTOWN SANDSHARK SASK SAFD SPRINGFIELD SEAGULL SAGL SAFT TIGERFORT SEAHORSE SASH SAGL SEAGULL SOUTHVIEW SAUW SANF SUNFISH SPRINGFIELD SAFD SANS NORTHSTAR STARFISH SATF SAPT WESTPOINT STINGRAY SAST SASH SEAHORSE SUNBIRD SABD SASK SANDSHARK SUNFISH SANF SAST STINGRAY TIGERFORT SAFT SATF STARFISH WESTPOINT SAPT SAUW SOUTHVIEW ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

254 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 254 Attachment 19 AIRCRAFT NATIONALITY AND REGISTRATION MARK STATES ENCODE NATIONALITY MARK NATIONALITY MARK DECODE STATES AUSTRALIA VH AP PAKISTAN BANGLADESH S2 CCCP RUSSIA BELGIUM OO D GERMANY BURMA XX, XZ DQ FIJI FIJI DQ F FRANCE FRANCE F G UNITED KINGDOM GERMANY D HB SWITZERLAND INDIA VT HL KOREA INDONESIA PK HS THAILAND ITALY I I ITALY JAPAN JA JA JAPAN MALAYSIA 9M N UNITED STATES NETHERLAND PH OO BELGIUM NEW ZEALAND ZK, ZL, ZM PH NETHERLAND PAKISTAN AP PK INDONESIA PAPUA NEW GUINEA PZ PZ PAPUA NEW GUINEA PHILIPPINES RP RP PHILIPPINES KOREA HL S2 BANGLADESH SINGAPORE 9V VH AUSTRALIA SRILANKA 4R VT INDIA SWITZERLAND HB XY, XZ BURMA TAHILAND HS ZK, ZL, ZM NEW ZEALAND RUSSIA CCCP 4R SRILANKA UNITED KINGDOM G 9M MALAYSIA UNITED STATES N 9V SINGAPORE ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

255 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 255 Attachment 20 RESPONSIBILITY OF FEEDER AND PILOT I. FEEDER POSITION 1. Function The function of feeder is as supplier unit represents the relevant technical units which supply information to ATC unit currently in operations, it is therefore it acts as one or more ATS unit(s) or other technical unit(s). 2. Responsibility a. Tower simulator At TWR simulator, feeder will act as : 1) Briefing Office which supplies ETD, NOTAM, etc.; 2) APP which coordinates for departure/arrival of IFR traffic; 3) Fire Fighting Unit which coordinates in case of emergency exercise; 4) Meteorological office which supplies weather report for takeof and landing (QAM); 5) Adjacent ATC/ATS unit(s) 6) Other relevant units. b. Approach simulator 1) As ACC : shall keep APP promptly advised of pertinent data on controlled traffic such as : a) ETA of arriving aircraft (at least 15 minutes before ETA including ACID, type, point of departure and destination); b) estimated and proposed level of aircraft will be transferred; c) transfer of control time, position and altitude; d) EAT that has been issued by ACC to aircraft; e) anticipated delay for departure due to congestion; f) any other pertinent information. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

256 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 256 2) As TWR : shall keep APP promptly advised of pertinent data on controlled traffic such as : a) for departing traffic : information that aircraft ready for pushback/start engine; information that aircraft (IFR) ready for departure (request release time); request ATC clearance; information concerning aircraft that constitute essential traffic to aircraft under the jurisdiction of SHE APP; information that departure aircraft can not depart in accordance with the clearance expired time (CET); departure time/airborne time and route to be flown; any other pertinent information. b) for arriving traffic : landing time; missed approach; an overdue or unreported aircraft; statement that arriving IFR has established visual contact; any other pertinent information. c. Area Simulator 1) As APP : shall keep ACC promptly advised of pertinent data on controlled traffic such as : a) for arriving traffic : lowest vacant level available at individual fix; average time interval (ATI) between successive approaches; EAT and revision thereof; missed approach, if considered constitute conflict to traffic under BTF ACC; any other pertinent information. b) for departing traffic : departure time; statement that departing aircraft has been cleared to contact ACC; any other pertinent information. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

257 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 257 2) As other technical units or adjacent ACC/FIC : is to conduct the coordination as instructed in the scenario. d. In APP/ACC nonradar simulator The function of feeder other than the above mentioned is the preparation of pilot strip which is done before the exercise starts. The pilot strip will be completed with the aircraft data (call sign, type, speed, route to be flown, ETA reporting points, etc.) as described on the problem sheet(s). After completion of the strip, the strip will be handed over to Pilot Position when : 1) Departing traffic : as soon as departing aircraft has airborne or has been transferred by SHE TWR to APP or by APP to ACC; 2) Arriving traffic : as soon as arriving aircraft has been transferred by APP to TWR or by adjacent ACC/FIC to ACC. and these strips will be returned to Feeder Position from the Pilot Position when : 1) Departing traffic : has been cleared to contact APP, ACC or adjacent ACC/FIC to which the aircraft will fly (next accepting unit); 2) Arriving traffic : has been cleared to contact APP or TWR. II. PILOT POSITION 1. The responsibility of Pilot Position is to record all data required in accordance with the progress of flight at all time reference to flight level, time, position, clearance/instruction, etc. on the pilot strip. 2. Guidance for data insertion on the pilot strips are as follow : Note : Data which will be inserted on pilot strips based on the data on the scenario sheet. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

258 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 258 Call sign : Speed : Rate D/C Route : First contact : Posn Level Time Time Posn Level R L R L Rwy : IAF : ATC Clr. Remark : Legend : Call sign Speed Rate D/C Route First contact Rwy IAF ATC Clr. Remark Posn Level Time R L : aircraft identification (flight number or nationality & registration mark : in KNOT : rate of descent or rate of climb (feet perminute/fpm) : the last two letter of location indicator (exp. SH NF) : in minute : runwayinuse for takeoff or landing : instrument approach fix (BTF or SH) : ATC clearance from ACC : any other information or instruction : reporting points : altitude or FL : time of reaching or leaving any level at specified position : reaching : leaving ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

259 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 259 Attachment 21 FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIP (STRIP MARKING) I. GENERAL 1. Definition a. BAY : a sloping panel of flight progress board. b. BAY DIVIDER : an adjustable horizontal divider used to separate prepared strip holders being held in suspense bay. c. BOX : one subdivision of flight progress strip. d. DESIGNATOR : an approved abbreviation used to identify a reporting point, holding point or other location. e. FLIGHT PROGRESS BOARD (DISPLAY) : a unit comprising sufficient bays to accommodate the flight progress strip necessary for the provision of respective ATC unit. The board will normally consist of minimum two bays, i.e. active and suspense bays. Whereas the active bay may consist of more than one bay dependent upon the number of designated/holding point or routes structures. f. FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIP (FPS) : a paper strip measuring approximately 26 cm X 2.5 cm containing essential flight data necessary for control unit respect to one fix. A strip for the fix representing the point of departure or intended landing is known respectively as a departure or arrival strip. g. STRIP HOLDER : a metal/plastic structure which hold the flight progress strip. h. SUSPENSE BAY : a bay or portion reserved for the accommodation of strip which is not active yet. 2. The objective of flight progress strip Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

260 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 260 The primary objectives of flight progress strip are : a. to enable the controllers to visualize current as well as projected traffic situation; b. to serve as an aidememoirs on the action taken by controller; c. to assist the authority in investigation of accident/incident; d. to serve airport management as data for statistic purpose. 3. Design and color a. Design of flight progress strips are made in such a way based on the function of the ATC units (ACC as Enroute Controller is different to APP/TWR which deals with departing/arriving traffic). Detailed explanation of the flight progress strip boxes is on page b. Color codes are assigned to flight progress strip to make them distinguish for control purposes. Three colors are designated for control flight operations namely blue/green, yellow/buff and white. The following flight progress strips are used in the respective ATC unit in Indonesia : 1) light blue/green : for departure/outbound flight; 2) yellow/buff : for arrival/inbound traffic; 3) white : for local flight; 4) plan reverse side of white : for porting flight information of an urgent matter/nature such as NOTAM, SIGMET etc. 4. Procedure In the interest of overall efficiency and to avoid misinterpretation, the following flight progress strip principles shall strictly be followed : Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

261 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 261 a. symbol and abbreviation used shall conform to those listed in ICAO Document, AIP Indonesia and Airways Operation Instruction (AOI); b. entries on air traffic and ATC clearance shall be legible handprinted (inerasable pencil or ballpoint pen is preferable); c. correction or revision to data posted shall be made by drawing a single horizontal line through/cross the incorrect data and writing correct data adjacent thereto 9in the same column/box); d. do not draw a horizontal line through/cross an altitude being changed until the aircraft has reported leaving the altitude (vacating the altitude); e. do not erase or overwrite any item; f. insert a check mark ( ) against any data to indicate that it has been passed to either pilot or other ATS units. 5. Posting of flight progress strip a. Arrange flight progress strip under the appropriate designators in the following manners : 1) sequence in chronological order of arrival over particular fix (time sequencing) or in ascending/descending order of assigned altitude over a holding fix (level sequencing); 2) time sequencing under the same fix designator with the earliest time at the bottom. b. Remove the flight progress strip from the flight progress board when no longer required for control purposes (to avoid incorrect instrument approach clearance issuance, arrival strip of APP will normally be withheld until visual contact information has been obtained from TWR); c. Used flight progress strip shall be filled and in no case shall such flight progress strip be destroyed/thrown away; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

262 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 262 II. DATA ENTRY 1. TWR and APP flight progress strip a. Arrival 1) In most cases, the APP flight progress strip is equal to the TWR flight progress strip. The only difference is that TWR as visual controller does not need for insertion of data concerning instrument approach clearance. TWR then enter landing time only instead. Whereas the APP as instrument controller need to insert data related to the instrument. 2) Flight progress strip box function A B C D1 D2 D3 E F G H J K L M P R N Q S Legend : BOX TOWER APPROACH A ETA destination aerodrome ETA holding fix/instrument approach fix (IAF) B time of first contact time of first contact C level of aircraft at transfer time level of aircraft at transfer time D level of aircraft on rep. point(s) level restriction E type, speed and wake type, speed and wake turbulence turbulence category category F aircraft identification/call sign aircraft identification/call sign G runwayinuse for landing runwayinuse for landing H blank time of instrument approach clearance is given J blank time of instrument approach clearance is commenced K landing time landing time Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

263 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 263 L point of departure point of departure M blank ETA holding (feeder) point N blank ATA holding (feeder) point P blank time leaving holding (feeder) point Q blank ATA instrument approach fix (IAF) R missed approach time missed approach time Any other pertinent information Any other pertinent information S such as ETA significant points, such as ETA significant points, conflicting traffic, communication conflicting traffic, communication failure, emergency etc. failure, emergency etc. b. Departure 1) In most cases, the APP flight progress strip is also equal to the TWR flight progress strip. The only difference is that TWR as visual controller is dealing with pushback, start engine and taxi, whereas the APP as instrument controller is not. For the purpose of conducting the function of instrument controller some boxes are modified which conform to the need if APP. 2) Flight progress strip box function A B C D3 D2 D1 E F G H J K L M N Legend : BOX TOWER APPROACH A ETD ETD B blank (available for the time of setting course) time of first contact C iintended cruising level iintended cruising level D level restriction level restriction E type, speed and wake type, speed and wake turbulence Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

264 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 264 turbulence category category F aircraft identification/call sign aircraft identification/call sign G runwayinuse for takeoff runwayinuse for takeoff H time of start engine time of ATC clearance is passed to TWR J time of commencing taxi release time, if any K airborne time airborne time L aerodrome of destination aerodrome of destination M ATC clearance ATC clearance N any other pertinent information such as ETA significant points, conflicting traffic, communication failure, emergency etc. any other pertinent information such as ETA significant points, conflicting traffic, communication failure, emergency etc. c. Local flight 1) In most cases, the APP flight progress strip is equal to the TWR flight progress strip. The only difference is that TWR as visual controller is dealing with pushback, start engine and taxi, whereas the APP as instrument controller is not. For the purpose of conducting the function of instrument controller some boxes are modified which conform to the need if APP. 2) Flight progress strip box function A B C D3 D2 D1 E F G H J K L M N P Q Legend : BOX TOWER APPROACH A ETD ETD B Duration of flight Duration of flight C Number of fuel/endurance Number of fuel/endurance Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

265 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 265 D Intended manoeuvre/area Intended manoeuvre/area E type, speed and wake type, speed and wake turbulence turbulence category category F aircraft identification/call sign aircraft identification/call sign G runwayinuse for takeoff runwayinuse for takeoff H time of start engine time of ATC clearance is passed to TWR J time of commencing taxi release time, if any K airborne time airborne time L runwayinuse for landing runwayinuse for landing M blank time of instrument approach clearance is given N blank time of instrument approach clearance is commenced P landing time landing time Any other pertinent information Any other pertinent information Q such as ETA significant points, such as ETA significant points, conflicting traffic, communication conflicting traffic, communication failure, emergency etc. failure, emergency etc. 2. ACC flight progress strip a. Arrival and departure 1) In most cases, the ACC flight progress strip for departure and arrival are equal. 2) Flight progress strip box function A C B D F G E H I S K L J K L J K L J K L J K L J K L M O Q N P R Legend : BOX DEPARTURE ARRIVAL A type of aircraft Type of aircraft Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

266 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 266 B aircraft identification/call sign aircraft identification/call sign C true airspeed prefixed by T true airspeed prefixed by T D ground speed ground speed E fix to which the strip refers (PoD/ PoA/RP) fix to which the strip refers (PoD/ PoA/RP) F ETA/pilot s ETO fix of E ETA/pilot s ETO fix of E G ATC estimate (if differs from pilot s ETA) ATC estimate (if differs from pilot s ETA) H EET to the next fix/rp EET to the next fix/rp I ATA over fix of E ATA over fix of E J assigned level (FL/altitude by ATC (cross when vacated) assigned level (FL/altitude by ATC (cross when vacated) K time reaching FL/altitude time reaching FL/altitude L time leaving FL/altitude time leaving FL/altitude M N control symbol enter/while or leave control area time of first contact (for first FPS) or time of transfer to the next ATC/ATS units (for the last FPS) control symbol enter/while or leave control area time of first contact (for first FPS) or time of transfer to the next ATC/ATS units (for the last FPS) O time of ATC clearance Q is given time of ATC clearance Q is given or P ETA aerodrome of destination ATD of aerodrome of departure Q ATC clearance/instruction/control data/detail of information ATC clearance/instruction/control data/detail of information R the route of flight the route of flight S intended FL/cleared FL (to be entered on all fixes) intended FL/cleared FL (to be entered on all fixes) Note : For local flight, some boxes have different function as follow : E N O P Q R departure/arrival point/fix time of first contact and of transfer to APP (box is divided two sections) number of fuel/endurance planned duration of flight ATC instruction/information/control data area in which the flight is to be conducted Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

267 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 267 III. POSTING OF THE FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIP 1. Seahorse Aerodrome Control Tower (SHE TWR) a. There is only one flight progress strip (FPS) is needed for one aircraft; b. There are two sloping bays on the SHE TWR control desk, left side sloping bay is generally used for posting the nonactive (suspense) FPS, whereas the right side of sloping bay for the active FPS; c. Position of FPS is not fixed but mobile/changeable dependent upon the order of arriving aircraft. In case the third aircraft becomes earlier to arrive at an aerodrome than those the first and the second, the third aircraft s FPS shall be moved to the lowest position, and so on; d. For avoiding confusion in detecting conflicting traffic, FPS of overflying aircraft should be replaced by the light blue/green strip immediately he/she reports overhead station; e. FPS will be removed from the bay when the departing aircraft has been instructed to contact SHE APP (after acknowledgement of receipt from the pilot) or when the arriving aircraft has been instructed to taxi to apron (caution should be advised when the taxiway is relatively long and there are some taxiway intersections, the FPS may be removed when the aircraft has nearly reached the parking stand). 2. Seahorse Approach Control Office (SHE APP) a. There is only one flight progress strip (FPS) is needed for one aircraft; b. There are five sloping bays on the SHE APP control desk. The function of each sloping bay are as follow : 1) the most left sloping bay is generally used for posting the nonactive (suspense) FPS; 2) the second from left sloping bay is used for posting the active FPS of traffic coming from south/southwest or west; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

268 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 268 3) the center sloping bay is used for posting the active FPS of arriving traffic holding over IAF or departing traffic awaiting takeoff clearance; 4) the second from right sloping bay is used for posting the active FPS of traffic coming from north/northeast/east or southeast; 5) the most right sloping bay is generally used for posting the FPS of traffic which have been transferred to TWR and ACC (for Instructor analysis). c. On the active bays, there are 9 (nine) designators represent the reporting points (BTF VOR, SH NDB, BT NDB, TF NDB) and at SHE CTR BDRY (AMBER, BURSA, COMET, DORIN and ECTOR); d. The FPS of aircraft(s) that have obtained ETA and other flight data (for arrival) the FPS should normally be posted on the designators in accordance with the intended route or flight path of aircraft. The FPS of aircraft(s) that have requested ATC clearance should normally be posted on the central bay; e. APP is the instrument controller and in the provision of vertical separation is by assigning specified altitude, the sequence of FPS should normally be level wise, it means that the FPS of lower aircraft should be posted beneath the strip of higher aircraft; f. Position of FPS is not fixed but mobile/changeable correspond to the aircraft position. Position of strip is on the designator to which the aircraft is proceeding. For example, if the position of an aircraft has left BURSA and proceeding to TF NDB, the FPS shall be posted at TF NDB designator. Every time an aircraft passes the designated reporting points, the FPS shall be moved to the next designator; g. For avoiding confusion in detecting conflicting traffic, FPS of overflying aircraft should be replaced by the light blue/green strip immediately he/she reports over BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC if the aircraft is diverted via SH NDB/LOC; h. FPS will be removed from the bay when the departing aircraft has been instructed to contact BTF ACC (after acknowledgement of receipt from the Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

269 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 269 pilot) or when the arriving aircraft has been instructed to contact SHE TWR or has established visual contact, whichever is specified. 3. Batfish Area Control Center (BTF ACC) a. There are more than one FPS for one aircraft. The number of FPS depends on the number of fix/reporting point (designators) that will be passed over by the aircraft. For example, an aircraft is overflying from NORTHSTAR to SEAGULL, the number of FPS will 5 (five) for NIKEL, BURSA, BTF VOR, DORIN and GOLAN.; b. There are five sloping bays on the BTF ACC control desk. There are 17 (seventeen) designators which represent the reporting points within BTF CTA (BTF VOR, SH NDB, BT NDB, TF NDB, AMBER, BURSA, COMET, DORIN, ECTOR and SW NDB), at BTF CTA BDRY (WP NDB, NIKEL, ET NDB, GOLAN, SIMON and SANDY) and at the outside of BTF CTA (SF NDB); c. The FPS of active as well as nonactive aircraft are posted on the designators in accordance with the intended route/flight path of aircraft; d. ACC is the instrument controller and in the provision of vertical separation is by assigning specified altitude, the sequence of FPS should normally be level wise, it means that the FPS of lower aircraft should be posted beneath the strip of higher aircraft; e. Position of FPS is not fixed but mobile/changeable correspond to the aircraft position. Position of strip is on the designator to which the aircraft is proceeding. For example, if the position of an aircraft has left BURSA and proceeding to TF NDB, the FPS shall be posted at TF NDB designator. Every time an aircraft passes the designated reporting points, the FPS shall be moved to the next designator; f. For avoiding confusion in detecting conflicting traffic, FPS of overflying aircraft should be replaced by the light blue/green strip immediately he/she reports over BTF VOR/DME or SH NDB/LOC if the aircraft is diverted via SH NDB/LOC; g. FPS will be removed from the bay one by one (not simultaneously), except for the last two FPS. FPS at any designator will be removed when aircraft Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

270 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 270 has passed the next designator. For example, if an aircraft over flying from SPRINGFIELD to SUNBIRD via W12, the designator will be passed over are SW NDB, BT NDB, BTF VOR, COMET, SF NDB. The FPS of SW NDB will be removed when the aircraft has passed BT NDB (not SW NDB) and the FPS of BT NDB will be removed when the aircraft has passed BTF VOR. ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

271 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 271 Attachment 22 CONTROL ABBREVIATION ABBREV MEANING ABBREV MEANING ABM abeam PT procedure turn APT APCH airport any authorized/approved authorized IAP R RL radial (when preceded by three figure) report leaving ASC ascent or ascend to RLS release BC back course RP report passing BT base turn RR report reaching BDRY boundary RX report crossing DCT direct SI straightinapproach DLA EAT EFC delay expected approach time expect further clearance SYD SYT release subject to your discretion release subject to your own traffic FPM feet per minute TL turn left H hold TR turn right HFR hold for release UFA until further advice ILS instrument landing system UFC until further clearance M MA magnetic (when preceded by three figure) missed approach VA VR visual approach VOR approach Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

272 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 272 Attachment 23 CONTROL SYMBOL SYM BOL MEANING SYM BOL MEANING SYM BOL MEANING climb to out of control zone ** C Pilot cancelled X descend to cruise at cross through control zone ** local flight abeam Information/flight data has been passed to recipient DME holding (use mileage) M maintain T depart (turn after takeoff) No delay expected cross airway/ route/course intercept airway/ route/course while in control area ( ) ( ) until alternate instruction restriction at or above C Contact.. (ATS Unit) on. (frequency if other than standard) Before After enter of control area ** at or below At or BEFORE out of control area ** from to At or after enter control zone ** W special VFR operation in the vicinity of AD Note : ** arrow indicates direction of flight Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

273 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 273 Attachment 24 LETTER OF AGREEMENT PT (Persero) PRADANA AVIANTARA SEAHORSE INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT BATFISH 17 th Floor Flight Safety Training Department Building P.O.Box 509 Batfish 15001, INDONESIA LETTER OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN BATFISH ACC, SEAHORSE APPROACH AND SEAHORSE TOWER I. SUBJECT : ATC COORDINATION PROCEDURES II. UNITS INVOLVED : a. BATFISH CONTROL CENTER b. SEAHORSE APPROACH CONTROL UNIT c. SEAHORSE AERODROME CONTROL TOWER III. PURPOSE : The purpose of this letter of agreement of responsibility procedures in respect of aircraft operate within SHE CTR and BTF CTA to ensure a safe expeditious and orderly flow of traffic IV. SCOPE : Involved in this letter agreement are the following items : a. Area of jurisdiction b. Exchange of flight data c. ATC clearance, and d. Transfer of responsibility Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

274 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 274 V. AREA OF JURISDICTION : 5.1. Area of jurisdiction of Seahorse Tower (SHE TWR) : a. lateral limit : A circle with a radius of 30 NM centered at ARP b. vertical limit : upper limit : 2,000 feet lower limit : ground/water 5.2. Area of jurisdiction of Seahorse Approach Control Office (SHE APP) : a. lateral limit : A circle with a radius of 40 NM centered at Seahorse Radar Head ( S E) b. vertical limit : upper limit : 10,000 feet lower limit : ground/water 5.3. Area of jurisdiction of Batfish Control Center (BTF ACC) : a. lateral limit : QUEBEC ( S E) ROMEO ( S E) thence along an arc of the circle with a radius of 200 NM centered at Seahorse Radar Head ( S E) clockwise to QUEBEC b. vertical limit : upper limit : FL 460 VI. EXCHANGE OF FLIGHT DATA : 6.1. Arrival lower limit : 6,000 feet except above SHE CTR is 10,000 feet a. BTF ACC shall keep the SHE APP promptly advised of pertinent data such as : 1) ETA of arriving aircraft (at least 15 minutes before ETA including ACID, type, point of departure and destination); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

275 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 275 2) estimated and proposed level of aircraft will be transferred; 3) transfer of control time, position and altitude; 4) EAT that has been issued by BTF ACC to aircraft; 5) expected delay for departure due to congestion; 6) any other pertinent information. b. SHE APP shall keep the SHE TWR promptly advised of pertinent data such as : 1) estimated and proposed level of aircraft over aerodrome; 2) statement that an aircraft has been cleared to contact SHE TWR; 3) anticipated delay departure traffic due to congestion. c. SHE TWR shall keep the SHE APP promptly advised of pertinent data such as : 6.2. Departure 1) arrival time, if necessary; 2) statement that an aircraft is in communication with and sighted by SHE TWR; 3) all available information relating to overdue aircraft; 4) information concerning missed approach a. SHE TWR shall keep the SHE APP promptly advised of pertinent data such as : 1) information that aircraft ready for pushback/start engine; 2) information that aircraft (IFR) ready for departure (request release time); 3) information concerning aircraft that constitute essential traffic to aircraft Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

276 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 276 under the jurisdiction of SHE APP; 4) information that departure aircraft can not depart in accordance with the clearance expired time (CET); 5) departure time/airborne time and route to be flown; 6) any other pertinent information. b. SHE APP shall keep the BTF ACC promptly advised of pertinent data such as : 1) lowest vacant level available at individual fix; 2) departure time; 3) missed approach, if considered constitute conflict to traffic under BTF ACC;; 4) EAT and revision thereof; 5) any other pertinent information. VII. AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CLEARANCE 7.1. Request and the clearance delivery a. SHE TWR request clearance to SHE APP then SHE APP request clearance to BTF ACC; b. BTF ACC shall issue ATC clearance subject to traffic under its jurisdiction to SHE APP and SHE APP relay ATC clearance to SHE TWR with the additional clearance subject to traffic under control of SHE APP Content of ATC clearance The content of ATC clearance consist of : a. clearance limit; b. route of flight; c. level; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

277 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 277 d. departure instruction; and e. any other instruction/information. Example : GIA 893 CLEARED TO NIKEL/NTR VIA W13 FL 310 AFTER TAKEOFF TURN (LEFT/RIGHT) TRACK 090 DEGREES MAGNETIC TO INTERCEPT QDM 040 TF MAINTAIN 2,000 FT VIII. TRANSFER OF CONTROL 8.1. Departure a. Departure (IFR) aircraft will be transferred from SHE TWR to SHE APP immediately after airborne and clear of other traffic; b. Departure (VFR) aircraft will be transferred from SHE TWR to SHE APP at point ALPHA (for westbound traffic) or point BRAVO (for eastbound traffic) at altitude below feet; c. VFR traffic from SHE APT bound for BRIGHTSTAR shall maintain feet and to TIGERFORT shall maintain feet; d. Unless prior coordination, SHE APP shall not climb outbound traffic higher than feet; e. Departure traffic will be transferred from SHE APP to BTF ACC at SHE CTR BDRY or at any point/time/level agreed by the two units Arrival a. Arrival (IFR) will be transferred from SHE APP to SHE TWR when the aircraft passing instrument approach fix (IAF) inbound at feet (BTF VOR/DME) or on ILS slope (SH NDB). b. Arriving (VFR) will be transferred from SHE APP to SHE TWR at BT NDB/WEBER (for traffic from the west/south/southwest) or TF NDB/ESTER (for traffic from the north/northeast/east/southeast); c. VFR traffic coming from BRIGHTSTAR shall maintain feet and from TIGERFORT shall maintain feet; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

278 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 278 d. Unless prior coordination, BTF ACC shall not descend inbound traffic lower than feet; e. Arrival traffic will be transferred from BTF ACC to SHE APP at SHE CTR BDRY or at any point/time/level agreed by the two units. IX. DEVIATION 9.1. Any deviation from or change to the procedures contained in this letter of agreement may only be made with the concurrence to the purpose of enhancing the safe, expeditious and orderly flow of air traffic. Batfish, September 12 th, 2009 for SHE APP, for SEAHORSE TWR, ALPHA NOVEMBER BRAVO PAPA ALPHA MIKE KILO ROMEO for ATC SECTION OF DGAC, for BATFISH ACC, ALPHA MIKE INDIA NOVEMBER PAPA DELTA NOVEMBER Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

279 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 279 Attachment 25 LETTER OF AGREEMENT PT (Persero) PRADANA AVIANTARA SEAHORSE INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT BATFISH 17 th Floor Flight Safety Training Department Building P.O.Box 509 Batfish 15001, INDONESIA LETTER OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN SEAHORSE TOWER AND SEAHORSE FIRE FIGHTING STATION I. SUBJECT : COORDINATION PROCEDURES II. UNITS INVOLVED : a. SEAHORSE AERODROME CONTROL TOWER b. SEAHORSE FIRE FIGHTING STATION III. PURPOSE : The purpose of this letter of agreement of responsibility procedures in respect of aircraft operate within SHE APT to ensure a safe, effective and efficient handling of abnormal and emergency conditions IV. SCOPE : Involved in this letter agreement are the following items : a. Responsibility b. Exchange of flight data c. Action to be taken V. RESPONSIBILITY : 5.1. Seahorse Aerodrome Control Tower (SHE TWR) is responsible for alerting the rescue and fire fighting services whenever: a) an aircraft accident has occurred on or in the vicinity of the aerodrome; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

280 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 280 b) information is received that the safety of an aircraft which is or will come under the jurisdiction of the aerodrome control tower may have or has been impaired; or c) requested by the flight crew; or d) when otherwise deemed necessary or desirable Seahorse Fire Fighting Station (SHE FFS) is responsible for giving the response as described in point VII below as soon as possible whenever : a) information is received from SHE TWR stating that there is an aircraft accident has occurred on or in the vicinity of the aerodrome; or b) crashbell is activated by SHE TWR VI. EXCHANGE OF FLIGHT DATA 6.1. SHE TWR shall keep SHE FFS promptly advised of pertinent data on abnormal traffic such as : a) Aircraft identification (ACID); b) Type of aircraft, including serial number (e.g. B737400); c) Nature of abnormalities; d) Expected runway in use; e) Surface wind direction and speed; f) Number of person on board the aircraft (POB); g) Fuel remaining; h) Statement whether dangerous good on board or not; i) Other pertinent information SHE FSS shall keep SHE TWR promptly advised of pertinent data on the expected deployment such as : a) Number and type of major vehicle or RPV will be deployed; b) Grid position of destination; c) Route to be followed; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

281 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 281 d) Commanderincharge; e) Other pertinent information. VII. ACTION TO BE TAKEN 7.1. When SHE TWR receives an emergency message from an aircraft : a) which is still at the outside of SHE CTR : SHE TWR shall immediately inform SHE FSS an accordance with point 6.1 above; b) which has entered SHE CTR : SHE TWR shall immediately inform SHE FSS an accordance with point 6.1 above; c) which has been in the vicinity of SHE APT : SHE TWR shall immediately inform SHE FSS an accordance with point 6.1. above; d) which has been joining SHE aerodrome traffic circuit or an accident has occurred : SHE TWR shall push the crashbell button, and if practicable, followed by giving information described in point 6.1. above When SHE FFS receives information of abnormalities or emergency from SHE TWR as described in : a) 7.1.a) : SHE FFS shall take ALERT IIIB : Vehicle(s) that will be deployed should be runup (may be done within the garage); Crews should be standby around the vehicle(s); Commanderincharge should be standby at the appropriate position. b) 7.1.b) : SHE FFS shall take ALERT IIIA : Vehicle(s) including ambulance that will be deployed shall be runup and standby at the outside of the garage; Crews should be standby within and on the vehicle(s); Commanderincharge shall be standby at the appropriate position. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

282 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 282 c) 7.1.c) : SHE FFS shall take ALERT II : Vehicle(s) including ambulance shall be positioned at the appropriate grid position; Crews shall be standby at the respective functions; Commanderincharge shall be at the appropriate position. d) 7.1.d) : SHE FFS shall take ALERT I : Vehicle(s) including ambulance shall be directed to accident site and extinguish the existing fire; Crews conduct the tasks in accordance with their respective functions; VIII. DEVIATION Commanderincharge conduct the task in accordance with his/her function; Any deviation from or change to the procedures contained in this letter of agreement may only be made with the concurrence to the purpose of enhancing the safe, expeditious and orderly handling of abnormal and emergency conditions. Batfish, January 3 rd, 2009 for SHE FFS, for SEAHORSE TWR,, ALPHA ROMEO MIKE HOTEL ALPHA MIKE KILO ROMEO for AIRPORT MANAGER, SIERRA INDIA MIKE ALPHA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

283 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 283 Attachment 26 AIRCRAFT APPROACH CATEGORY Note : 1. Aircraft performance ha a direct effect on the airspace and visibility needed to perform the various maneuvers associated with the conduct of instrument approach procedure. The most significant factor is the speed. 2. Approach speed categories are established based on 1.3 times the stall speed in the landing configuration at maximum certificated landing mass. AIRCRAFT CATEGORY AIRCRAFT SPEED (KT) EXAMPLE A < 91 CS12, AC50, BE80, BE95, CD22, C308 ETC. B 91 <121 AT42, AT72, FK50, CN35, MA60, ND16, LR28, LR29, YK40/YK42, L382 ETC. C 121 <141 FK10, LR54/55/56, B737, EA32, AN22, IL76 ETC. D 141 <166 LR35/36, B747, EA33, EA38, B777, TU54, IL24, ETC. E 166 <211 TU44, SR71, MILI JET, ETC ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

284 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 284 Attachment 27 AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR Note : L : land plane J : jet engined A : amphibian 18 : number of engine H : helicopter speed : max. cruising speed at or P : piston engined above ft T : turbine engined blank : nil (data unavailable) I. BY CIVIL DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI NAME OF MODEL DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEE D (KT) MANUFACTURER A3 Skywarrior L2J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA A4 Skyhawk L1J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA A6 Intruder L2J/M Grumman Aviation, USA AC21 Jet Commander L2J/M Rockwell Intl., USA AC50 Aerocommander 50 L2P/L Rockwell Intl., USA AC68 U4 Supercommander L2P/L Rockwell Intl., USA A3ST Beluga Super Transp. L2J/H M0.82 Airbus Industry, Fr. A6T Turbocommander L2J/L Rockwell Intl., USA A37 Dragonfly H2T/L Cessna Acft., USA AH1 Huey/Cobra L4T/M Bell Heli. Co., USA A400 A400m L4T/M Airbus Industry, Fr. AN12 Antonov 12 L4T/H Antonov, Russian Fed. AN22 Antonov 22 L2T/M Antonov, Russian Fed. AN24 Antonov 24 L2T/M Antonov, Russian Fed. AN30 Antonov 30 L2T/M Antonov, Russian Fed. AN32 Antonov 32 L2T/M Antonov, Russian Fed. AN72 Antonov 72 L4J/H Antonov, Russian Fed. AN4C Antonov 324/Condor L4J/H Antonov, Russian Fed. AN4R Antonov 124/Ruslan L6J/H Antonov, Russian Fed. AN5M Antonov 225/Mirya L2J/L Antonov, Russian Fed. AJET Alphajet L2T/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. AT42 ATR 42 L2T/M Aerospatiale, Fr. AT72 ATR 72 L4J/H Aerospatiale, Fr. B1 Bomber B1 L8J/H Boeing Co., USA B52 Stratofortress Boeing Co., USA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

285 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 285 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI NAME OF MODEL DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MANUFACTURER B /200 L2J/M Boeing Co., USA B73F T43A B L2J/M M0.82 Boeing Co., USA B73S B737300/500 L2J/M Boeing Co., USA B737 B BBJ/Max L2J/H M0.82 Boeing Co., USA B747 B747100/200 L4J/H Boeing Co., USA B74F E4A B L4J/H M.96 Boeing Co., USA B74S B747300/500 L4J/H Boeing Co., USA B747 B747 LCF/SCF L4J/H M0.82 Boeing Co., USA B747 B7478 L4J/H M0.85 Boeing Co., USA B767 B767 L2J/H M0.86 Boeing Co., USA B777 B777 L2J/H M0.64 Boeing Co., USA B787 Dreamliner L2J/H M0.92 Boeing Co., USA BA11 BACOneeleven L2J/M Bae. Ltd., UK BA32 Jetsream 32 L2T/L Bae. Ltd., UK BA46 Bae /200 L4J/M Bae. Ltd., UK BATP Adv. Turbo prop. L2T/M Bae. Ltd., UK BE10 U21F King Air 100A L2T/L Beechcraft Co., USA BE18 C45 Twin Beech 18 L2T/L Beechcraft Co., USA B1B King Air 100B L2T/L Beechcraft Co., USA BE20 Super King Air L2T/L Beechcraft Co., USA BE23 Sundowner L1P/L Beechcraft Co., USA BE36 Bonanza L1P/L Beechcraft Co., USA BE45 T34 Mentor L1P/L Beechcraft Co., USA BE55 T42 Baron 55 L2P/L Beechcraft Co., USA BE58 Baron 58 L2P/L Beechcraft Co., USA BE80 UBF Queen Air 80 L2P/L Beechcraft Co., USA BE90 U21A King Air L2T/L Beechcraft Co., USA BE95 Traveller L2P/L Beechcraft Co., USA BH06 H139 Jet Ranger H1T/L Bell Helicopter, USA BH13 Sioux/trooper 47G/J H2P/L Bell Helicopter, USA BH41 Bell 412 H2T/L Bell Helicopter, USA BH47 H47 Chinook L2T/M Boeing Co., USA BN2 BN2A Islander L2P/L Britten Norman, UK Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

286 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 286 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI NAME OF MODEL DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MANUFACTURER BN3 BN3A Trilander L3P/L Britten Norman, UK BUC Buccaneer L2J/M Hawker Siddeley, UK C150 Cessna 150 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C172 T41 Cessna Skyhawk L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C175 Cessna Skylark L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C177 Cessna Cardinal L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C180 Cessna 180 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C182 Cessna Skylane L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C185 CessnaSkywagon L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C206 Cessna 206 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C210 CessnaCenturion L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C310 CessnaThreeten L2P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C337 CessnaSkymaster L3P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C401 Cessna 401 L2P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C402 Cessna 402 L2P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C414 Cessna 414 L2P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C425 Cessna Corsair L2T/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C441 Cessna 441 L2T/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C500 Cessna Citation L2J/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C500 Cessna Citation M3 L2J/M Cessna Acft. Co. USA C501 Cessna Citation I L2J/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C502 Cessna Citation V L2J/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA C20A Gulfstream III L2J/M Gulfstream AS, USA C135 Stratolifter L4J/H Boeing Co., USA C5A Galaxy L4J/H Lockheed, USA C130 Hercules L4T/M Lockheed, USA C141 Starlifter L4J/H Lockheed, USA CD22 Nomad Floatmaster L2T/L Govt Acft Co., Australia CD24 Nomad Searchmaster L2T/L Govt Acft Co., Australia CL60 Challenger L2J/M Canadair, Canada CL61 Canadair CL601 L2J/M Canadair, Canada CN35 CN 235 L2T/M CASA/PT. DI, Indonesia CONC Concorde L4J/H M2.05 BAC/Aerosp/UK/France Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

287 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 287 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI NAME OF MODEL DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MANUFACTURER CS01 E25 Aviojet L1J/L CASA, ESpana CS12 T12 CASA Aviocar L2T/L CASA, Espana CV60 Convair 600 L2T/M Convair Div. GE., USA CV64 Convair 640 L2T/M Convair Div. GE., USA CV88 Convair 880 L2T/M Convair Div. GE., USA CV99 Convair 990/Coronado L4J/M Convair Div. GE., USA CNBR Canberra L2J/M British Acft. Co., UK DA01 Mercure 100 L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. DA10 Falcon 10 L2J/M M0.87 DassaultBreguet, Fr. DA20 Falcon 20 L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. DA50 Falcon 50 L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. DA90 Falcon 90 L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. DC3 C47 Dakota/Sjytrain L2P/M McDonnel Douglas, USA DC10 DC10 L3J/H McDonnel Douglas, USA DH4 CC08 Caribou DHC4 L4T/M De Havilland, Canada DH5 GT15 Buffalo DHC5 L2T/M De Havilland, Canada DH6 Twin Otter DHC6 L2T/L De Havilland, Canada DH7 Dash Seven L4T/M De Havilland, Canada DH8 Dash Eight L4T/M De Havilland, Canada E2 Hawkeye L4T/M Grumman, USA E135 Boeing EC135 L4J/H Boeing Co., USA E137 Boeing VC137 L4J/H Boeing Co., USA E3A AWACS L4J/M Boeing Co., USA EA6 Bomber L2J/M Germany ETAR Etendard L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. EA30 Airbus 300 L2J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. EA31 Airbus 310 L2J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. EA32 Airbus 320 L2J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. EA33 Airbus 330 L2J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. EA34 Airbus 340 L2J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. EA35 Airbus 350 L2J/M M0.85 Airbus Industry, Fr. EA38 Airbus 380 L4J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

288 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 288 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI NAME OF MODEL DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MANUFACTURER FK10 Fokker 100 L2J/M M0.75 FokkerVFW, BV, Neth. FK27 Fokker Friendship L2T/M FokkerVFW, BV, Neth. FK28 Fokker Fellowship L2J/M FokkerVFW, BV, Neth. FK50 Fokker 50 L2T/M FokkerVFW, BV, Neth. FK70 Fokker 70 L2T/M FokkerVFW, BV, Neth. F1 Mirage I L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. F4 Phantom L2J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA F5 Tiger L2J/M Grumman, USA F6 Delta Dart L1J/M Convair Div. GE, USA F8 Crusader L1J/M Convair Div. GE, USA F14 Tomcat L1J/M Grumman, USA F15 Eagle L2J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA F16 Fighting Falcon L1J/M M0.93 General Dynamic, USA F18 Hornet L2J/M M1.80 General Dynamic, USA F20 Tigershark L1J/M M2.0 Northrop, USA F86 Sabre L1J/M Rockwell Intl., USA F100 Super Sabre L1J/M M0.75 Rockwell Intl., USA F101 Voodoo L1J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA F102 Delta Dagger L1J/M Convair Div. GE, USA F104 Starfighter L1J/M Lockheed, USA F105 Thunderchief L1J/M Fairchild Ind., USA F106 Delta Dart L1J/M General Dynamic, USA F111 Bomber F111 L2J/M Convair Div. GE, USA F117A Bomber Stealth L4J/M Lockheed, USA G64 U16 Albatros A2P/M Grumman, USA G159 C4 Gulfstream V L2T/M Grumman, USA G2 Gulfstream I L2J/M Grumman, USA G4 Gulfstream IV L2J/M M0.85 Grumman, USA GNAT Gnat F141/144 L1J/L Hawker Siddeley, UK HE1 Helio Courier L1P/L Helio Acft., USA H3 Super Courier L1P/L Helio Acft., USA HN32 Alouette III H1T/L SNIAS, France HS21 Trident L3J/M HS Aviation, UK Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

289 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 289 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI NAME OF MODEL DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MANUFACTURER HS25 HS 125 L2J/M HS Aviation, UK HS74 Andover L2T/M HS Aviation, UK HU50 H6 Hughes Pawnee H1T/L Hughes Tools, USA HV34 H47 Chinook H2T/M Boeing Co., USA H53 Sea Stallion H2T/M Sikorsky, USA HAR Harrier L1J/M British Acft., UK SHAR Sea Harrier L1J/M British Acft., UK HAWK Hawk L1J/M British Acft., UK HUN Hunter L1J/M British Acft., UK IL14 Ilyushin 14 L2P/M Ilyushin, Russian Fed. IL18 Ilyushin 18 L4T/M Ilyushin, Russian Fed. IL28 Ilyushin 28 L2J/M Ilyushin, Russian Fed. IL38 Ilyushin 38 L2T/M Ilyushin, Russian Fed. IL62 Ilyushin 62 L4J/H Ilyushin, Russian Fed. IL76 Ilyushin 76 L4J/H Ilyushin, Russian Fed. IL86 Ilyushin 86 L4J/H Ilyushin, Russian Fed. IL96 Ilyushin 96 L4J/H Ilyushin, Russian Fed. JAGR Jaguar L2J/M British Acft., UK KC10 DC10Tanker L3J/H McDonnel Douglas, USA KC97 Stratofeighter L4P/M Boeing Co., USA KC135 Stratotanker L4J/H Boeing Co., USA L101 Lockheed Tristar L3J/H M0.85 Lockheed, USA L188 P3 Electra/Orion L4T/M Lockheed, USA L329 C40 Jetstar L4J/M Gates Learjet, USA L382 C130 Hercules L4T/M Gates Learjet, USA LR23 Learjet 23 L2J/L Gates Learjet, USA LR25 Learjet 25 L2J/L Gates Learjet, USA LR35 Learjet 35 L2J/M Gates Learjet, USA LR54 Learjet 54 L2J/M Gates Learjet, USA LR55 Learjet 55 L2J/M Gates Learjet, USA LTNG Lightning L2J/M British Acft., UK MBH5 Boelkow 105A H2T/L MBB, Germany MBK7 BoelkowKawasaki H2T/L MBB/Kawasaki Japan Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

290 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 290 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI NAME OF MODEL DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MANUFACTURER MD11 MD11 L3J/H McDonnel Douglas, USA MD80 MD80 L2J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA MI17 Mig 17/Fresco L1J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. MI19 Mig 19/Farmer L2J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. MI21 Mig 21/Fishbed L1J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. MI23 Mig 23 L1J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. MI25 Mig 25/Foxbat L2J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. MI27 Mig 27/Flogger L1J/M M0.95 Mikoyan, Russian Fed. MI29 Mig 29/Fulcrum L2J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. MI31 Mig 31/Foxhound L2J/M M2.20 Mikoyan, Russian Fed. MIR1 Mirage 1 L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. MIR2 Mirage 2000 L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. MIR3 Mirage III L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. MIR4 Mirage IV L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. MIR5 Mirage V L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. MRC Tornado L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. NAS2 Superpuma H2T/M SNIAS, France NB05 Boelkow BO105 H2T/L PT. DI, Indonesia NB12 Bell 412 H2T/M PT. DI, Indonesia NC12 CASA Aviocar L2T/L PT. DI, Indonesia ND16 Transall C160 L2T/M SNIAS, France NSAO Puma SA330 H2T/M PT. DI, Indonesia NIM Nimrod L1J/M Hawker Siddeley, UK OV1 Mohawk L2T/M Rockwell Intl., USA OV10 Bronco L2T/L Rockwell Intl., USA PA23 Apache L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PA24 Commanche L1P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PA25 Pawnee L1P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PA28 T35 Cherokee L1P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PA30 Twin Commanche L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PA31 Navajo/Mojave L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PA34 Seneca L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PA38 Tomahawk L1P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

291 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 291 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI NAME OF MODEL DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MANUFACTURER PA42 Cheyenne L2T/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PA44 Seminole L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PA46 Malibu L1P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PASE Seneca II L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA PAZT U11 Aztec L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA P2 Neptune L2P/M Lockheed, USA P3 Orion L4T/M Lockheed, USA PML Tornado L2J/M M2.20 Northrop, USA PROV Jet Provost L1J/M British Acft. Co., UK S210 Caravelle L2J/M SNIAS, France S315 Lama SA315 H1T/L SNIAS, France S316 A103 Alouette III H1T/L SNIAS, France S318 Alouette II H1T/L SNIAS, France S319 Alouette III S319 H1T/L SNIAS, France S321 SFRL Super Frelon H3T/M SNIAS, France S330 Puma SA330 H2T/L SNIAS, France S332 Super Puma SA332 H2T/M SNIAS, France S341 Gazelle SA341/342 H1T/L SNIAS, France S351 Ecureuil A351 H1T/L SNIAS, France S360 Dauphin SA360 H1T/L SNIAS, France SB32 J32 SAAB 35/Lausen L1J/M SAAB Scania, Sweden SB35 J35 SAAB 35/Draken L1J/M SAAB Scania, Sweden SB37 J37 SAAB 37/Viggen L1J/M SAAB Scania, Sweden SK58 H35 Choctaw/Seahorse H1P/L Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA SK59 Sikorsky S59 H1P/L Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA SK61 Sikorsky S61 H2T/M Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA SK62 H52 Sikorsky S62 H1T/M Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA SK64 H54 Sikorsky S64 H2T/M Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA SK70 Sikorsky S70 H2T/M Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA SK76 Sikorsky S76 H2T/M Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA S34 Viking L2J/M Lockheed, USA SR71 Blackbird L2J/M Lockheed, USA SU7B Sukhoi 7/ Filler L2J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

292 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 292 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI NAME OF MODEL DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MANUFACTURER SU9 Sukhoi 9/Fishpot L1J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. SU11 Sukhoi 11/Flagon L2J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. SU22 Sukhoi 22/Fitter L1J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. SU24 Sukhoi 24/Fencer L2J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. SU25 Sukhoi 25/Frogfoot L2J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. SU27 Sukhoi 27/Flanker L2J/M Tupolev, Russian Fed. TU16 Tupolev 16/Badger L2J/M Tupolev, Russian Fed. TU22 Tupolev 22/Blinder L2J/M Tupolev, Russian Fed. TU22M Tupolev 22M/Backfire L2J/M Tupolev, Russian Fed. TU28 Tupolev 28/Fiddler L2J/M Tupolev, Russian Fed. TU34 Tupolev 134 L2J/M Tupolev, Russian Fed. TU44 Tupolev 144 L4J/H Tupolev, Russian Fed. TU54 Tupolev 154 L3J/M Tupolev, Russian Fed. TU95 Tupolev 95/Bear L4JH Tupolev, Russian Fed. TU114 Tupolev 114/Moss L4J/H Tupolev, Russian Fed. VC8 Vickers Viscount 800 L4T/M British Acft. Co., UK VC9 Vanguard 952/953 L4T/M British Acft. Co., UK VC10 VCTen 1100 L4J/H British Acft. Co., UK VC15 Super VC L4J/H British Acft. Co., UK VLCN Vulcan L4J/M British Acft. Co., UK YK40 Yak40 L3J/M Yakovlev Russian Fed. YK42 Yak42 L3J/M Yakovlev Russian Fed. YS11 YS11/YS11S L2T/M Yakovlev Russian Fed. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

293 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 293 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR II. BY AIRCRAFT TYPE OR MODEL NAME OF MODEL DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MTOW (KG) Adv. Turbo prop. BATP L2T/M Bae. Ltd. UK Aerocommander 50 AC50 L2P/L Rockwell Intl., USA Airbus 300 EA30 L2J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. Airbus 310 EA31 L2J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. Airbus 320 EA32 L2J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. Airbus 330 EA33 L2J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. Airbus 340 EA34 L2J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. Airbus 380 EA38 L4J/H Airbus Industry, Fr. Albatros G64 U16 A2P/M Grumman, USA Alouette II S318 H1T/L SNIAS, France Alouette III S316 A103 H1T/L SNIAS, France Alouette III HN32 H1T/L SNIAS, France Alouette III S319 S319 H1T/L SNIAS, France Alphajet AJET L2J/M DasultBreguet, Fr. Andover HS74 L2T/M HS Aviation, UK Antonov 10 AN10 L4T/M Antonov, Russian Fed. Antonov 12 AN12 L4T/M Antonov, Russian Fed. Antonov 124/Ruslan AN4R L6J/H Antonov, Russian Fed. Antonov 22 AN22 L4J/H Antonov, Russian Fed. Antonov 225/Mirya AN5M L4T/H Antonov, Russian Fed. Antonov 24 AN24 L2T/M Antonov, Russian Fed. Antonov 30 AN30 L2T/M Antonov, Russian Fed. Antonov 32 AN32 L2T/M Antonov, Russian Fed. Antonov 324/Condor AN72 L4J/H Antonov, Russian Fed. Antonov 72 AN4C L2T/M Antonov, Russian Fed. Apache PA23 L2P/L Piper Acft Co., USA ATR 42 AT42 L2T/M Aerospatiale, Fr. ATR 72 AT72 L2T/M Aerospatiale, Fr. AWACS E3A L4J/M Boeing Co., USA Aztec PAZT U11 L2P/L Piper Acft Co., USA B707100/200 B707 L4J/M Boeing Co., USA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

294 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 294 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR NAME OF MODEL DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MTOW (KG) B707300/400 B707 L4J/M Boeing Co., USA B720B B72S L4J/M Boeing Co., USA B727All series B727 L3J/M Boeing Co., USA B737100/200 B737 T43A L2J/M Boeing Co., USA B737300/500 B73S L3J/M Boeing Co., USA B B73S L2J/M Boeing Co., USA B747100/200 B747 E4A L4J/H Boeing Co., USA B747300/500 B74S L4J/H Boeing Co., USA B B74F L4J/H Boeing Co., USA B757 B757 L2J/M Boeing Co., USA B767 B767 L4J/H Boeing Co., USA B777 B777 L2J/H Boeing Co., USA BACOneeleven BA11 L2J/M Bae Ltd. UK Bae /200 BA46 L4J/M Bae Ltd. UK Baron 55 BE55 T34 L2P/L Beechcraft Co., USA Baron 58 BE58 T42 L2P/L Beechcraft Co., USA Bell 412 BH41 H2T/L Bell Helicopter, USA Bell 412 NB12 H2T/L IPTN. Indonesia Blackbird SR71 L2J/M Lockheed, USA BN2A Islander BN2 L2P/L Britten Norman, UK BN3A Trilander BN3 L3P/L Britten Norman, UK Boeing EC135 E135 L4J/M Boeing Co., USA Boeing VC137 E137 L4J/M Boeing Co., USA Boelkow 105A NB05 H2T/L IPTN, Indonesia Boelkow BO105 MBH5 H2T/L MBB, Germany BoelkowKawasaki MBK7 H2T/L MBB/Kawasaki, Japan Bomber E6A L2J/M Germany Bomber B1 B1 L4J/M Rockwell Intl., USA Bomber F111 F111 L2J/M Convair Div. GE., USA Bomber Stealth F117A L4J/M Bonanza BE36 L1P/L Beechcraft Co., USA Bronco OV10 L2T/L Rockwell Intl., USA Buccaneer BUC L2J/M Hawker Sideley, UK Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

295 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 295 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR NAME OF MODEL DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MTOW (KG) Buffalo DHC5 DH5 GT15 L2T/M De Havilland, Canada Canadair CL601 CL61 L2J/M De Havilland, Canada Canberra CNBR L2J/M British Acft., UK Caravelle S210 L2J/M SNIAS, France Caribou DHC4 DH4 CC08 L2P/M De Havilland, Canada CASA Aviocar CS12 T12 L2T/L CASA, Espana CASA Aviocar NC12 L2T/L IPTN, Indonesia Cessna 150 C150 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna 180 C180 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna 206 C206 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna 401 C401 L2P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna 402 C402 L2P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna 414 C414 L2P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna 441 C441 L2T/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna Cardinal C177 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna Citation C500 L2J/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna Citation I C501 L2J/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna Citation M3 C500 L2J/M Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna Citation V C502 L2J/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna Corsair C425 L2T/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna Skyhawk C172 T41 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna Skylane C182 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Cessna Skylark C175 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA CessnaCenturion C210 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA CessnaSkymaster C337 L3P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA CessnaSkywagon C185 L1P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA CessnaThreeten C310 L2P/L Cessna Acft. Co. USA Challenger CL60 L2J/M Canadair, Canada Cherokee PA28 T35 L1P/L Piper Acft Co., USA Cheyenne PA41 L2T/L Piper Acft Co., USA Chinook HV34 H47 H2T/M Boeing VERTOL, USA Choctaw/Seahorse SK58 H35 H1P/L Sikorsky Acft Div., USA CN 235 CN35 L2T/M CAS/IPTN, Indonesia Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

296 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 296 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR NAME OF MODEL DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MTOW (KG) Commanche PA24 L1P/L Piper Acft Co., USA Concorde CONC L4J/H M2.05 BAC/AEROS, UK/Fr. Convair 600 CV60 L2T/M Convair Div. GE., USA Convair 640 CV64 L2T/M Convair Div. GE., USA Convair 880 CV88 L2T/M Convair Div. GE., USA Convair 990Coronado CV99 L4J/M Convair Div. GE., USA Crusader F8 L1J/M Convair Div. GE., USA Dakota/Sjytrain DC3 C47 L2P/M McDonnel Douglas, USA Dash Eight DH8 L4T/M De Havilland, Canada Dash Seven DH7 L4T/M De Havilland, Canada Dauphin SA360 S360 H1T/L SNIAS, France DC10 DC10 L3J/H McDonnel Douglas, USA DC10Tanker KC10 L3J/H McDonnel Douglas, USA DC8 DC8 L4J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA DC9 DC9 L2J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA Delta Dagger F102 L1J/M Convair Div. GE., USA Delta Dart F106 L1J/M Convair Div. GE., USA Dragonfly A37 L2J/L Cessna Acft. Co., USA Eagle F15 L2J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA Ecureuil A351 S351 H1T/L SNIAS, France Electra/Orion L188 P3 L4T/M Lockheed, USA Etendard ETAR L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Falcon 10 DA10 L2J/M M0.87 DassaultBreguet, Fr. Falcon 20 DA20 L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Falcon 50 DA50 L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Falcon 90 DA90 L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Fighting Falcon F16 L2J/M M0.93 General Dynamic, USA Fokker 100 FK10 L2J/M M0.75 Fokker VFW, Netherland Fokker 50 FK50 L2T/M Fokker VFW, Netherland Fokker 70 FK70 L2T/M Fokker VFW, Netherland Fokker Fellowship FK28 L2J/M Fokker VFW, Netherland Fokker Friendship FK27 L2T/M Fokker VFW, Netherland Galaxy C5A L4J/H Lockheed, USA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

297 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 297 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR NAME OF MODEL DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MTOW (KG) Gazelle SA341/342 S341 H1T/L SNIAS, France Gnat F141/144 GNAT L1J/L Hawker Sideley, UK Gulfstream I G2 L2J/M Grumman, USA Gulfstream III C20A L2J/M Gulfstream AS, USA Gulfstream IV G159 L2T/M Grumman, USA Gulfstream V G4 L2J/M Grumman, USA Harrier HAR L1J/M British Acft., UK Hawk HAWK L1J/M British Acft., UK Hawkeye E2 L4T/M Grumman, USA Helio Courier HE1 L1P/L Helio Acft. USA Hercules C130 L4T/M Lockheed, USA Hercules L382 C130 L4T/M Gates Learjet, USA Hornet F18 L2J/M M1.80 General Dynamic, USA HS 125 HS25 L2J/M Hs Aviation, UK Huey/Cobra AH1 H2T/L Bell Helicopter, USA Hughes Pawnee HU50 H6 H1T/L Hughes Tools, USA Hunter HUN L1J/M British Acft., UK Ilyushin 14 IL14 L2P/M Ilyushin, Russian Fed. Ilyushin 18 IL18 L4T/M Ilyushin, Russian Fed. Ilyushin 28 IL28 L2J/M Ilyushin, Russian Fed. Ilyushin 38 IL38 L2T/M Ilyushin, Russian Fed. Ilyushin 62 IL62 L4J/H Ilyushin, Russian Fed. Ilyushin 76 IL76 L4J/H Ilyushin, Russian Fed. Ilyushin 86 IL86 L4J/H Ilyushin, Russian Fed. Ilyushin 96 IL96 L4J/H Ilyushin, Russian Fed. Intruder A6 L2J/M Grumman Aviation, USA Jaguar JAGR L2J/M British Acft., UK Jet Commander AC21 L2J/M Rockwell Intl. USA Jet Provost PROV L1J/M British Acft., UK Jet Ranger BH06 H139 H1T/L Bell helicopter, USA Jetsream 32 BA32 L2T/L Bae Ltb, UK Jetstar L329 C40 L4J/M Gates Learjet, USA King Air BE90 U21A L2T/L Beechcraft Co., USA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

298 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 298 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR NAME OF MODEL DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MTOW (KG) King Air 100A BE10 U21F L2T/L Beechcraft Co., USA King Air 100B B1B L2T/L Beechcraft Co., USA Lama SA315 S315 H1T/L SNIAS, France Learjet 23 LR23 L2J/L Gates Learjet, USA Learjet 25 LR25 L2J/L Gates Learjet, USA Learjet 35 LR35 L2J/M Gates Learjet, USA Learjet 54 LR54 L2J/M Gates Learjet, USA Learjet 55 LR55 L2J/M Gates Learjet, USA Lightning LTNG L2J/M British Acft., UK Lockheed Tristar L101 L3J/H M0.85 Lockheed, USA Malibu PA46 L1P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA MD11 MD11 L3J/H McDonnel Douglas, USA MD80 MD80 L2J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA Mentor BE45 T34 L1P/L Beechcraft Co., USA Mercure 100 DA01 L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Mig 17/Fresco MI17 L1J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. Mig 19/Farmer MI19 L2J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. Mig 21/Fishbed MI21 L1J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. Mig 23 MI23 L1J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. Mig 25/Foxbat MI25 L2J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. Mig 27/Flogger MI27 L1J/M M0.95 Mikoyan, Russian Fed. Mig 29/Fulcrum MI29 L2J/M Mikoyan, Russian Fed. Mig 31/Foxhound MI31 L2J/M M2.20 Mikoyan, Russian Fed. Mirage 1 MIR1 L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Mirage 1 F1 L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Mirage 2000 MIR2 L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Mirage III MIR3 L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Mirage IV MIR4 L2J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Mirage V MIR5 L1J/M DassaultBreguet, Fr. Mohawk OV1 L2T/M Rockwell intl., USA Navajo/Mojave PA31 L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA Neptune P2 L2P/M Lockheed, USA Nimrod NIM L1J/M Hawker Siddeley, UK Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

299 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 299 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR NAME OF MODEL DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MTOW (KG) Nomad Floatmaster Nomad Searchmaster CD22 CD24 L2T/L L2T/L Govt. Acft. Co. USA Govt. Acft. Co. USA Orion P3 L4T/M Lockheed, USA Pawnee PA25 L1P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA Phantom F4 L2J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA Puma SA330 NSAO H2T/M IPTN, Indonesia Puma SA330 SA330 H2T/M SNIAS, France Queen Air 80 BE80 L2P/L Beechcraft Co., USA SAAB 35/Draken SB32 J32 L1J/M SAAB Scania, Sweden SAAB 35/Lausen SB35 J35 L1J/M SAAB Scania, Sweden SAAB 37/Viggen SB37 J37 L1J/M SAAB Scania, Sweden Sabre F86 L1J/M Rockwell Intl., USA Sea Harrier SHAR L1J/M British Acft., UK Sea Stallion H53 H2T/M Sikorsky, USA Seminole PA 44 L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA Seneca PA34 L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA Seneca II PASE L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA Sikorsky S59 SK59 H1P/L Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA Sikorsky S61 SK61 H2T/M Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA Sikorsky S62 SK62 H52 H1T/M Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA Sikorsky S64 SK64 H54 H2T/M Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA Sikorsky S70 SK70 H2T/M Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA Sikorsky S76 SK76 H2T/M Sikorsky Acft. Div. USA Sioux/trooper 47G/J BH13 H1P/L Bell Helicopter, USA Skyhawk A4 L1J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA Skyraider A1 L1P/M McDonnel Douglas, USA Skywarrior A3 L2J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA Starfighter F104 L1J/M Lockheed, USA Starlifter C141 L4J/H Lockheed, USA Stratofreighter KC97 L4P/M Boeing Acft. Co., USA Stratofortress B52 L8J/H Boeing Acft. Co., USA Stratolifter C135 L4J/H Boeing Acft. Co., USA Stratotanker KC135 L4J/H Boeing Acft. Co., USA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

300 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 300 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR NAME OF MODEL DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MTOW (KG) Sukhoi 11/Flagon SU11 L2J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. Sukhoi 22/Fitter SU22 L1J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. Sukhoi 24/Fencer SU24 L2J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. Sukhoi 25/Frogfoot SU25 L2J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. Sukhoi 27/Flanker SU27 L2J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. Sukhoi 7/ Filler SU7B L2J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. Sukhoi 9/Fishpot SU9 L1J/M Sukhoi, Russian Fed. Sundowner BE23 L1P/L Beechcraft, USA Super Courier H3 L1P/L Helio Acft., USA Super Frelon S321 SFRL H3T/M SNIAS, France Super King Air BE20 L2T/L Beechcraft, USA Super Puma SA332 SA332 H2T/M SNIAS, France Super Sabre F100 L1J/M M0.75 Rockwell Intl., USA Super VC VC15 L4J/H British Acft., UK Supercommander AC68 L2P/L Rockwell Intl., USA Superpuma NAS2 H2T/M IPTN, Indonesia Thunderchief F105 L1J/M Fairchild Ind., USA Tiger F5 L2J/M Grumman, USA Tigershark F20A L1J/M M2.00 Northrop, USA Tomahawk PA38 L1P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA Tomcat F14 L1J/M Grumman, USA Tornado MRC L2J/M DassaultBrehuet, Fr. Tornado PML L2J/M M2.20 Northrop, USA Tracer/Tracker E1 L2P/M Grumman, USA Transall C160 ND16 L2T/M SNIAS, France Traveller BE95 L2P/L Beechcraft, USA Trident HS21 L3J/M HS Aviation, UK Tupolev 114/Moss TU114 L4J/H Tupolev Russian, Fed. Tupolev 134 TU34 L2J/M Tupolev Russian, Fed. Tupolev 144 TU44 L4J/H Tupolev Russian, Fed. Tupolev 154 TU54 L3J/M Tupolev Russian, Fed. Tupolev 16/Badger TU16 L2J/M Tupolev Russian, Fed. Tupolev 22/Blinder TU22 L2J/M Tupolev Russian, Fed. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

301 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 301 Attachment 27 (cont d) AIRCRAFT TYPE DESIGNATOR NAME OF MODEL DESIGNATOR CIVIL MILI DESC. MTOW (KG) SPEED (KT) MTOW (KG) Tupolev 22M/Backfire TU22M L2J/M Tupolev Russian, Fed. Tupolev 28/Fiddler TU28 L2J/M Tupolev Russian, Fed. Tupolev 95/Bear TU95 L4J/H Tupolev Russian, Fed. Turbocommander A6T L2T/L Rockwell Intl., USA Twin Beech 18 BE18 L2T/L Beechcraft, USA Twin Commanche PA30 L2P/L Piper Acft. Co., USA Twin Otter DHC6 DH6 L2T/L De Havilland, Canada Vanguard 952/953 VC9 L4T/M British Acft., UK VCTen 1100 Vickers Viscount 800 VC10 VC8 L4J/H L4T/M British Acft., UK British Acft., UK Viking S34 L2J/M Lockheed, USA Voodoo F101 L1J/M McDonnel Douglas, USA Vulcan VLCN L4J/M British Acft., UK Yak40 YK40 L3J/M Yakovlev Russian, Fed. Yak42 YK42 L3J/M Yakovlev Russian, Fed. YS11/YS11S YS11 L2T/M Nihon Aeroplane, Jap. ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

302 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 302 Attachment 28 DESIGNATOR FOR AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY Note. Twoletter designator is IATA code and threeletter designator is ICAO code. I. ENCODE AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY AEROFLOT SOVIET AIRLINES AEROLINEAS ARGENTINAS AIR ALGERIE AIR ASIA AIR BELGIUM AIR CANADA AIR CHINA AIR FRANCE AIR INDIA AIR NEW ZEALAND LTD. AIR NIUGINI AIR PANAMA INTERNACIONAL AIR TANZANIA AIR WAGON INTERNATIONAL AIFAST SERVICE INDONESIA ALL NIPPON AIRWAYS ALITALIA LINEE AEREE ITALIANE, SPA AMERICAN AIRLINE INCORPORATION ANSETT AIRLINES AUSTRALIA AUSTRIAN AIRLINES AUVIA AIR BALI INTERNATIONAL AIR SERVICES BANGLADESH BIMAN BAYU INDONESIA AIR BOURAQ INDONESIA AIRLINES BRISTOW MASAYU HELICOPTER BRITISH AIRWAYS CANADIAN AIRLINE INTERNATIONAL DESIGNATOR TELEPHONY STATE TWO THREE SU AR AH AK AJ AC CA AF AI NZ PX OP TC QZ NH AZ AA AN OS BG BO BA CP AFL ARG DAH AXM ABB ACA CCA AFR AIC ANZ ANG API ATC AWQ AFE ANA AZA AAL AAA AUA UVT BLN BBC BYU BOU BMH BAW CDN AEROFLOT ARGENTINIA AIR ALGERIE ASIAN EXPRESS AIR BELGIUM AIR CANADA AIR CHINA AIRFRANS AIR INDIA NEW ZEALAND NIUGINI ARPA TANZANIA WAGON AIR AIRFAST ALL NIPPON ALITALIA AMERICAN ANSETT AUSTRIA AUVIA BIAR BANGLADESH BAYU BOURAQ MASAYU SPEEDBIRD CANADIAN RUSSIAN ARGENTINE ALGERIE MALAYSIA BELGIQUE CANADA CHINA FRANCE INDIA NEW ZEALAND PNG PANAMA TANZANIA INDONESIA INDONESIA JAPAN ITALY USA AUSTRALIA AUSTRIA INDONESIA INDONESIA BANGLADESH INDONESIA INDONESIA INDONESIA UK CANADA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

303 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 303 Attachment 28 (cont d) DESIGNATOR FOR AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY CARDIG AIR CATHAY PACIFIC CEBU PACIFIC AIR CESKOSLOVENSKI AEROLINE (CSA) CHINA AIRLINES CHINA SOUTHERN AIRLINES CONTINENTAL AIRLINES DELTA AIRLINES DERAYA AIR TAXI DERAZONA AIR SERVICE DHL AIRWAYS DIRGANTARA AIR SERVICE EFATA PAPUA AIRLINE EGYPT AIR EMIRATES ETIHAD AIRWAYS EVA AIR FAR EASTERN AIR TRANSPORT FEDERAL EXPRESS FINNAIR GARUDA INDONESIAN AIRWAYS GATARI HUTAMA AIR SERVICE GULF AIR HAWAIIAN AIRLINES IBERIA, LINEAS AEREAS DE ESPANA INDONESIAN AIR TRANSPORT INDONESIAN AIRLINES IRAN INTERNATIONAL INCORP. IRAQI AIRWAYS JAMAHIRIYA LIBYAN ARAB AIRLINE JALWAAYS CO, LTD. JAPAN AIRLINES DESIGNATOR TELEPHONY STATE TWO THREE 8K CX 5J OK CI CZ CO DL ER AW MS EK EY BR EF FX AY GA GF HA IB IR IA LN JO JL CAD CPA CEB CSA CAL CSN COA DAL DRY DRZ DHL DIR EIJ MSR UAE ETD EVA FEA FDX FIN GIA GHS GFA HAL IBE IDA IAA IRA IAW LAA JAZ JAL CARDIG CATHAY CEBU PACIFIC CSA LINES DINASTY CHINA SOUTHERN CONTINENTAL DELTA DERAYA DERAZONA DAHL DIRGANTARA EFATA EGYPT AIR EMIRATES ETIHAD EVA AIR FAR EASTERN FEDEX FINNAIR INDONESIA GATARI GULF AIR HAWAIIAN IBERIA INTRA INDOLINES IRANAIR IRAQI LINAIR JWAYS JAPAN AIR INDONESIA HONGKONG PHILLIPINES CZECHOS TAIWAN CHINA USA USA INDONESIA INDONESIA GERMANY INDONESIA INDONESIA EGYPT UAE UAE TAIWAN CHINA USA FINLAND INDONESIA INDONESIA BAHRAIN USA SPAIN INDONESIA INDONESIA IRAN IRAQ LIBYA JAPAN JAPAN Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

304 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 304 Attachment 28 (cont d) DESIGNATOR FOR AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY JATAYU GELANG SEJAHTERA JUGOSLOVENSKI AEROTRANSPORT KALSTAR AVIATION KARTIKA AIRLINE KLM ROYAL DUTCH AIRLINES KOREAN AIRLINES KURAKURA AVIATION KUWAIT AIRWAYS LEBANESE AIR TRANSPORT LINUS AIRWAYS LION MENTARI AIRLINE LOTPOLSKIE LINIE LOTNIEZE LUFTHANSA (DEUTSCHE LUFTHANSA) LUXAIR SOCIETE LUXEMBOURGEOUISE MALAYSIAN AIRLINES SYSTEM MANDALA AIRLINES MARTIN AIR MEGANTARA AIR MERPATI NUSANTARA AIRLINE METRO BATAVIA MISSION AVIATION FELLOWSHIP MONACAIRAGUSTA MYANMAR AIRWAYS NATIONAL AIR CHARTER NORWAY AIRLINES NURMAN AVIA INDOPURA OLYMPIC AIRWAYS OMAN AIRLINES PT. DIRGANTARA INDONESIA PAKISTAN INTERNATIONAL AIRLINES PARADISE AIRLINE PELANGI AIR SDN BHD PELITA AIR SERVICE DESIGNATOR TELEPHONY STATE TWO THREE VJ JU 3Y KL KE KU LQ JT LO LH LG MH QH MP MZ 7V UB OA WY PK 6D JTY JAT KLS KAE KLM KAL KUR KAC LAQ LAI LNI LOT DLH LGL MAS MDL MPH MKE MNA BTV MAF MCR UBA NSR NOS NIN OAL OMA IPN PAL PRZ PEG PAS JATAYU JAT KALSTAR KARTIKA KLM KOREANAIR KAYAVIATION KUWAITI LAT AIRLINUS LION POLLOT LUFTHANSA LUXAIR MALAYSIA MANDALA MARTINAIR MEGANTARA MERPATI BATAVIA MISSI MONACAIR UNIONAIR NASAIR NORSPEED NURVINDO OLYMPIC OMAN AIR NUSANTARA PAKISTAN PARADISE PELANGI PELITA INDONESIA YUGOSLAVIA INDONESIA INDONESIA NETHERLAND KOREA INDONESIA KUWAIT LIBAN INDONESIA INDONESIA POLAND GERMANY LUXEMBOURG MALAYSIA INDONESIA NETHERLAND INDONESIA INDONESIA INDONESIA INDONESIA MONACO MYANMAR INDONESIA NORWAY INDONESIA GREECE OMAN INDONESIA PAKISTAN INDONESIA MALAYSIA INDONESIA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

305 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 305 Attachment 28 (cont d) DESIGNATOR FOR AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY PHILIPPINE AIRLINE CORPORATION PUSDIKLAT UDARA/STPI QANTAS AIRWAYS QATAR AMIRI FLIGHT RED ARROWS DISPLAY SQUADRON REPUBLIC EXPRESS AIRLINE RIAU AIRLINE ROYAL AIR MAROC ROYAL BRUNEI AIRLINES ROYAL YORDAN ROYAL NEPAL AIRLINES SABAH AIR SABANG MERAUKE AIR CHARTER SABENA SOC. ANONYME BELGE D EXP SAMPOERNA AIR NUSANATARA SAUDI ARABIA AIRLINES SEULAWAH NAD AIR SILK AIR PTE LTD SINGAPORE AIRLINES SRILANKAN AIRLINES SRIWIJAYA AIR SWISS AIR SOUTHWEST AIRLINE STAR AIR SURVEY UDARA SYRIAN ARAB AIRLINES THAI AIRWAYS INTERNATIONAL TIGER AIRWAYS TOP SKY INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL EXPRESS AVIATION SERVICES DESIGNATOR TELEPHONY STATE TWO THREE PR QF QR RH AT BI RJ RA SG SK SV QE MI SQ UL SJ LX WN RB TG TU XN PAL UDA QFA QTR SAK RPH RIU RAM RBA RJA RNA SAX SMC SAS SAE SVA NAD SLK SIA ALK SJY SWR SWA STQ PNS SYR THA TGW LKW XAR PHILIPPINE UDARA QANTAS QATARI RED ARROWS PUBLIC EXPRESS RIAU AIR MAROCAIR BRUNEI JORDANIAN ROYAL NEPAL SABAH AIR SAMER SCANDINAVIA SAMPOERNA SAUDIA SEULAWAH SILK AIR SINGAPORE SRILANKAN SRIWIJAYA SWISS AIR SOUTHWEST STERA PENAS SYRIAN AIR THAI INTER GTO CAT TOPINTER TRAVEL EXPRESS PHILIPPINE INDONESIA AUSTRALIA QATAR UK INDONESIA INDONESIA MAROC BRUNEI JORDAN NEPAL MALAYSIA INDONESIA SANDINAVIA INDONESIA SAUDI ARABIA INDONESIA SINGAPORE SINGAPORE SRI LANKA INDONESIA SUISSE USA INDONESIA INDONESIA SYRIA THAILAND SINGAPORE INDONESIA INDONESIA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

306 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 306 Attachment 28 (cont d) DESIGNATOR FOR AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY TRIGANA AIR SERVICE TRIM.G AIRLINES TUNIS AIR SOCIETE TUNISIE DEL AIR TURK HAVA YOLLARI/TURKISH AIR UNION DES TRANSPORTS ARIENS UNITED AIRLINES UNITED PARCEL SERVICE COMPANY VALU AIR LIMITED VIVA MACAU LIMITED WINGS ABADI AIRLINES YEMEN AIRWAYS ZAIREAN AIRLINE ZAMBIAN AIRWAYS DESIGNATOR TELEPHONY STATE TWO THREE GY TU TK UT UA 5X VF ZG IY JZ Q3 TGN TMG TAR THY UTA UAL UPS VLU VVM WON IYE ZAR MAZ TRIGANA TRILINES TUNAIR TURK AIR UTA UNITED UPS VALU AIR JACKPOT WINGS ABADI YEMENI ZAIREAN ZAMBIA INDONESIA INDONESIA TUNISIE TURKEY FRANCE USA USA SINGAPORE MACAU INDONESIA YEMEN ZAIRE ZAMBIA II. DECODE DESIGNATOR TELEPHONY AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY STATES THREE TWO AAA AAL ABB ACA AFE AFL AFR AIC ALK ANA ANG AN AA AJ AC SU AF AI UL NH PX ANSETT AMERICAN AIR BELGIUM AIR CANADA AIRFAST AEROFLOT AIRFRANS AIR INDIA SRILANKA ALL NIPPON NIUGINI ANSETT AIRLINES OF AUSTRALIA AMERICAN AIRLINES CORPORATION AIR BELGIUM AIR CANADA AIRFAST SERVICE INDONESIA AEROFLOT SOVIET AIRLINES AIR FRANCE AIR INDIA SRILANKAN AIRLINES ALL NIPPON AIRWAYS AIR NIUGINI AUSTRALIA USA BELGIQUE CANADA INDONESIA RUSSIAN FRANCE INDIA SRILANKA JAPAN PNG ANZ NZ NEW ZEALAND AIR NEW ZEALAND LTD NEW ZEALAND API ARG ATC OP AR TC ARPA ARGENTINA TANZANIA AIR PANAMA INTERNATIONAL AEROLINEAS ARGENTINAS AIR TANZANIA PANAMA ARGENTINA TAANZANIA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

307 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 307 Attachment 28 (cont d) DESIGNATOR FOR AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY DESIGNATOR TELEPHONY AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY STATES THREE TWO AUA AWQ AXM AZA BAW BBC BLN BMH BOU BTV BYU CAD CAL CCA CDN CEB OS QZ AK AZ BA BG BO 7V 8K CI CA CP 5J AUSTRIA WAGON AIR ASIAN EXPRESS ALITALIA SPEEDBIRD BANGLADESH BIAR MASAYU BOURAQ BATAVIA BAYU CARDIG DINASTY AIR CHINA CANADIAN CEBU PACIFIC AUSTRIAN AIRLINES AIR WAGON INTERNATIONAL AIR ASIA ALITALIA LINEE AEREE ITALIANE, SPA BRITISH AIRWAYS BANGLADESH BIMAN BALI INTERNATIONAL AIR SERVICE BRISTOW MASAYU HELICOPTER BOURAQ AIRLINES METRO BATAVIA BAYU INDONESIA AIR CARDIG AIR CHINA AIRLINE AIR CHINA CANADIAN AIRLINE INTERNATIONAL CEBU PACIFIC AIR AUSTRIA INDONESIA MALAYSIA ITALY UK BANGLADESH INDONESIA INDONESIA INDONESIA INDONESIA INDONESIA INDONESIA TAIWAN CHINA CANADA PHILLIPINES COA CO CONTINENTAL CONTINENTALLINES CATHAY PACIFIC USA CPA CX CATHAY AIRWAYS UK CSA CSN DAH DAL DHL DIR DLH DRY DRZ EIJ ETD EVA FEA OK CZ AH DL ER AW LH EY BR EF CSA LINES CHINA SOUTHERN AIR ALGERIE DELTA DAHL DIRGANTARA LUFTHANSA DERAYA DERAZONA EFATA ETIHAD EVA AIR FAR EASTERN CESKOSLOVENSKI AEROLINE, CSA CHINA SOUTHERN AIRLINES AIR ALGERIE DELTA AIRLINES DHL AIRWAYS DIRGANTARA AIR SERVICES DEUTSCHE LUFTHANSA DERAYA AIR TAXI DERAZONA AIR SERVICE EFATA PAPUA AIRLINE ETIHAD AIRWAYS EVA AIR FAR EASTERN AIR TRANSPORT CZECHOS CHINA ALGERIE USA GERMANY INDONESIA GERMANY INDONESIA INDONESIA INDONESIA UAE TAIWAN CHINA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

308 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 308 Attachment 28 (cont d) DESIGNATOR FOR AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY DESIGNATOR TELEPHONY AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY STATES THREE TWO FDX FIN GFA GHS GIA HAL IAA IAW IBE IDA IPN IRA IYE JAL JAT JAZ JTY KAC KAE KAL KLM KLS KUR LAA LAI LAQ LGL LKW LNI LOT MAF MAS MAZ FX AY GF GA HA IA IB IR IY JL JU JO VJ KU 3Y KE KL LN LQ LG JT LO MH Q3 FEDEX FINNAIR GULF GATARI INDONESIA HAWAIIAN INDOLINES IRAQI IBERIA INTRA NUSANTARA IRAN AIR YEMENI JAPAN AIR JAT JWAYS JATAYU KUWAITI KARTIKA KOREANAIR KLM KALSTAR KAYAVIATION LIBAIR AIRLINUS LAT LUXAIR TOPINTER LION INTER POLLOT MISSI MALAYSIA ZAMBIA FEDERAL EXPRESS FINNAIR GULF AIR GATARI HUTAMA AIR SERVICE GARUDA INDONESIA AIRWAYS HAWAIIAN AIRLINES INDONESIAN AIRLINES IRAQI AIRWAYS IBERIA, LINEAS AEREAS DE ESPANA INDONESIA AIR TRANSPORT PT. DIRGANTARA INDONESIA IRAN NATIONAL AIRLINES INCORP. YEMEN AIRWAYS JAPAN AIRLINES JUGOSLOVENSKI AEROTRANSPORT JALWAYS CO. LTD JATAYU AIR SERVICE KUWAIT AIRWAYS KARTIKA AIRLINES KOREAN AIRLINES KLM ROYAL DUTCH AIRLINES KALSTAR AVIATION KURAKURA AVIATION JAMAHIRIYA LIBYAN ARAB AIRLINES LINUS AIRWAYS LEBANESE AIR TRANSPORT LUXAIR SOCIETE LUXEMBOURGEOUISE TOP SKY INTERNATIONAL LION MENTARI AIRLINE LOTPOLSKIE LINIE LOTNIEZE MISSION AVIATION FELLOWSHIP MALAYSIA AIRLINES SYSTEM ZAMBIA AIRWAYS USA FINLAND BAHRAIN INDONESIA INDONESIA USA INDONESIA IRAQ SPAIN INDONESIA INDONESIA IRAN YEMEN JAPAN JUGOSLAVIA JAPAN INDONESIA KUWAIT INDONESIA KOREA NETHERLAND INDONESIA INDONESIA LIBYA INDONESIA LEBAN LUXEMBURG INDONESIA INDONESIA POLAND INDONESIA MALAYSIA ZAMBIA Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

309 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 309 Attachment 28 (cont d) DESIGNATOR FOR AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY DESIGNATOR TELEPHONY AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY STATES THREE TWO MCR MDL MKE MNA MPH MSR NAD NIN NOS NSR NWA OAL OMA PAL PAS PEG PIA PNS PRZ QAF QFA RAM RBA RIU RJA RNA RPH SAE SAK SAS SAX SIA QH MZ MP MS QE NW OA WY PR EP PK QX QF AT BI RJ RA RH SK SG SQ MONACAIR MANDALA MEGANTARA MERPATI MARTINAIR EGYPTAIR SEULAWAH NURVINDO NORSPEED NASAIR NORTHWEST OLYMPIC OMAN AIR PHILIPPINE PELITA PELANGI PAKISTAN PENAS PARADISE QATARI QANTAS MAROCAIR BRUNEI RIAU AIR JORDANIAN ROYAL NEPAL PUBLIC EXPRESS SAMPOERNA RED ARROWS SCANDINAVIA SABAH AIR SINGAPORE MONACAIRAGUSTA MANDALA AIRLINES MEGANTARA AIR MERPATI NUSANTARA AIRLINES MARTIN AIR HOLLAND EGYPT AIR SEULAWAH NAD AIR NURMAN AVIA INDOPURA NORWAY AIRLINES NATIONAL AIR CHARTER NORTHWEST ORIENT AIRLINES OLYMPIC AIRWAYS OMAN AIRLINES PHILIPPINE AIRLINES CORPORATION PELITA AIR SERVICE PELANGI AIR SDN BHD PAKISTAN INERNATIONAL AIRLINES SURVEY UDARA PARADISE AIRLINE QATAR AMIRI FLIGHT QANTAS AIRWAYS ROYAL AIR MAROC ROYAL BRUNEI AIRLINES RIAU AIRLINE ROYAL JORDANIAN SOYAL NEPAL AIRLINES REPUBLIC EXPRESS AIRLINE SAMPOERNA AIR NUSANATA RED ARROWS DISPLAY SQUADRON SABENASOC. ANONYME BELGE D EXP SABAH AIR SINGAPORE AIRLINES MONACO INDONESIA INDONESIA INDONESIA NETHERLAND EGYPT, AR INDONESIA INDONESIA NORWAY INDONESIA USA GREECE OMAN PHILIPPINE INDONESIA MALAYSIA PAKISTAN INDONESIA INDONESIA QATAR AUSTRALIA MAROC BRUNEI INDONESIA JORDANIA NEPAL INDONESIA INDONESIA UK SCANDINAVIA MALAYSIA SINGAPORE Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

310 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 310 Attachment 28 (cont d) DESIGNATOR FOR AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY DESIGNATOR TELEPHONY AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY STATES THREE TWO SJY SLK SMC STQ SVA SWA SWR SYR TAR TGN TGW THA THY TMG UAE UAL UBA UDA UPS UTA VLU VVM WON XAR ZAR SJ MI SV WNX LX RB TU TG TK GY EK UA UB 5X UT VF ZG XN JZ SRIWIJAYA SILK AIR SAMER STERA SAUDIA SOUTHWEST SWISSAIR SYRIANAIR TUNAIR TRIGANA GO CAT THAI INTER TURKAIR TRILINES EMIRATES UNITED UNIONAIR UDARA UPS UTA VALU AIR JACKPOT WINGS ABADI TRAVEL EXPRESS ZAIREAN SRIWIJAYA AIR SILK AIR PTE LTD SABANG MERAUKE AIR CHARTER STAR AIR SAUDI ARABIA AIRLINES SOTHWEST AIRLINES SWISS AIR SYRIAN ARAB AIRLINES TUNIS AIR SOCIETE TUNISIE DEL AIR TRIGANA AIR SERVICE TIGER AIRWAYS THAI AIRWAYS INTERNATIONAL TURK HAVA YOLLARI/TURKISH AIR TRIM.G AIRLINES EMIRATES UNITED AIRLINES MYANMAR AIRWAYS PUSDIKLAT UDARA/STPI UNITED PARCEL SERVICE COMPANY UNION DES TRANSPORTS ARIENS VALU AIR LIMITED VIVA MACAU LIMITED WINGS ABADI AIRLINES TRAVEL EXPRESS AVIATION SERVICES ZAIREAN AIRLINES INDONESIA SINGAPORE INDONESIA INDONESIA SAUDI ARABIA USA SUISSE SYRIA, AR TUNISIE INDONESIA SINGAPORE THAILAND TURKEY INDONESIA EMIRATES. UA USA MYANMAR INDONESIA USA FRANCE SINGAPORE MACAU INDONESIA INDONESIA ZAIRE Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

311 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 311 III. DOMESTIC AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY AIRCRAFT OPERATING AGENCY DESIGNATOR IATA ICAO TELEPHONY REMARKS AIR MALEO PK ZMX ASIALINK CARGO EXPRESS AKC ASIALINK PK KRX CARGO ASI PUDJIASTUTI AVIATION SI SQS SKY QUEEN PK VVX AVIASTAR MANDIRI MV VIT AVIASTAR PK BRX BOURAQ AIRLINES *) BO BOU BOURAQ PK IJX BATIK AIR ID BTK BATIK PK LXX CITILINK QG CTV SUPER GREEN PK GXX DERAYA AIR CHARTER DRY DERAYA PK DDX DERAZONA AIR TAXI DRZ DERAZONA PK DAX EASTINDO ESD EASTINDO PK EXPRESS AIR RH RPH PUBLIC PK TXX EXPRESS GARUDA INDONESIA GA GIA INDONESIA PK GXX GATARI AIR GHS GATARI PK HXX INDONESIA AIR ASIA ZQ AWQ WAGON AIR PK AXX INDONESIA AIR TRANSPORT I8 IDA INTRA PK TXX KALSTAR AVIATION KD KLS KALSTAR PK BRX JOHNLIN AIR TRANSPORT JLB JOHNLIN PK JBX KARTIKA AIRLINES *) 3Y KAE KARTIKA PK LION MENTARI AIR JT LNI LION INTER PK LXX MANDALA AIRLINES *) QH MDL MANDALA PK RMX MANUNGGAL AIR MNS MANUNGGAL PK VTX MERPATI NUSANTARA AILINE *) MZ MNA MERPATI PK MXX METRO BATAVIA *) Y6 BTV BATAVIA PK YUX NAM AIR IN NIH NAM PK FAX NUSANTARA AIR CHARTER SJK NUSANTARA PK PELITA AIR SERVICE EP PAS PELITA PK PXX PREMI AIR PK RJX RIAU AIR PK RIU RIAU AIR PK SABANG MERAUKE AIR CHARTER SMC SAMER PK SXX SAFARI AIR FS AFE AIRFAST PK OAX SAMPURNA AIR NUSANTARA SAE SAMPOERNA PK ZAX Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

312 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) SKY AVIATION SY SYA SKY PK ECX SRIWIJAYA SJ SJY SRIWIJAYA PK CLX TRANS NUSA AIR SERVICES TNU NUSA PK TNX TRANSWISATA PRIMA AVIATION TWT TRANSWISATA PK TRAVEL EXPRESS AVIATION XN XAR TRAVEL PK SERVICE EXSPRESS TRAVIRA AIR TR TVV PARAMITA PK TRI GANA AIRLINES IL TGN TRIGANA PK YRX TRI MG ASIA AIRLINES GY TMG TRILINES PK YGX WING ABADI AIR IW WON WINGS ABADI PK WFX LINUS AIRWAYS LAI AIRLINUS PK LNX *) DO NOT OPERATIONAL ANYMORE IV. FLYING SCHOOL NAME OF SCHOOL FLEET REGISTRATION AEROFLYER C172 PK HAX ALFA FLYING SCHOOL C172 PK WTX / PK SDX BALI INTERNATIONAL FLIGHT ACADEMY (BIFA) C172 PK ROX BANDUNG FLYING SCHOOL C172 PK IUX DERAYA FLYING SCHOOL VARY PK DDX FLYBEST FLIGHT ACADEMY C172 PK KFX LOKA PENDIDIKAN DAN PELATIHAN BE23 PK BYX PENERBANGAN BANYUWANGI TB10 MERPATI FLYING SCHOOL C172 PK MSX NAM FLYING SCHOOL C172 PK FAX PROFLIGHT SCHOOL C150 PK KOX SEKOLAH TINGGI PENERBANGAN INDONESIA BE23 TB10 BE55/BE58 PK ANX PK AGX PK ABX Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

313 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 313 V. GOVERNMENT BODIES AND MILITARY NAME OF AGENCY FLEET REGISTRATION (EXAMPLE) SEARH AND RESCUE (SAR) NATIONAL POLICE OF INDONESIA INDONESIA AIRFORCE (IAF) MB05 B412 MB05 CN12 BE19 B412 Dauphin AS565 MBe PZL M28 Skytruck Enstrom 480B PZL W3 Sokol BELL 206 BEECH 18CH FK50 TA50 Golden Eagle GROB G120TP KT1B Wongbee T34 Mentor Su27 and Su30MK F16 Fighting Falcon B737 Marine Patrol Hawk 209 C130 Hercules FK27 Friendship CN35 110/220M F5E/F CN295M NC212 F28 NAS332 Super Puma NAS 330J Puma EC120B Colibri HR 1524 HR 4121 P 1013 P 2120 P 1902 P 5001 P 3101 P #### P #### P #### P #### P #### P #### Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

314 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) INDONESIAN NAVY N.24 Nomad NC212 MPA Beech G36 Bonanza CN35 MPA NBO105 Bell 412EP EC120B Colibri Dauphin AS565 MBe AX 2339 NV 403 HU 411 MP 617 INDONESIAN ARMY AH64E Apache Mi35 Helicopter AS355 Eurocopter Mi17V5 Helicopter UH1D Iroquois B412EP AC 680 Aerocommader Cessna C310 C212 Aviocar VI. NATIONAL OPERATOR WHICH HAVE NEITHER 2LETTER NOR 2LETTER DESIGNATOR YET AIR PACIFIC UTAMA ALFA TRANS DIRGANTARA PA34 PK SUX ASSOCIATION OF MISSION AVIATION (AMA) Pillatus PC6 PK RJX ATLAS DELTASATYA PA31 / PA23 PK DABI AIR NUSANTARA Cessna C560 PK DPD INTAN ANGKASA AIR SERVICE PA31 PK IWX MIMIKA AIR Pilatus PC6 PK LTX NATIONAL UTILITY HELICOPTER EC145 PK UHX NUSANTARA BUANA AIR D228 PK TLX NYAMAN AIR BELL B412 PK FUX PENERBANGAN ANGKASA SEMESTA PURA WISATA BARUNA B200C PK JCX SAYAP GARUDA INDAH B206 PK ZGX YAYASAN JASA AVIASI PillausPC6 PK UCX Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

315 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 315 Attachment 29 ICAO MODEL RUNWAY INCURSION INITIAL REPORT FORM Report No. : A. Date/time of runway incursion (in UTC) Day Night (YYYYMMDDhhmm) B. Person submitting the report Name: Job title: Telephone no.: Facility/unit: Date/time/place of completion of form: C. ICAO aerodrome designator D. Surface conditions (Braking) E. Aircraft, vehicle or person involved in the runway incursion (indicate all those involved in the occurrence) Aircraft 1: Aircraft 2: Aircraft 3: Vehicle: Person: F. Weather conditions Wind: Temperature ( Celsius): Visibility/RVR: Ceiling/cloud: Additional information: Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

316 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 316 G. Evasive action Aircraft 1 No Yes Select from the list below as appropriate: Cancelled takeoff clearance Rejected takeoff Rotated early Delayed rotation Abrupt stop Swerved Missed approach Other distance rolled: distance to runway threshold: H. Evasive action Aircraft 1 No Yes Select from the list below as appropriate: Cancelled takeoff clearance Rejected takeoff distance rolled: Rotated early Delayed rotation Abrupt stop Swerved Missed approach distance to runway threshold: Other I. Evasive action Vehicle No Yes Select from the list below as appropriate: Abrupt stop Swerved distance rolled: Other J. Closest proximity Vertical (ft): Horizontal (m): K. Communication difficulties No Yes Select from the list below as appropriate: Readback/hearback Blocked communication Confused call signs Aircraft on wrong frequency/no radio Nonstandard phraseology Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

317 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 317 L. ATC Did ATC forget about: Yes No An aircraft/person/vehicle cleared onto or to cross a runway? An aircraft on approach to land? A runway closure? M. Description of the incident and relevant circumstances 1. A description or diagram of the geometry of the incident scenario: Description: Diagram: 2. A description of any evasive or corrective action taken to avoid a collision: 3. An assessment of the available reaction time and the effectiveness of the evasive or corrective action: 4. An indication of whether a review of voice communication has been completed and the results of that review: Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

318 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Initial assessment of severity: N. Aircraft details Aircraft 1 Registration no.: Call sign: SSR code (if applicable): Flight no.: Owner/operator: Aircraft 1 type: Flight details (select from the list below as appropriate): Type of flight Flight rules General aviation IFR Military VFR Nonscheduled Scheduled Other Not applicable O. Aircraft details Aircraft 1 Registration no.: Call sign: SSR code (if applicable): Flight no.: Owner/operator: Aircraft 1 type: Flight details (select from the list below as appropriate): Type of flight Flight rules General aviation IFR Military VFR Nonscheduled Scheduled Other Not applicable P. Vehicle details Vehicle 1 Registration no.: Call sign: SSR code (if applicable): Flight no.: Owner/operator: Vehicle 1 type: Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

319 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 319 Other details (select from the list below as appropriate): Type of vehicle Other: Runway inspection Bird control Tugging/towing Fire brigade Maintenance Snow clearing Military Q. Vehicle details Vehicle 1 Registration no.: Call sign: SSR code (if applicable): Flight no.: Owner/operator: Vehicle 1 type: Other details (select from the list below as appropriate): Type of vehicle Runway inspection Bird control Tugging/towing Fire brigade Maintenance Snow clearing Military Other: R. Report received by (name of person) (date) S. Date when detailed investigation will commence Item INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THE RUNWAY INCURSION INITIAL REPORT FORM A B Indicate the date/time (in UTC) and conditions (day or night) of the runway incursion. Provide details about the person submitting the report. C Provide the aerodrome designator as indicated in Location Indicators(Doc 7910). D E Supply information regarding the runway condition at the time of the runway incursion, which affected the braking action of the aircraft. Identify the aircraft, vehicles or persons involved in the runway incursion. More details should be provided in N, O, P and Q. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

320 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 320 F Provide information on weather conditions such as wind, visibility, RVR, temperature, ceiling, cloud and additional information as required. G, H, I Provide information regarding evasive action taken bythe aircraft and/or vehicles. J Provide information regarding the closest proximity or distance, horizontally and/or vertically, between both parties during the runway incursion or at the point at which both parties were aware of the situation and the aircraft was under control at taxi speed or less. K, L Provide information regarding communication difficulties and ATC memory lapses. M Describe the runway incursion, by providing the information requested. Attach additional pages as required. N, O, P, Q Supply detailed information regarding the aircraft and vehicles involved in the runway incursion. R S Provide the name of the person receiving the report and date. Indicate the date when the detailed investigation of the runway incursion will commence. ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

321 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 321 Attachment 30 AIR TRAFFIC INCIDENT REPORT 1. Air traffic incident report form AIR TRAFFIC INCIDENT REPORT FORM For use when submitting reports on air traffic incidents. In an initial report by radio, shaded items should be included. A AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION B TYPE OF INCIDENT AIRPROX / OBSTRUCTION ON RUNWAY / RUNWAY INCURSION / PROCEDURE / FACILITY * C THE INCIDENT 1. General a) Date / time of incident UTC b) Position 2. Own aircraft a) Heading and route b) True airspeed measured in ( ) kt ( ) km/h c) Level and altimeter setting d) Aircraft climbing or descending ( ) Level flight ( ) Climbing Descending e) Aircraft bank angle ( ) Wings level ( ) Slight bank ( ) Moderate bank ( ) Steep bank ( ) Inverted ( ) Unknown f) Aircraft direction of bank ( ) Left ( ) Right ( ) Unknown g) Restrictions to visibility (select as many as required) ( ) Sun glare ( ) Windscreen pilar ( ) Dirty windscreen ( ) Other cockpit structure ( ) None h) Use of aircraft lighting (select as many as required) ( ) Navigation lights ( ) Strobe lights ( ) Cabin lights ( ) Red anticollision lights ( ) Landing / taxi lights ( ) Logo (tail fin) lights ( ) Other ( ) None Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

322 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 322 i) Traffic avoidance advice issued by ATS ( ) Yes, based on ATS ( ) Yes, based on visual sighting ( ) Yes, based on other surveillance system information ( ) No j) Traffic information issued ( ) Yes, based on ATS ( ) Yes, based on visual sighting ( ) Yes, based on other surveillance system information ( ) No k) Airborne collision avoidance system ACAS ( ) Not carried ( ) Type ( ) Traffic advisory issued ( ) Resolution advisory issued Traffic advisory or resolution advisory not issued l) Identification ( ) No ATS surveillance system ( ) Identification ( ) No identification available m) Other aircraft sighted ( ) Yes ( ) No ( ) Wrong aircraft sighted n) Avoiding action taken ( ) Yes ( ) No o) Type of flight plan IFR / VFR / None * 3. Other aircraft a) Type and call sign / registration (if known) b) If a) above not known, describe below ( ) High wing ( ) Mid wing ( ) Low wing ( ) Rotorcraft ( ) 1 engine ( ) 2 engines ( ) 3 engines ( ) 4 engines ( ) More than 4 engines Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

323 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 323 Marking, colour or other available details c) Aircraft climbing or descending ( ) Level flight ( ) Climbing ( ) Descending ( ) Unknown d) Aircraft bank angle ( ) Wings level ( ) Slight bank ( ) Moderate bank ( ) Steep bank ( ) Inverted ( ) Unknown e) Aircraft direction of bank ( ) Left ( ) Right ( ) Unknown f) Light displayed ( ) Navigation lights ( ) Strobe lights ( ) Cabin lights ( ) Red anticollision lights ( ) Landing / taxi lights ( ) Logo (tail fin) lights ( ) Other ( ) None g) Traffic avoidance advice issued by ATS ( ) Yes, based on ATS ( ) Yes, based on visual sighting ( ) Yes, based on other surveillance system information ( ) No ( ) Unknown h) Traffic information issued ( ) Yes, based on ATS ( ) Yes, based on visual sighting ( ) Yes, based on other surveillance system information ( ) No ( ) Unknown i) Avoiding action taken ( ) Yes ( ) No 4. Distance a) Closest horizontal distance b) Closest vertical distance Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

324 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Flight meteorological conditions a) IMC / VMC* b) Above / below* clouds / fog / haze or between layers* c) Distance vertically from cloud m / ft* below m / ft* above d) In cloud / rain / snow / sleet / fog / haze* e) Flying into / out of* sun f) Flight visibility m / km* 6. Any other information considered important by the pilotincommand D MISCELLANEOUS 1. Information regarding reporting aircraft a) Aircraft registration b) Aircraft type c) Operator d) Aerodrome of departure e) Aerodrome of first landing Destination f) Reported by radio or other means to (name of ATS unit) at date/time UTC g) Date / time / place of completion of form 2. Function, address and signature of person submitting report a) Function b) Address c) Signature d) Telephone number 3. Function and signature of person receiving report a) Function b) Signature Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

325 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 325 E SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION BY ATS UNIT CONCERNED 1. Receipt of report a) Report received via AFTN / radio / telephone / other (specify)* b) Report received by (name of ATS unit) 2. Details of ATS action Clearance, incident seen (ATS surveillance system/visually, warning given, result of local enquiry, etc.) DIAGRAMS OF AIRPROX Mark passage of other aircraft relative to you, in plan on the left and in elevation on the right, assuming YOU are at the centre of each diagram. Include first sighting and passing distance VIEW FROM ABOVE Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

326 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) VIEW FROM ASTERN Instructions for the completion of the air traffic incident report form Item A : Aircraft identification of the aircraft filing the report. B : An AIRPROX report should be filed immediately by radio. C1 : Date/time UTC and position in bearing and distance from a navigation aid or in LAT/LONG. C2 : Information regarding aircraft filing the report, tick as necessary. C2 : c) E.g. FL350/1013 hpa or ft/qnh 1007 hpa or ft/qfe 998 hpa. C3 : Information regarding the other aircraft involved. C4 : Passing distance state units used. C6 : Attach additional papers as required. The diagrams may be used to show the aircraft s positions. D1 : f) State name of ATS unit and date/time in UTC. D1 : g) Date and time in UTC and place of completion of form. E2 : Include details of ATS unit such as service provided, radiotelephony frequency, SSR codes assigned and altimeter setting. Use diagram to show the aircraft s position and attach additional papers as required. ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

327 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 327 Attachment 31 PHRASEOLOGY I. GENERAL 1. Radiotelephony (RTF) provides the means by which pilots and ground personnel communicate with each other. The information and instructions transmitted are of vital importance in the safe and expeditious operation of aircraft. Incidents and accidents have occurred in which a contributing factor has been the use of nonstandard procedures and phraseology. The importance of using correct and precise standardized phraseology cannot be overemphasized. 2. The following transmitting techniques will assist in ensuring that transmitted speech is clear and satisfactorily received: a. before transmitting, listen out on the frequency to be used to ensure that there will be no interference with a transmission from another station; b. be familiar with good microphone operating techniques; c. use a normal conversational tone, and speak clearly and distinctly; d. maintain an even rate of speech not exceeding 100 words per minute. When it is known that elements of the message will be written down by the recipient, speak at a slightly slower rate; e. maintain the speaking volume at a constant level; f. a slight pause before and after numbers will assist in making them easier to understand; g. avoid using hesitation sounds such as er ; h. be familiar with the microphone operating techniques, particularly in relation to the maintenance of a constant distance from the microphone if a modulator with a constant level is not used; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

328 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 328 i. suspend speech temporarily if it becomes necessary to turn the head away from the microphone; j. depress the transmit switch fully before speaking and do not release it until the message is completed; k. the transmission of long messages should be interrupted momentarily from time to time to permit the transmitting operator to confirm that the frequency in use is clear and, if necessary, to permit the receiving operator to request repetition of parts not received. 3. Most phraseology contained in this attachment show the text of a complete message with and/or without call signs. They are not intended to be exhaustive, and when circumstances differ, pilots, ATS personnel and other ground personnel will be expected to use plain language, which should be as clear and concise as possible, to the level specified in the ICAO language proficiency requirements contained in Annex 1 Personnel Licensing, in order to avoid possible confusion by those persons using a language other than one of their national languages. 4. The phraseologies are grouped according to types of air traffic service for convenience of reference. However, users shall be familiar with, and use as necessary, the general phraseology. All phraseologies shall be used in conjunction with call signs as appropriate. 5. The communication procedures shall be in accordance with a. Annex 10, Volume II Aeronautical Telecommunication Service; b. Document 4444 ATM/501 Air Traffic Management; and c. Document 9432 Manual of Radiotelephony. 6. Runwayinuse, altimeter settings, SSR codes, level instructions, heading and speed instructions and, where so required by the appropriate authority, transition levels, shall always be read back. Example : C : GIA 893 SQUAWK ONE THREE ONE ZERO P : SQUAWK ONE THREE ONE ZERO, GIA 893 Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

329 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) During operations in or vertical transit through reduced vertical separation minimum (RVSM) airspace with aircraft not approved for RVSM operations, pilots shall report nonapproved as follows: a) at initial call on any channel within RVSM airspace; b) in all requests for level changes; and c) in all read backs of level clearances. 8. Air traffic controllers shall explicitly acknowledge receipt of messages from aircraft reporting RVSM nonapproved status. 9. Phraseologies for the movement of vehicles, other than towtractors, on the manoeuvring area shall be the same as those used for the movement of aircraft, with the exception of taxi instructions, in which case the word PROCEED shall be substituted for the word TAXI when communicating with vehicles. 10. Conditional phrases, such as behind landing aircraft or after departing aircraft, shall not be used for movements affecting the active runway(s), except when the aircraft or vehicles concerned are seen by the appropriate controller and pilot. The aircraft or vehicle causing the condition in the clearance issued shall be the first aircraft/vehicle to pass in front of the other aircraft concerned. In all cases a conditional clearance shall be given in the following order and consist of: a) identification; b) the condition; c) the clearance; and d) brief reiteration of the condition, for example: GIA 083, BEHIND EA32 ON SHORT FINAL, LINE UP BEHIND. Note. This implies the need for the aircraft receiving the conditional clearance to identify the aircraft or vehicle causing the conditional clearance. 11. Words in parentheses indicates that specific information, such as a level, a place or a time, etc. must be inserted to complete the phrase, or alternatively that optional phrases may be used. Words in square parentheses indicate Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

330 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 330 optional additional words or information that may be necessary in specific instances. 12. The followings are some example of standard phraseology (compiled from Document 4444 Air Traffic Management and Document 9432 Manual of Radiotelephony) which are composed in such a way that resembling the active conversation between controller and pilot. The letter P represents the pilot transmission and C represents the approach radar controller transmission. II. STANDARD WORDS AND PHRASES The following words and phrases shall be used in radiotelephony communications as appropriate and shall have the meaning given below. ACKNOWLEDGE Let me know that you have received and understood this message. AFFIRM Yes. APPROVED Permission for proposed action granted. BREAK I hereby indicate the separation between portions of the message. Note. To be used where there is no clear distinction between the text and other portions of the message. BREAK BREAK I hereby indicate the separation between messages transmitted to different aircraft in a very busy environment. CANCEL Annul the previously transmitted clearance. CHECK Examine a system or procedure. Note. Not to be used in any other context. No answer is normally expected. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

331 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 331 CLEARED Authorized to proceed under the conditions specified. CONFIRM I request verification of: (clearance, instruction, action, information). CONTACT Establish communications with... CORRECT True or Accurate. CORRECTION An error has been made in this transmission (or message indicated). The correct version is... DISREGARD Ignore. HOW DO YOU READ What is the readability of my transmission? I SAY AGAIN I repeat for clarity or emphasis. MAINTAIN Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal sense, e.g. maintain VFR. MONITOR Listen out on (frequency). NEGATIVE No or Permission not granted or That is not correct or not capable. OVER "My transmission is ended, and I expect a response from you" Note. Not normally used in VHF communication. OUT This exchange of transmissions is ended and no response is expected. Note. Not normally used in VHF communications. READ BACK Repeat all, or the specified part, of this message back to me Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

332 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 332 exactly as received. RECLEARED A change has been made to your last clearance and this new clearance supersedes your previous clearance or part thereof. REPORT Pass me the following information... REQUEST I should like to know... or I wish to obtain... ROGER I have received all of your last transmission. Note. Under no circumstances to be used in reply to a question requiring READ BACK or a direct answer in the affirmative (AFFIRM) or negative (NEGATIVE). SAY AGAIN Repeat all, or the following part, of your last transmission. SPEAK SLOWER Reduce your rate of speech. STANDBY Wait and I will call you. Note. The caller would normally reestablish contact if the delay is lengthy. STANDBY is not an approval or denial. UNABLE I cannot comply with your request, instruction, or clearance. Note. UNABLE is normally followed by a reason. WILCO (Abbreviation for will comply.) I understand your message and will comply with it. WORDS TWICE a) As a request: Communication is difficult. Please send every word or group of words twice. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

333 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 333 b) As information: Since communication is difficult, every word or group of words in this message will be sent twice. III. CALL SIGN 1. Call signs for aeronautical stations a. Area control centre (procedural) : CONTROL b. Radar (in general) : RADAR c. Approach control (procedural) : APPROACH d. Approach control radar arrivals : ARRIVAL e. Approach control radar departures : DEPARTURE f. Approach control radar (departures and arrivals) : DIRECTOR *) g. Aerodrome control : TOWER h. Surface movement control : GROUND i. Clearance delivery : DELIVERY j. Precision approach radar : PRECISION k. Directionfinding station : HOMER l. Flight information service : INFORMATION m. Apron control : APRON n. Company dispatch : DISPATCH o. Aeronautical station : RADIO Note. *) Refer to AIP Indonesia, 7 th Edition, point b. on page ENR Aircraft call signs a. An aircraft call sign shall be one of the following types : 1) the characters corresponding to the registration marking of the aircraft; GABCD or Boeing GABCD Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

334 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 334 2) the telephony designator of the aircraft operating agency, followed by the last four characters of the registration marking of the aircraft; or INDONESIA DCAB 3) the telephony designator of the aircraft operating agency, followed by the flight identification. INDONESIA 345 b. After satisfactory communication has been established, and provided that no confusion is likely to occur, aircraft call signs specified in a. above may be abbreviated as follows: 1) the first and at least the last two characters of the aircraft registration; GCD or Beoing GCD 2) the telephony designator of the aircraft operating agency followed by at least the last two characters of the aircraft registration; INDONESIA AB 3) no abbreviated form. c. An aircraft shall use its abbreviated call sign only after it has been addressed in this manner by the aeronautical station. d. An aircraft shall not change its type of call sign during flight except when there is a likelihood that confusion may occur because of similar call signs. In such cases, an aircraft may be instructed by an air traffic control unit to change the type of its call sign temporarily. e. Except for reason of safety, no transmission shall be directed to an aircraft during takeoff, during the last of the final approach or during th landing roll. f. Aircraft in the heavy wake turbulence category shall include the word HEAVY immediately after the aircraft call sign in the initial call to the aerodrome control tower and the approach control unit. IV. GENERAL PHRASEOLOGY General phraseology is the phraseology that can be used by Aerodrome Control Tower, Approach Control Office or Area Control Centre. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

335 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Description of levels : a) FLIGHT LEVEL (number); or (subsequently referred to as (level) ) : b) (number) METRES; or : c) (number) FEET. 2. Level changes, reports and : a) CLIMB (or DESCEND); rates followed as necessary by: 1) TO (level);... instruction that a climb (or descent) to a level within the vertical range defined is to commence 2) TO AND MAINTAIN BLOCK (level) TO (level); 3) TO REACH (level) AT (or BY) (time or significant point); 4) REPORT LEAVING (or REACHING, or PASSING) (level); 5) AT (number) METRES PER SECOND (or FEET PER MINUTE) [or OR GREATER (or OR LESS)];... for SST aircraft only 6) REPORT STARTING ACCELERATION (or DECELERATION). : b) MAINTAIN AT LEAST (number) METRES (or FEET) ABOVE (or BELOW) (aircraft call sign); : c) REQUEST LEVEL (or FLIGHT LEVEL or ALTITUDE) CHANGE FROM (name of unit) [AT (time or significant point)]; : d) STOP CLIMB (or DESCENT) AT (level); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

336 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 336 : e) CONTINUE CLIMB (or DESCENT) TO (level); : f) EXPEDITE CLIMB (or DESCENT) [UNTIL PASSING (level)]; : g) WHEN READY CLIMB (or DESCEND) TO (level); : h) EXPECT CLIMB (or DESCENT) AT (time or significant point);... to require action at a specific : a) IMMEDIATELY; time or place : b) AFTER PASSING (significant point); : c) AT (time or significant point);... to require action when: d) WHEN READY (instruction); convenient... to require an aircraft to climb : e) MAINTAIN OWN SEPARATION AND or descend maintaining own VMC [FROM (level)] [TO (level)]; separation and VMC : f) MAINTAIN OWN SEPARATION AND VMC ABOVE (or BELOW, or TO) (level);... when there is doubt that an : g) IF UNABLE (alternative instructions) AND aircraft can comply with a ADVISE; clearance or instruction... after a flight crew starts to : h) ROGER; deviate from any ATC clearance or instruction to comply with an ACAS resolution advisory (RA) (Pilot and controller interchange) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

337 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) after the response to an : i) ROGER (or alternative instructions); ACAS RA is completed and a return to the ATC clearance or instruction is initiated (Pilot and controller interchange) after the response to an : j) ROGER; ACAS RA is completed and the assigned ATC clearance or instruction has been resumed (Pilot and controller interchange) after an ATC clearance or : k) instruction contradictory to the ACAS RA is received, the flight crew will follow the RA and inform ATC directly (Pilot and controller interchange) ROGER; clearance to cancel level : l) restriction(s) of the vertical profile of a SID during climb CLIMB TO (level) [LEVEL RESTRICTION (SID designator) CANCELLED (or) LEVEL RESTRICTION(S) (SID designator) AT (point) CANCELLED]; clearance to cancel level : m) DESCEND TO (level) [LEVEL restriction(s) of the vertical RESTRICTION (STAR designator) profile of a STAR during CANCELLED (or) LEVEL RESTRICTION descent (STAR designator) AT (point) CANCELLED]. 3. Minimum fuel... indication of minimum fuel : a) ROGER [NO DELAY EXPECTED or EXPECT (delay information)]. 4. Transfer of control and/or frequency change : a) CONTACT (unit call sign) (frequency) [NOW]; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

338 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 338 : b) AT (or OVER) (time or place) [or WHEN] [PASSING/LEAVING/REACHING (level)] CONTACT (unit call sign) (frequency); Note. An aircraft may be : c) IF NO CONTACT (instructions); requested to STAND BY on a frequency when it is intended that the ATS unit will initiate : d) STAND BY FOR (unit call sign) (freq); communications soon and to MONITOR a frequency when information is being broadcast : e) FREQUENCY CHANGE APPROVED; thereon. : f) MONITOR (unit call sign) (frequency); : g) WHEN READY CONTACT (unit call sign) (frequency); : h) REMAIN THIS FREQUENCY. 5. Change of call sign : a) CHANGE YOUR CALL SIGN TO (new call sign) [UNTIL FURTHER ADVISED];... to instruct an aircraft to change its type of call sign... to advise an aircraft to : b) REVERT TO FLIGHT PLAN CALL SIGN revert to the call sign indicated (call sign) [AT (significant point)]. in the flight plan 6. Traffic information : a) TRAFFIC (information);... to pass traffic information : b) NO REPORTED TRAFFIC; : c) [ADDITIONAL] TRAFFIC (direction) BOUND (type of aircraft) (level) ESTIMATED (or OVER) (significant point) AT (time); : d) TRAFFIC IS (classification) UNMANNED FREE BALLOON(S) WAS [or ESTIMATED] OVER (place) AT (time) REPORTED (level(s)) [or LEVEL UNKNOWN] MOVING (direction) (other pertinent information, if any). Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

339 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Meteorological conditions : a) [SURFACE] WIND (number) DEGREES (speed) (units); Note. Wind is always : b) WIND AT (level) (number) DEGREES expressed by giving the mean direction and speed and any (number) KILOMETRES PER HOUR (or KNOTS); significant variations thereof : c) VISIBILITY (distance) (units) [direction]; : d) RUNWAY VISUAL RANGE (or RVR) [RUNWAY (number)] (distance) (units); : e) RUNWAY VISUAL RANGE (or RVR) RUNWAY (number) NOT AVAILABLE (or NOT REPORTED);... for multiple RVR : f) RUNWAY VISUAL RANGE (or RVR) observations [RUNWAY (number)] (first position) (distance) (units), (second position) (distance) (units), (third position) (distance) (units);... in the event that RVR : g) RUNWAY VISUAL RANGE (or RVR) information on any one [RUNWAY (number)] (first position) position is not available this information will be included in (distance) (units), (second position) NOT the appropriate sequence AVAILABLE, (third position) (distance) (units); : h) PRESENT WEATHER (details); : i) CLOUD (amount, [(type)] and height of base) (units) (or SKY CLEAR); : j) CAVOK; : k) TEMPERATURE [MINUS] (number) (and/or DEWPOINT [MINUS] (number)); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

340 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 340 : l) QNH (number) [units]; : m)qfe (number) [(units)]; : n) (aircraft type) REPORTED (description) ICING (or TURBULENCE) [IN CLOUD] (area) (time); : o) REPORT FLIGHT CONDITIONS. 8. Position reporting : a) NEXT REPORT AT (significant point);... to : b) OMIT POSITION REPORTS [UNTIL (specify)]; : c) RESUME POSITION REPORTING 9. Additional reports : a) REPORT PASSING (significant point);... to request a report at a : b) REPORT (distance) MILES (GNSS or specified place or distance DME) FROM (name of DME station) (or significant point); : c) REPORT PASSING (three digits) RADIAL (name of VOR) VOR;... to request a report of present : d) REPORT (GNSS or DME) DISTANCE position FROM (significant point) or (name of DME station); 10. Aerodrome information : a) [(location)] RUNWAY SURFACE CONDITION RUNWAY (number) (condition); : b) [(location)] RUNWAY SURFACE CONDITION RUNWAY (number) NOT CURRENT; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

341 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 341 : c) LANDING SURFACE (condition); : d) CAUTION CONSTRUCTION WORK (location); : e) CAUTION (specify reasons) RIGHT (or LEFT), (or BOTH SIDES) OF RUNWAY [number]; : f) CAUTION WORK IN PROGRESS (or OBSTRUCTION) (position and any necessary advice); : g) RUNWAY REPORT AT (observation time) RUNWAY (number) (type of precipitant) UP TO (depth of deposit) MILLIMETRES. BRAKING ACTION GOOD (or MEDIUM TO GOOD, or MEDIUM, or MEDIUM TO POOR, or POOR or UNRELIABLE) [and/or BRAKING COEFFICIENT (equipment and number)]; : h) BRAKING ACTION REPORTED BY (aircraft type) AT (time) GOOD (or MEDIUM, or POOR); : i) BRAKING ACTION [(location)] (measuring equipment used), RUNWAY (number), TEMPERATURE [MINUS] (number), WAS (reading) AT (time); : j) RUNWAY (or TAXIWAY) (number) WET [or DAMP, WATER PATCHES, FLOODED (depth), or SNOW REMOVED (length and width as applicable), or TREATED, or COVERED WITH PATCHES OF DRY SNOW (or WET SNOW, or COMPACTED SNOW, or SLUSH, or FROZEN SLUSH, or Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

342 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 342 ICE, or ICE UNDERNEATH, or ICE AND SNOW, or SNOWDRIFTS, or FROZEN RUTS AND RIDGES)]; : k) TOWER OBSERVES (weather information); : l) PILOT REPORTS (weather information). 11. Operational status of visual and nonvisual aids : a) (specify visual or nonvisual aid) RUNWAY (number) (description of deficiency); : b) (type) LIGHTING (unserviceability); : c) GBAS/SBAS/MLS/ILS CATEGORY (category) (serviceability state); : d) TAXIWAY LIGHTING (description of deficiency); : e) (type of VASI) RUNWAY (number) (description of deficiency). 12. Reduced vertical separation minimum (RVSM) operations : a) CONFIRM RVSM APPROVED;... to deny ATC clearance into : b) UNABLE ISSUE CLEARANCE INTO RVSM airspace RVSM AIRSPACE, MAINTAIN [or DESCEND TO, or CLIMB TO] (level); : c) REPORT WHEN ABLE TO RESUME RVSM; : d) CONFIRM ABLE TO RESUME RVSM; 13. GNSS service status : a) GNSS REPORTED UNRELIABLE (or GNSS MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE [DUE TO INTERFERENCE]); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

343 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 343 1) IN THE VICINITY OF (location) (radius) [BETWEEN (levels)]; 2) IN THE AREA OF (description) (or IN (name) FIR) [BETWEEN (levels)]; : b) BASIC GNSS (or SBAS, or GBAS) UNAVAILABLE FOR (specify operation) [FROM (time) TO (time) (or UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE)]; 14. Degradation of aircraft navigation performance : UNABLE RNP (specify type) (or RNAV) [DUE TO (reason, e.g. LOSS OF RAIM or RAIM ALERT)]. V. EXAMPLE OF PHRASEOLOGIES USED IN THE PROVISION OF AERODROME CONTROL SERVICE 1. Outbound traffic a. Fixed wing 1) Situation : Aircraft on parking stand (main apron) requests aerodrome information. Phraseology : P SHE TWR GIA 782 ON [STAND] ALPHA THREE REQUEST DEPARTURE INFORMATION C GIA 782 DEPARTURE RWY (number) WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) TEMPERATURE (number) DEW POINT (number) RVR (number) TIME (number) P RWY (number) QNH (in whole hpa) WILL CALL FOR START UP, GIA 782 Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

344 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 344 2) Situation : Aircraft on parking stand (main apron) requests pushback. Phraseology : P SHE TWR GIA 782 ON [STAND] ALPHA THREE REQUEST PUSHBACK CLEARANCE C GIA 782 PUSHBACK APPROVED HEADING SOUTH/NORTH [EXPECT RWY (number)] or [STANDBY PUSHBACK] or [EXPECT PUSHBACK AT (time)] 3) Situation : Aircraft requests start engine. Phraseology : P SHE TWR PK ABP [POSITION] REQUEST START UP CLEARANCE C PK ABP START UP APPROVED TEMPE RATURE (number) [EXPECT RWY (number)] or [STANDBY START UP] or [EXPECT START UP AT (time)] Note. Temperature will only be provided, in the case of turbineengined aircraft. 4) Situation : Aircraft requests taxi from one to another point at aerodrome. Phraseology : P SHE TWR PK ABP POSITION WEST APRON REQUEST TAXI [CLEARANCE] TO COMPASS SWINGING AREA (or other location) C PK ABP TAXI TO COMPASS SWINGING AREA VIA TXIWAY ALPHA AND KILO REPORT. ETC. 5) Situation : Aircraft requests taxi for departure. Phraseology : P SHE TWR PK ABP [POSITION] REQUEST TAXI Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

345 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 345 CLEARANCE [BOUND FOR (destination)] [VFR/ IFR] C PK ABP VIA TAXIWAY (identification) TAXI TO HOLDING POINT (number) RWY (number) WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) TIME (number) REPORT. ETC. Note. For taxi instruction, there is not absolute formula such as instruction first then information, or viceversa. You may take either instruction first or information first. Below is another example of taxi instruction. C UDA 090 WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) VISIBILITY 8 KM TIME (number) TAXI TO HOLDING POINT HOLDING POINT (number) RWY (number) VIA TAXIWAY (identification) REPORT. ETC. 6) Situation : The issuance of ATC clearance (for IFR departure) and its position on short of runway. Phraseology : C GIA 782 CROSS [or ENTER] RWY (number) ATC CLEARANCE AVAILABLE P CROSSING RWY (number) GO AHEAD ATC CLEARANCE GIA 782 C GIA 782 CLEARED TO (clearance limit) VIA (ATS route) FL. (three digits) AFTER TAKEOFF TURN LEFT TRACK (degrees) MAGNETIC TO INTERCEPT [QDM or ATS ROUTE] MAINTAIN (initial altitude), ETC. Note 1. No ATC clearance for VFR flight. Note 2. ATC clearance shall be issued before Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

346 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 346 takeoff clearance is given (preferably during taxi or as soon as after aircraft commencing taxi). 7) Situation : Aircraft is ready for takeoff. Phraseology : P SHE TWR PK ABP READY [FOR TAKEOFF or FOR DEPARTURE] C PK ABP RWY (number) CLEARED FOR TAKE OFF [or HOLD POSITION, or LINE UP AND WAIT], or if traffic information will be included.. PK ABP TRAFFIC ONE [PIPER] NAVAJO COMING FROM EASTTOWN POSITION APPROACHING (designated reporting point) PASSING [MAINTAINING] (altitude) ESTI MATING SEAHORSE (time) [LEFT/RIGHT TURN AFTER] RWY (number) CLEARED FOR TAKE OFF Note. For IFR departure, before issuing ATC clearance TWR shall obtain approval (release time) from APP to ensure that the departing aircraft will not conflict with the traffic still under the control of APP. 8) Situation : Aircraft just airborne. Phraseology : C GIA 782 AIRBORNE 15 [or AIRBORNE TIME AT 15] CONTACT [i] APPROACH [ON (frequency) MHz], or PK ABP AIRBORNE 15 [or AIRBORNE TIME AT 15] REPORT [PASSING or OVER] POINT [ALPHA or BRAVO] Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

347 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 347 P AIRBORNE 15 [or AIRBORNE TIME AT 15] CONTACT [SHE] APPROACH [ON (frequency) MHz], GIA 782, or AIRBORNE 15 [or AIRBORNE TIME AT 15] WE ARE CLIMBING PASSING 1,500 [FEET] TO 6,000 [FEET] ESTIMATING [ALPHA or BRAVO (time), PK ABP 9) Situation : Departing VFR passing point ALPHA/BRAVO. Phraseology : P [SHE TWR] PK ABP PASSING [OVER] POINT [ALPHA or BRAVO] [1,500 FT] P PK ABP CONTACT [SHE] APPROACH [ON (frequency) MHz] 10) Situation : After contact SHE APP, aircraft reports intend to return to base (SHE APT) due to engine failure or any other reason. Phraseology : P MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY SHE TWR [THIS IS] GIA 782 (may be repeated three times) DUE TO LEFT [RIGHT] ENGINE [or ENGINE NUMBER (number)] ON FIRE WE ARE RETURNING TO SHE APT ESTIMATING SHE (time) REQUEST FURTHER INSTRUCTION C GIA 782 ROGER MAYDAY, WIND CALM [or direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) MAKE STRAIGHTINAPPROACH RWY (number) REPORT.. ETC. Note 1. Consideration should be taken that for aircraft having emergency situation should be assigned with the nearest and the most suitable runwayinuse except for the reason of cross wind or tail component or other reason so that Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

348 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 348 aircraft is unable to use the assigned runwayinuse, another runway assignment may be made. Note 2. Remember, aircraft experiencing emergency has the priority from other aircraft, it is therefore if we have parallel runways operation, aircraft approaching to land may be continued to do so. But if we have a single or crossing runway(s), aircraft approaching to land shall be cleared to go round and held overhead station or at other location. Note 3. If aircraft return to base due to other than distress situation but experiencing technical reason (trouble), TWR can ask whether the aircraft needs any assistance on arrival or not using the following phraseology : PK ABP [CONFIRM] DO YOU NEED ANY ASSISTANCE ON ARRIVAL? b. Rotary wing (helicopter) 1) Situation : A helicopter on west apron intends to depart to TIGERFORT (eastbound). Phraseology : P SHE TWR PK HBB POSITION ON WEST APRON REQUEST TAXI CLEARANCE [BOUNG FOR] TIGERFORT C PK HBB TAKEOFF DIRECTION (number) EAST SPOT (or other spot) WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) TIME (minute) TAXI VIA TAXIWAY (taxiway identification) REPORT.. ETC. Note. Subsequent reports are similar to fixed wing aircraft. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

349 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) Inbound traffic a. Fixed wing 1) Situation : IFR aircraft leaving instrument approach fix (BTF VOR/SH NDB). Phraseology : P SHE TWR GIA 783 LEAVING [or PASSING] BTF VOR [or SH NDB] [HEADING] INBOUND AERODROME IN SIGHT [VISUAL CONTACT] C GIA 783 REPORT FINAL [or CLEARED TO LAND] Note 1. If the arriving IFR aircraft does not report aerodrome in sight or visual contact, TWR shall instruct the aircraft to report established visual contact or aerodrome in sight first. Note 2. Approach clearance has been given by SHE APP, so TWR need not to give landing instruction anymore. Just say : GIA 783 REPORT LONG FINAL, except when due to wind or other reason the aircraft will be assigned to another runway. 2) Situation : Arriving IFR aircraft has been cleared for instrument approach by SHE APP but wind condition changes so that impossible to use the runway specified for straightinapproach or other reason (runway is blocked, etc.), the aircraft shall be cleared to make circling approach. Phraseology : P SHE TWR GIA 783 LEAVING [or PASSING] BTF VOR [or SH NDB] [HEADING] INBOUND C GIA 783 DUE TO WIND CHANGE TO (direction and speed) [RWY (number) IS BLOCKED BY (type of aircraft)] CIRCLING FOR RWY (number) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

350 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 350 REPORT DOWNWIND/RIGHT HAND DOWNWIND (of new runway). ETC. 3) Situation : Arriving IFR aircraft is unable to establish visual contact. Phraseology : P SHE TWR GIA 783 UNABLE TO ESTABLISH VISUAL CONTACT [NEGATIVE VISUAL CONTACT] WE ARE MAKING MISSED APPROACH [OVERSHOOTING] C GIA 783 STANDBY [FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTION] Note 1. If TWR say STANDBY, the aircraft will follow missed approach procedure (MAP) specified for the runway. Note 2. SHE TWR request/inform SHE APP for further instruction, and after obtaining instruction, instruct the aircraft accordingly. Example : GIA 783 TURN RIGHT AND CLIMB TO 3,000 FEET PROCEED TO BTF VOR [or CLIMB STRAIGHT AHEAD TO 2,000 FEET PROCEED TO BTF VOR] CONTACT [SHE] APPROACH [ON (frequency) MHz] 4) Situation : Arriving IFR aircraft, after getting landing clearance from TWR, aircraft is unable to continue its approach to land due to technical reason. Phraseology : P [SHE TWR] GIA 783 DUE TO TECHNICAL REASON WE ARE PULLING UP AND GO ROUND [OVERSHOOTING] C GIA 783 [ROGER] JOIN DOWNWIND/RIGHT Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

351 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 351 HAND DOWNWIND RWY (number) REPORT. ETC. Note. Aircraft which is making a missed approach due to technical reason (other than weather or WX reason) such as : the aircraft is not aligned (is not precisely with runway centerline), altitude is too high or too low corresponding to the appropriate altitude, the slope of aircraft is too steep or other reason is necessary to be cleared to original instrument approach fix (IAF) and there is reasonable assurance that circling can be accomplished, the aircraft may be cleared to join downwind, directed to base leg, etc. 5) Situation : Arriving VFR aircraft is just transferred by APP over ESTER. Phraseology : P [SHE TWR] PK ABP COMING FROM SEAGULL POSITION ESTER LEAVING 3,000 FEET ESTIMATING BRAVO (time) REQUEST LANDING INSTRUCTION C PK ABP JOIN DOWNWIND [RIGHT HAND DOWNWIND] RWY (number) [or DIRECT BASE LEG RWY (number), or MAKE STRAIGHTIN APPROACH RWY (number)] WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) REPORT.. ETC. Note. Aircraft which is making a missed approach due to technical reason (other than weather or WX reason) such as : the aircraft is not aligned (is not precisely with runway centerline), altitude is too high or too low corresponding to the appropriate altitude, the slope of aircraft is too steep or other reason is necessary to be cleared to original instrument approach fix (IAF) and there is reasonable assurance that circling can be accomplished, the aircraft may be cleared to join Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

352 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 352 downwind, directed to base leg, etc. 6) Situation : Arriving VFR aircraft has been cleared for instrument approach by SHE APP but wind condition changes so that impossible to use the runway specified for straightinapproach or other reason (runway is blocked, etc.), the aircraft shall be cleared to make circling approach. Phraseology : P SHE TWR PK ABP LEAVING ALPHA [BRAVO] LEAVING 2,000 FEET C PK ABP DUE TO WIND CHANGE TO (direction and speed) [RWY (number) IS BLOCKED BY (type of aircraft)] CIRCLING FOR RWY (number) REPORT DOWN WIND/RIGHT HAND DOWN WIND (of new runway). ETC. 7) Situation : Arriving VFR approaching overhead station and there have been one or more aircraft on the traffic circuit so that they need to be sequenced properly. Phraseology : C PK ABP OBSERVE [TRAFFIC] ONE [PIPER] NAVAJO ON DOWNWIND/RIGHT HAND DOWNWIND [or DAKOTA ELEVEN O CLOCK] TURN RIGHT YOU ARE NUMBER TWO TO LAND FOLLOW (type of aircraft), REPORT.. ETC., or PK ABP OBSERVE [TRAFFIC] ONE (type of aircraft) [POSITION] YOU ARE NUMBER TWO TO LAND FOLLOW (type of aircraft), REPORT.. ETC., 8) Situation : Arriving aircraft experiencing transmitter failure (indicated by the absence of any message or report from the flight crew). To ensure that aircraft is still able to read any message, use the following phraseology. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

353 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 353 Phraseology : C PK ABP ONE TWO THREE FOUR FIVE THIS IS SHE TWR HOW DO YOU READ (if there is no response) PK ABP THIS IS SHE TWR [APP or BTF ACC] IF YOU READ ME ACKNOWLEDGE BY ROCKING WING [FLASHING LANDING LAIGHT TWICE] Note 1. Request an acknowledgement by rocking wing shall not be implemented when the aircraft is on base leg or final. Note 2. If the flight crew does maneuver or take action as requested, it means that the receiver is normal but the transmitter is not, then the subsequent instructions be transmitted by means of appropriate radio communication. 9) Situation : Arriving aircraft experiencing receiver failure (indicated by the condition that message or report from the flight crew is readable but there is no acknowledgement of received for any instruction/message). To ensure that aircraft is still able to read any message, use the following phraseology. Phraseology : C PK ABP ONE TWO THREE FOUR FIVE THIS IS SHE TWR HOW DO YOU READ Note. If there is no response, it means that the transmitter of aircraft is normal but the receiver is not, then the subsequence instructions be transmitted by means of light signal. 10) Situation : Arriving aircraft experiencing total radio failure (indicated by the condition that there is neither any message/report nor acknowledgement of received from flight crew). To ensure that aircraft is still able to read any message, use the following phraseology. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

354 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 354 Phraseology : C PK ABP ONE TWO THREE FOUR FIVE THIS IS SHE TWR HOW DO YOU READ Note. If there is no response, it means that the transmitter and receiver of aircraft is abnormal, then the subsequence instructions be transmitted by means of light signal. 11) Situation : Arriving aircraft experiencing emergency. Phraseology : P MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY SHE TWR [THIS IS] PK ANU (may be repeated three times) POSITION APPROACHING POINT BRAVO (or at any point) LEFT [RIGHT] ENGINE [or ENGINE NUMBER (number)] ON FIRE REQUEST TO MAKE STRAIGHTINAPPROACH RUNWAY 25 C PK ANU ROGER MAYDAY, WIND CALM [or direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) MAKE STRAIGHTINAPPROACH RWY 25 APPROVED REPORT.. ETC (if practicable). Note 1. In case the aircraft having emergency situation did not give any reason, TWR may request additional information such as the runway intended to be used for landing, number of persons on board, the fuel remaining and other necessary information. Note 1. Consideration should be taken that for aircraft having emergency should be given with the nearest and the most suitable runwayinuse except that by the reason of cross/tail wind component or other reason. 12) Situation : Aircraft on base or final but the runwayinuse is still occupied by other aircraft. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

355 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 355 Phraseology : P SHE TWR [THIS IS] PK ABP ON BASE LEG [FINAL] C PK ABP [CONTINUE APPROACH] REPORT SHOT FINAL Note 1. If the approaching aircraft on short final and runwayinuse has vacated : PK ABP RWY (number) CLEARED TO LAND. Note 2. If the approaching aircraft on short final and apparent that there is enough time for arriving aircraft to continue its approach : PK ABP CONTINUE APPROACH STANDBY PULL UP. Note 3. If there is certainty that the arriving aircraft is unable to land : PK ABP PULL UP AND GO ROUND AGAIN REPORT.. ETC. 12) Situation : Aircraft just landed. Phraseology : C PK ABP LANDED AT (time) [LANDING TIME (time)] TAXI TO MAIN [WEST/EAST/MILITARY] APRON VIA TAXIWAY (taxiway identification) C LANDED AT (time) [LANDING TIME (time)] TAXI TO MAIN [WEST/EAST/MILITARY] APRON VIA TAXIWAY (taxiway identification) PK ABP b. Unexpected or oveflying traffic 1) Situation : Unexpected overflying traffic. Phraseology : P SHE TWR [THIS IS] PK AMH C PK AMH [THIS IS] SHE TWR GO AHEAD Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

356 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 356 P PK AMH (OVERFLYING) FROM BRIGHTSTAR TO TIGERFORT POSITION JUST LEFT BT NDB MAINTAINING 2,000 FEET ESTIMATING ALPHA (time) OVERHEAD STATION (time) BRAVO (time) AND TIGERFORT (time) C PK AMH QNH SEAHORSE (in whole hpa) i. 2) Situation : Unexpected arriving traffic. Phraseology : P SHE TWR [THIS IS] PK ANB C PK NBP [THIS IS] SHE TWR GO AHEAD P PK ANB COMING FROM STARFISH POSITION OVER TF NDB LEAVING 3,000 FT ESTIMATING ALPHA (time) SEAHORSE (time) REQUEST LANDING INSTRUCTION C PK ANB MAKE STRAIGHTINAPPROACH [JOIN DOWNWIND/RIGHT HAND DOWNWIND VIA OVERHEAD or DIRECT BASE LEG] RWY (number) WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) REPORT. ETC. c. Rotary wing (helicopter) 11) Situation : Arriving helicopter. Phraseology : P PK HDH COMING FROM TIGERFORT POSITION APPROACHING POINT BRAVO MAINTAINING 1,000 FET REQUEST LANDING INSTRUCTION C PK HDH LANDING DIRECTION (conform to runwayinuse) EAST SPOT (or other conform to runwayinuse) WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) REPORT. ETC. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

357 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 357 Note 1. In case the aircraft having emergency situation did not give any reason, TWR may request additional information such as the runway intended to be used for landing, number of persons on board, the fuel remaining and other necessary information. Note 2. Consideration should be taken that for aircraft having emergency should be given with the nearest and the most suitable runwayinuse except that by the reason of cross/tail wind component or other reason. 1. Miscellaneous a. Identification of aircraft : SHOW LANDING LIGHTS. b. Acknowledgement by visual means : 1) ACKNOWLEDGE BY MOVING AILERONS (or RUDDER); 2) ACKNOWLEDGE BY ROCKING WINGS; 3) ACKNOWLEDGE BY FLASHING LANDING LIGHTS. c. Starting procedures : 1) START UP APPROVED; 2) START UP AT (time); 3) EXPECT START UP AT (time); 4) START UP AT OWN DISCRETION; 5) EXPECT DEPARTURE (time) START UP AT OWN DISCRETION. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

358 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 358 d. Pushback procedures : 1) PUSHBACK APPROVED; Note. When local procedures so prescribe, authorization for pushback should be obtained from the control tower. 2) STAND BY; 3) PUSHBACK AT OWN DISCRETION; 4) EXPECT (number) MINUTES DELAY DUE (reason). e. Towing procedures : 1) TOW APPROVED VIA (specific routing to be followed); 2) HOLD POSITION; 3) STAND BY. f. To request aerodrome data for departure and/or time check 1) RUNWAY (number), WIND (direction and speed) (units) QNH (or QFE) (number) [(units)] TEMPERATURE [MINUS] (number), [VISIBILITY (distance) (units) (or RUNWAY VISUAL RANGE (or RVR) (distance) (units))] [TIME (time)]. 2) TIME (time); g. Taxi procedures (for departure) : 1) TAXI TO HOLDING POINT [number] [RUNWAY (number)] [HOLD SHORT OF RUNWAY (number) (or CROSS RUNWAY (number))] [TIME (time)]; 2) TAXI TO HOLDING POINT [number] [RUNWAY (number)] VIA (specific route to be followed) [TIME (time)] [HOLD SHORT OF RUNWAY (number) (or CROSS RUNWAY (number))]; 3) TAXI TO HOLDING POINT [number] Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

359 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 359 followed by aerodrome information as applicable) [TIME (time)]; 4) TAKE (or TURN) FIRST (or SECOND) LEFT (or RIGHT); 5) TAXI VIA (identification of taxiway); 6) TAXI VIA RUNWAY (number); 7) TAXI TO TERMINAL (or other location, e.g. GENERAL AVIATION AREA) [STAND (number)]; h. Taxi procedures (for helicopter) : 1) AIRTAXI TO (or VIA) (location or routing as appropriate) [CAUTION (dust, blowing snow, loose debris, taxiing light aircraft, personnel, etc.)]; 2) AIR TAXI VIA (direct, as requested, or specified route) TO (location, heliport, operating or movement area, active or inactive runway). AVOID (aircraft or vehicles or personnel); i. Taxi procedures (after : 1) BACKTRACK APPROVED; landing) 2) TAXI STRAIGHT AHEAD; Note. Phraseology BACKTRACK may be used for taxiing departure aircraft 3) TAXI WITH CAUTION; 4) GIVE WAY TO (description and position of other aircraft); 5) TAXI INTO HOLDING BAY; 6) FOLLOW (description of other aircraft or vehicle); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

360 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 360 7) VACATE RUNWAY; 8) EXPEDITE TAXI [(reason)]; 9) [CAUTION] TAXI SLOWER [reason]; j. Holding : 1) HOLD (direction) OF (position, runway number, etc.); 2) HOLD POSITION; 3) HOLD (distance) FROM (position); 4) HOLD SHORT OF (position); k. To cross a runway : 1) CROSS RUNWAY (number) [REPORT VACATED]; 2) EXPEDITE CROSSING RUNWAY (number) TRAFFIC (aircraft type) (distance) KILOMETRES (or MILES) FINAL; 3) TAXI TO HOLDING POINT [number] [RUNWAY (number)] VIA (specific route to be followed), [HOLD SHORT OF RUNWAY (number)] or [CROSS RUNWAY (number)]; l. Preparation for takeoff : 1) UNABLE TO ISSUE (designator) DEPARTURE (reasons); 2) REPORT WHEN READY [FOR DEPARTURE]; 3) ARE YOU READY [FOR DEPARTURE]?; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

361 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) if unable to issue takeoff clearance 4) WAIT [reason];... clearance to enter runway 5) LINE UP [AND WAIT]; and await takeoff clearance 6) LINE UP. BE READY FOR IMMEDIATE DEPARTURE;... confirmation or otherwise of the readback of conditional clearance 7) [THAT IS] CORRECT (or NEGATIVE) [I SAY AGAIN]... (as appropriate). m. Takeoff clearance : 1) RUNWAY (number) CLEARED FOR TAKEOFF [REPORT AIRBORNE];... when reduced runway separation is used 2) (traffic information) RUNWAY (number) CLEARED FOR TAKEOFF;... when takeoff clearance has not been complied with 3) TAKE OFF IMMEDIATELY OR VACATE RUNWAY [(instructions)]; 4) TAKE OFF IMMEDIATELY OR HOLD SHORT OF RUNWAY;... to cancel a takeoff clearance 5) HOLD POSITION, CANCEL TAKEOFF I SAY AGAIN CANCEL TAKEOFF (reasons);... to stop a takeoff after an aircraft has commenced takeoff roll 6) STOP IMMEDIATELY [(repeat aircraft call sign) STOP IMMEDIATELY];... for helicopter operations 7) CLEARED FOR TAKEOFF [FROM (location)] (present position, taxiway, final approach and takeoff area, runway and number); 8) AFTER DEPARTURE TURN RIGHT (or Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

362 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 362 LEFT, or CLIMB) (instructions as appropriate). n. Turn or climb instructions : 1) RIGHT (or LEFT) TURN APPROVED; after takeoff 2) WILL ADVISE LATER FOR RIGHT (or LEFT) TURN;... to request airborne time 3) REPORT AIRBORNE; 4) AIRBORNE (time); 5) AFTER PASSING (level) (instructions);... heading to be followed 6) CONTINUE RUNWAY HEADING (instructions);... when a specific track is to be followed 7) TRACK EXTENDED CENTRE LINE (instructions); 8) CLIMB STRAIGHT AHEAD (instructions). o. Entering an aerodrome traffic circuit : 1) JOIN [(direction of circuit)] (position in circuit) (runway number) [SURFACE] WIND (direction and speed) (units) [TEMPERATURE [MINUS] (number)] QNH (or QFE) (number) [(units)] [TRAFFIC (detail)]; 2) MAKE STRAIGHTIN APPROACH, RUNWAY (number) [SURFACE] WIND (direction and speed) (units) [TEMPERATURE [MINUS] (number)] QNH (or QFE) (number) [(units)] [TRAFFIC (detail)]; 3) JOIN (position in circuit) [RUNWAY Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

363 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 363 (number)] QNH (or QFE) (number) [(units)] [TRAFFIC (detail)]. p. In the circuit : NUMBER... FOLLOW (aircraft type and position) [additional instructions if required]. q. Approach instructions : 1) MAKE SHORT APPROACH; Note. The report LONG FINAL is made when aircraft turn on to final approach at a distance greater than 7 km (4 NM) from touchdown or when an aircraft on a straightin approach is 15 km (8 NM) from touchdown. In both cases a report FINAL is required at 7 km (4 NM) from touchdown. 2) MAKE LONG APPROACH (or EXTEND DOWNWIND); 3) REPORT BASE (or FINAL, or LONG FINAL); 4) CONTINUE APPROACH [PREPARE FOR POSSIBLE GO AROUND]. r. Landing clearance : 1) RUNWAY (number) CLEARED TO LAND;... when reduced runway separation is used 2) (traffic information) RUNWAY (number) CLEARED TO LAND;... special operations 3) CLEARED TOUCH AND GO; 4) MAKE FULL STOP; 5) CLEARED LOW APPROACH [RUNWAY (number)] [(altitude restriction if required) (go around instructions)]; 6) CLEARED LOW PASS [as in f)]; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

364 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 364 7) MAKE STRAIGHTIN (or CIRCLING APPROACH, LEFT (or RIGHT) TURN TO (location, runway, taxiway, final approach and takeoff area)) [ARRIVAL (or ARRIVAL ROUTE) (number, name, or code)]. [HOLD SHORT OF (active runway, extended runway centre line, other)]. [REMAIN (direction or distance) FROM (runway, runway centre line, other helicopter or aircraft)]. [CAUTION (power lines, unlighted obstructions, wake turbulence, etc.)]. CLEARED TO LAND. t. Delaying aircraft : 1) CIRCLE THE AERODROME; 2) ORBIT (RIGHT, or LEFT) [FROM PRESENT POSITION]; 3) MAKE ANOTHER CIRCUIT. u. Missed approach : GO AROUND. v. Information to aircraft : 1) LANDING GEAR APPEARS DOWN;... when pilot requested visual inspection of landing gear 2) RIGHT (or LEFT, or NOSE) WHEEL APPEARS UP (or DOWN); 3) WHEELS APPEAR UP; 4) RIGHT (or LEFT, or NOSE) WHEEL DOES NOT APPEAR UP (or DOWN);... wake turbulence 5) CAUTION WAKE TURBULENCE [FROM ARRIVING (or DEPARTING) (type of aircraft)] [additional information as required]; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

365 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) jet blast on apron or taxiway... propellerdriven aircraft slipstream 6) CAUTION JET BLAST; 7) CAUTION SLIPSTREAM. w. Runway vacating and : 1) CONTACT GROUND (frequency); Communications after landing 2) WHEN VACATED CONTACT GROUND (frequency); 3) EXPEDITE VACATING; 4) YOUR STAND (or GATE) (designation); 5) TAKE (or TURN) FIRST (or SECOND, or CONVENIENT) LEFT (or RIGHT) AND CONTACT GROUND (frequency); x. Runway vacating and communications after landing (helicopter) : 1) AIRTAXI TO HELICOPTER STAND (or) HELICOPTER PARKING POSITION (area); 2) AIRTAXI TO (or VIA) (location or routing as appropriate) [CAUTION (dust, blowing snow, loose debris, taxiing light aircraft, personnel, etc.)]; 3) AIRTAXI VIA (direct, as requested, or specified route) TO (location, heliport, operating or movement area, active or inactive runway). AVOID (aircraft or vehicles or personnel). y. Essential aerodrome information : 1) CAUTION CONSTRUCTION WORK ADJACENT TO GATE 37; 2) WORK IN PROGRESS AHEAD NORTH SIDE OF TAXIWAY ALPHA; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

366 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 366 3) CENTRE LINE TAXIWAY LIGHTING UNSERVICEABLE; 4) VASIS RUNWAY 27 UNSERVICEABLE 5) LARGE FLOCK OF BIRDS NORTH OF RUNWAY 27 NEAR CENTRAL TAXIWAY 6) ILS 09 UNSERVICEABLE 7) RUNWAY CONDITIONS 09: AVAILABLE WIDTH 32 METRES, COVERED WITH THIN PATCHES OF ICE, BRAKING ACTION POOR SNOW UP TO 30 CM ALONG EDGES VI. PHRASEOLOGY USED IN THE PROVISION OF APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE 1. Outbound traffic There is nothing special phraseology for outbound traffic by the reason of departing traffic is transferred by TWR immediately after airborne. The only thing should be paid attention is when departing aircraft is unable to climb farther and be maintained at specified level until specified time or point, the aircraft shall be advised by using the following phraseology : MNA 090 MAINTAIN 4,000 FEET EXPECT FURTHER CLIMB AT OR AFTER (point or time). 2. Inbound traffic The following examples are the phraseologies used in nontimed approach type of instrument approach procedure. 1) Situation : After first contact or accept control (aircraft is instructed to proceed to the instrument approach fix BTF VOR or SH NDB at Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

367 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 367 assigned level). Phraseology : P SHE APP PAS 028 POSITION APPROACHING AMBER (other point) MAINTAINING 6,000 FEET ESTIMATING BTF VOR (time) OVER a) PAS 028 is the first aircraft C PAS 028 CLEARED FOR VOR APPROACH RWY 16R REPORT PASSING (altitude) [REPORT LEAVING BTF VOR], or PAS 028 RECLEARED AFTER AMBER TO SH NDB VIA BT [NDB] DESCEND TO 3,000 FEET NO DELAY EXPECTED EXPECT RWY 34L WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) REPORT PASSING (altitude or point) ETC. b) PAS 028 is the second or thereafter C PAS 028 HOLD OVER BTF [VOR] MAINTAIN 6,000 FEET [DESCEND TO (altitude)] EXPECTED APPROACH TIME (four digits) EXPECT RWY 16R WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) REPORT PASSING (altitude or point) ETC., or PAS 028 RECLEARED AFTER AMBER TO SH NDB VIA BT [NDB] MAINTAIN 6,000 FEET [DESCEND (altitude)] EXPECTED EXPECT RWY 34L WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) REPORT PASSING (altitude or point) ETC., or PAS 028 RECLEARED AFTER AMBER TO BT NDB AND HOLD MAINTAIN 6,000 FEET [DESCEND (altitude)] EXPECTED EXPECT RWY 34L WIND (direction and speed) QNH (in whole hpa) REPORT PASSING (altitude or point) ETC. Note. If ATIS is introduced, runway and weather information which are included in ATIS broadcast are need not be retransmitted to aircraft except runwayinuse and the current QNH. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

368 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 368 2) Situation : First aircraft commences instrument approach. Phraseology : P [SHE APP] PAS 028 OVER BTF [VOR] MAINTAINING 3,000 FEET C P C P C P C PAS 028 REPORT LEAVING BTF VOR PAS 028 LEAVING BTF VOR PAS 028 REPORT LEAVING 3,000 FEET PAS 028 LEAVING 3,000 FEET PAS 028 REPORT [ESTABLISH] VISUAL CONTACT PAS 028 [ESTABLISH] VISUAL CONTACT PAS 028 CONTACT [SHE] TWR [ON (frequency) MHz] 3) Situation : Second holding aircraft that has the turn for executing instrument approach. Phraseology :. MDL 337 is maintaining 3,000 feet or above C P C P C P C C MDL 337 CLEARED FOR ILS APPROACH RWY 16R REPORT LEAVING 3,000 [FEET] HEADING OUTBOUND MDL 337 LEAVING 3,000 [FEET] HEADING OUTBOUND MDL 337 REPORT PASSING BTF [VOR] INBOUD MDL 337 PASSING BTF [VOR] INBOUD MDL 337 REPORT [ESTABLISH] VISUAL CONTACT MDL 337 [ESTABLISH] VISUAL CONTACT MDL 337 CONTACT [SHE] TWR [ON (frequency) MHz) MDL 337 CONTACT [SHE] TWR [ON (frequency) MHz] Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

369 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 369 4) Situation : First aircraft executing missed approach. Phraseology : P [SHE APP] PAS 028 OVER BTF [VOR] MAINTAINING FEET C P C P C P C PAS 028 REPORT LEAVING BTF VOR PAS 028 LEAVING BTF VOR PAS 028 REPORT LEAVING 3,000 FEET PAS 028 LEAVING 3,000 FEET PAS 028 REPORT [ESTABLISH] VISUAL CONTACT PAS 028 [ESTABLISH] VISUAL CONTACT PAS 028 CONTACT [SHE] TWR [ON (frequency) MHz) or if PAS 028 is unable to establish visual contact... P C SHE APP PAS 028 IS UNABLE [TO ESTABLISH] VISUAL CONTACT [WE ARE MAKING MISSED APPROACH] PAS 028 TURN RIGHT AND CLIMB TO 3,000 FEET RETURN TO BTF [VOR] REPORT ETC. Note. If missed approaching aircraft impossible to be returned to BTF VOR for any reason, it may be instructed to proceed to SH NDB, BT NDB or TF NDB whichever is possible, provided that it will not conflict with other aircraft. 5) Situation : Aircraft not familiar with the procedure. Phraseology : P [SHE APP] RBA 112 NOT FAMILIAR WITH HOLDING AND [INSTRUMENT] APPROACH PROCEDURES, REQUEST INSTRUCTION TO BE FOLLOWED a) RWY 16R C RBA 112 HOLDING NORTH OF BTF VOR/DME INBOUND TRACK 165 [DEGREES] OUTBOUND TRACK Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

370 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) [DEGREES] ONE MINUTE LEG STANDARD TURN INITIAL APPROACH LEVEL IS 3,000 [FEET] [NON PRECISION] APPROACH : LEAVE BTF VOR ON HEADING 160 [DEGREES] MAGNETIC MAINTAIN 3,000 [FEET] UNTIL 4 DME BTF [VOR]. AFTER PASSING 4 DME BTF [VOR] DESCEND ON TRACK 160 [DEGREES] MAGNETIC TO OCH 394 FEET. MISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE : [IF VISUAL CONTACT CAN NOT BE ESTABLISHED] TURN RIGHT AND CLIMB TO 3,000 [FEET] AND RETURN TO BTF [VOR] AND CONTACT SHE APP FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTION b) RWY 34L C THA 414 HOLDING NORTHEAST OF SH NDB INBOUND TRACK 220 [DEGREES] OUTBOUND TRACK 040 [DEGREES] ONE MINUTE LEG LEFT TURN INITIAL APPROACH LEVEL IS 3,000 [FEET] [PRECISION] APPROACH : LEAVE 3,000 [FEET] ON HEADING 196 DEGREES [MAGNETIC] FOR MINUTE THEN TURN LEFT MAINTAIN 2,000 [FEET] UNTIL INTERCEPT LOCALIZER AFTER INTERCEPTING LOCALIZER DESCEND ON THE GLIDE PATH. DECISION HEIGHT 163 FEET. MISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE : [IF VISUAL CONTACT CAN NOT BE ESTABLISHED] CLIMB STRAIGHT AHEAD TO 2,000 [FEET] PROCEED TO BTF [VOR] AND CONTACT SHE APP FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTION 3. Miscellaneous a. Departure instructions : 1) [AFTER DEPARTURE] TURN RIGHT (or LEFT) HEADING (three digits) (or CONTINUE RUNWAY HEADING) (or TRACK EXTENDED CENTRE LINE) TO (level or significant point) [(other instructions as required)]; 2) AFTER REACHING (or PASSING) (level or significant point) (instructions); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

371 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 371 3) TURN RIGHT (or LEFT) HEADING (three digits) TO (level) [TO INTERCEPT (track, route, airway, etc.)]; 4) (standard departure name and number) DEPARTURE; 5) TRACK (three digits) DEGREES [MAGNETIC (or TRUE)] TO (or FROM) (significant point) UNTIL (time, or REACHING (fix or significant point or level)) [BEFORE PROCEEDING ON COURSE]; 6) CLEARED VIA (designation). b. Approach instructions : 1) CLEARED (or PROCEED) VIA (designation); 2) CLEARED TO (clearance limit) VIA (designation); 3) CLEARED (or PROCEED) VIA (details of route to be followed); 4) CLEARED (type of approach) APPROACH [RUNWAY (number)]; 5) CLEARED (type of approach) RUNWAY (number) FOLLOWED BY CIRCLING TO RUNWAY (number); 6) CLEARED APPROACH [RUNWAY (number)]; 7) COMMENCE APPROACH AT (time); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

372 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 372 8) CLEARED STRAIGHTIN [(type of approach)] APPROACH [RUNWAY (number)]; 9) REPORT VISUAL; 10) REPORT RUNWAY [LIGHTS] IN SIGHT; 11) CLEARED VISUAL APPROACH RUNWAY (number); to request if a pilot is able to accept a visual approach 12) ADVISE ABLE TO ACCEPT VISUAL APPROACH RUNWAY (number); in case of successive visual approaches when the pilot of a succeeding aircraft has reported having the preceding aircraft in sight 13) CLEARED VISUAL APPROACH RUNWAY (number), MAINTAIN OWN SEPARATION FROM PRECEDING (aircraft type and wake turbulence category as appropriate) [CAUTION WAKE TURBULENCE]; 14) REPORT (significant point); [OUTBOUND, or INBOUND]; 15) REPORT COMMENCING PROCEDURE TURN; 16) MAINTAIN OWN SEPARATION; 17) MAINTAIN VMC; 18) ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH (name) APPROACH PROCEDURE; 19) CLEARED (MLS/RNAV plainlanguage designator). Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

373 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 373 c. Holding clearances : 1) HOLD VISUAL [OVER] (position), (or BETWEEN (two prominent landmarks));... published holding procedure over a facility or fix 2) CLEARED (or PROCEED) TO (significant point, name of facility or fix) [MAINTAIN (or CLIMB or DESCEND TO) (level)] HOLD [(direction)] AS PUBLISHED EXPECT APPROACH CLEARANCE (or FURTHER CLEARANCE) AT (time);... when a detailed holding clearance is required 3) CLEARED (or PROCEED) TO (significant point, name of facility or fix) [MAINTAIN (or CLIMB or DESCEND TO) (level)] HOLD [(direction)] [(specified) RADIAL, COURSE, INBOUND TRACK (three digits) DEGREES] [RIGHT (or LEFT) HAND PATTERN] [OUTBOUND TIME (number) MINUTES] EXPECT APPROACH CLEARANCE (or FURTHER CLEARANCE) AT (time) (additional instructions, if necessary); 4) CLEARED TO THE (three digits) RADIAL OF THE (name) VOR AT (distance) DME FIX [MAINTAIN (or CLIMB or DESCEND TO) (level)] HOLD [(direction)] [RIGHT (or LEFT) HAND PATTERN] [OUTBOUND TIME (number) MINUTES] EXPECT APPROACH CLEARANCE (or FURTHER CLEARANCE) AT (time) (additional instructions, if necessary); 5) CLEARED TO THE (three digits) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

374 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 374 RADIAL OF THE (name) VOR AT (distance) DME FIX [MAINTAIN (or CLIMB or DESCEND TO) (level)] HOLD BETWEEN (distance) AND (distance) DME [RIGHT (or LEFT) HAND PATTERN] EXPECT APPROACH CLEARANCE (or FURTHER CLEARANCE) AT (time) (additional instructions, if necessary). d. Expected approach time : 1) NO DELAY EXPECTED; 2) EXPECTED APPROACH TIME (time); 3) REVISED EXPECTED APPROACH TIME (time); 4) DELAY NOT DETERMINED (reasons). VII. PHRASEOLOGY USED IN THE PROVISION OF AREA CONTROL SERVICE There is not significant differences between outbound and inbound traffic for ACC. The only difference is the word climb for departing aircraft from aerodromes located within the lateral limit of BTF CTA and descend for arriving aircraft to aerodromes located within the lateral limit of BTF CTA. 1. Phraseology 1) Situation : An aircraft is maintained at specified level until specified time or point. Phraseology : C MNA 737 MAINTAIN 4,000 [FEET] EXPECT FURTHER CLIMB [DESCEND] AT OR AFTER (time or point). 2) Situation : An aircraft is requested to reach a specified level until at specified time or point. Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

375 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 375 Phraseology : C BOU 773 CLIMB [DESCEND] TO REACH (FL or altitude) AT OR BEFORE [AFTER] (time or point). 3) Situation : An aircraft is requested to cross a specified level until at specified time or point. Phraseology : C JTI 373 CLIMB TO FL 330 [DESCEND TO FL 100] CROSS FL 170 AT OR BEFORE [AFTER] (time or point). 2. Miscellaneous a. Issuance of a clearance : 1) (name of unit) CLEARS (aircraft call sign); 2) (aircraft call sign) CLEARED TO; 3) RECLEARED (amended clearance details) [REST OF CLEARANCE UNCHANGED]; 4) RECLEARED (amended route portion) TO (significant point of original route) [REST OF CLEARANCE UNCHANGED]; 5) ENTER CONTROLLED AIRSPACE (or CONTROL ZONE) [VIA (significant point or route)] AT (level) [AT (time)]; 6) LEAVE CONTROLLED AIRSPACE (or CONTROL ZONE) [VIA (significant point or route)] AT (level) (or CLIMBING, or DESCENDING); 7) JOIN (specify) AT (significant point) AT (level) [AT (time)]. b. Indication of route and : 1) FROM (location) TO (location); Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

376 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 376 Clearance limit 2) TO (location), followed as necessary by: a) DIRECT; b) VIA (route and/or significant points); c) VIA FLIGHT PLANNED ROUTE; d) VIA (distance) DME ARC (direction) OF (name of DME station); 3) (route) NOT AVAILABLE DUE (reason) ALTERNATIVE[S] IS/ARE (routes) ADVISE. c. Maintenance of specified levels : 1) MAINTAIN (level) [TO (significant point)]; 2) MAINTAIN (level) UNTIL PASSING (significant point); 3) MAINTAIN (level) UNTIL (minutes) AFTER PASSING (significant point); 4) MAINTAIN (level) UNTIL (time); 5) MAINTAIN (level) UNTIL ADVISED BY (name of unit); 6) MAINTAIN (level) UNTIL FURTHER ADVISED; 7) MAINTAIN (level) WHILE IN Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

377 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 377 CONTROLLED AIRSPACE; 8) MAINTAIN BLOCK (level) TO (level). d. Specification of cruising levels : 1) CROSS (significant point) AT (or ABOVE, or BELOW) (level); 2) CROSS (significant point) AT (time) OR LATER (or BEFORE) AT (level); 3) CRUISE CLIMB BETWEEN (levels) (or ABOVE (level)); 4) CROSS (distance) MILES, (GNSS or DME) [(direction)] OF (name of DME station) OR (distance) [(direction)] OF (significant point) AT (or ABOVE or BELOW) (level). e. Emergency descent : ATTENTION ALL AIRCRAFT IN THE VICINITY OF [or AT] (significant point or location) EMERGENCY DESCENT IN PROGRESS FROM (level) (followed as necessary by specific instructions, clearances, traffic information, etc.). f. If clearance cannot be issued Immediately upon request : EXPECT CLEARANCE (or type of clearance) AT (time). g. When clearance for deviation Cannot be issued : UNABLE, TRAFFIC (direction) BOUND (type of aircraft) (level) ESTIMATED (or OVER) (significant point) AT (time) CALL SIGN (call sign) ADVISE INTENTIONS. h. Separation instructions 1) CROSS (significant point) AT (time) [OR LATER (or OR BEFORE)]; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

378 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 378 2) ADVISE IF ABLE TO CROSS (significant point) AT (time or level); 3) MAINTAIN MACH (number) [OR GREATER (or OR LESS)] [UNTIL (significant point)]; 4) DO NOT EXCEED MACH (number). i. Instructions associated with Flying a track (offset), Parallel to the cleared route : ADVISE IF ABLE TO PROCEED PARALLEL OFFSET; PROCEED OFFSET (distance) RIGHT/LEFT OF (route) (track) [CENTRE LINE] [AT (significant point or time)] [UNTIL (significant point or time)]; CANCEL OFFSET (instructions to rejoin cleared flight route or other information). VIII. PHRASEOLOGY USED FOR COORDINATION BETWEEN ATC UNITS 1. Calling procedure : name of unit called followed by the calling and the type of message. 2. Terminating conversation : by saying the initial name of person on duty. 1) Situation : ACC transmits ETA of arriving aircraft to APP. Phraseology : ACC APPROACH TWR REQUEST APP ACC TOWER APPROACH GO AHEAD ESTIMATE [direction of flight] (aircraft call Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

379 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 379 sign) (type) ESTIMATED (significant point) (time) (level) (or DESCENDING FROM (level) TO (level)) [SPEED (filed TAS)] (route) [REMARKS]; APP SIERRA HOTEL (controller : Suci Hasanah) ACC ALPHA HOTEL (controller : Afalia Hamima) 2) Situation : ACC transmits ETA of arriving aircraft to APP. Phraseology : ACC APPROACH CENTER ESTIMATE APP CENTER APPROACH GO AHEAD ACC CPA 411 L101 NORTHSTAR TO SEAHORSE NIKEL (time) BURSA (time) AND BTF [VOR] (time) APP ALPHA NOVEMBER (controller : Ardhi Nugroho) ACC MIKE HOTEL (controller : Maharani) 3) Situation : ACC transfer arriving aircraft to APP. Phraseology : ACC APPROACH CENTER TRANSFER APP CENTER APPROACH GO AHEAD ACC CPA 411 [POSITION] 6 MINUTES FROM BURSA MAINTAINING 1,000 [FEET] or DESCEND PASSING FL 130 [ETA ISSUED : 0641] YOUR CONTROL AFTER BURSA APP ALPHA NOVEMBER (controller : Ardhi Nugroho) ACC MIKE HOTEL (controller : Maharani) Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

380 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 380 4) Situation : APP transmits information of departing aircraft to APP. Phraseology : APP CENTER APPROACH DEPARTURE ACC APPROACH CENTER GO AHEAD APP JAL 612 AIRBORNE 0625 [VIA] WILL BE TRANSFERRED AT (time or level) ACC MIKE HOTEL (controller : Maharani) APP ALPHA NOVEMBER (controller : Ardhi Nugroho) 5) Situation : TWR request ATC clearance to APP. Phraseology : TWR APPROACH TWR REQUEST APP TOWER APPROACH GO AHEAD TWR REQUEST [ATC] CLEARANCE FOR SIA 205 [POSITION NOW] ETC. APP TWR TOWER STANDBY ALPHA HOTEL (controller : Afalia Hamima) 6) Situation : APP sends ATC clearance to TWR. Phraseology : APP TOWER APPROACH CLEARANCE TWR APPROACH TOWER GO AHEAD APP SIA 205 CLEARED TO NTR [VOR] VIA W 13 FL 350 AFTER TAKEOFF TURN RIGHT DCT TO BTF [VOR] MAINTAIN [FEET] TWR APP (read back if there is any doubtful) ALPHA NOVEMBER (controller : Ardhi Nugroho) 6) Situation : TWR request release to APP. Phraseology : TWR APPROACH TOWER REQUEST RELEASE OF LNI 600; Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

381 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 381 APP LNI 600 RELEASED 0615 MAINTAIN [2,000 FEET]; or LNI 600 NOT RELEASED UNTIL 0620; or UNABLE LNI 600 TRAFFIC IS ONE B747 HOLDING OVER BTF/AH MAINTAINING 2,000 FEET. TWR APP (read back if there is any doubtful) ALPHA LIMA (controller : Azizah Latifah) ooo Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe

382 Seahorse Batfish Air Traffic Control Procedures (NonRadar) 382 ABOUT THE AUTHOR I. IDENTITY 1. Name : AMINARNO BUDI PRADANA 2. Rank : Pembina Utama Muda (IV/c) Lektor Kepala 3. Place/date of birth : Nganjuk, 13 October Sex : Male 5. Religion : Moslem 6. Address : Kompeks PLP/STPI Blok C/15 RT 03/05 Serdang Wetan, Legok, Tangerang, P.O.Box 509 Tangerang Phone (021) /2205 Ext. 477or (021) , Mobile (HP) : aminbepe@yahoo.com II. EDUCATION AND TRAINING 1. Formal education a. Elementary School : SR Negeri Kauman I, Nganjuk (1964) b. Junior High School : SMP Negeri II, Malang (1967) c. Senior High School : SMA Negeri I, Malang (1970) d. College/University : 1) S1 Education Technology, IKIP Negeri, Jakarta (1991) 2) D4 Air Traffic Control, STPI, Tangerang (2000) 3) S2 Human Resource Management, STIE Jakarta (2003) 2. Structural training a. Stage II : ADUM/Sepala DEPHUB/LAN (1997) 3. Professional training a. Domestic 1) Instruction Technique/UNDPICAO in Curug (1976). 2) Short Intensive Video Programme Production/SONY ITC in Curug (1985). 3) Aviation Security Supervisor/IALPAPPUSDIKLAT. PERHUD. in Curug (1986). 4) AVSEC Instructor/IALPAPPUSDIKLAT. PERHUD. in Curug (1986). 5) ATC Automation/IALMEE di Denpasar (1992). 6) Civil Aviation Management/PUSDIKLAT. PERHUD. in Curug (1996). 7) BEST Radar Training Course, Micronav. in Curug (2010). b. Oversea 1) General Aeronautical Information Service/LIGA ARAB at CATI Imbaba, Cairo, Republic Arab of Egypt (1980/1981). Aviation Safety Training Division ICAI Fourth revision aminarno bepe